Home

OSA 5548C SSU-E60

1. Al A2 A3 A4 AS A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 Figure 5 7 Output Card Turn up STATUS 097119 OUT 11 20 S f E f DESCRIPTION EERE Extinguished This status remains very shortly Log E1 or f RED E1 or f RED Depending on the output flashing flashing configuration either the f or E1 RED LED flashes during signal outage from SGC GREEN E1 or f GREEN E1 or f GREEN Depending on the output configuration either the f or E1 GREEN LED is lit once the OUC has received a signal from the SGC Table 5 7 Output Card Turn up Status OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 5 12 Operating amp Provisioning Chapter 6 Operating amp Provisioning Including Overview Communication Security Management General Parameters and Information Input Line IL Properties amp INput Card INC Configurations GPS Configuration GNSS Configuration Line Switching Tracking amp Holdover THC Signal Filtering and Processing Signal Generation amp Output Properties Synchronization Status Message SSM Alarms amp Events Performance Measurement PM Firmware Download OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 1 Operating amp Provisioning This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 2 6 1 6 2 6 2 1 Operating amp Provisioning Overvie
2. Using Syncterminal software SyncTerminal Connected on 149 133 41 194 8000 EEK Terminal Edit Tools Window Help sl lsl D B Siz NO SY Commands List Connecting to 149 133 41 194 8000 Connected 5548C TL1 Management Commands H 0 Security E Communication 4 CC Equipment D GPS a Tce ED EQPT TCC EDit EQuiPmenT TCC card configuration RTRV EQPT TCC ReTReive EQuiPmenT TCC card configuration RTRY EQPT TINV ReTRieVe EQuiPmenT Tcu INVentory RTRV EQPT TOP ReTRieVe EQuiPmenT Tcu OPerational state ED EQPT CMOD EDit EQuiPmenT Client MODe RTRY EQPT CMOD ReTRieVe EQuiPmenT Client MODe ED EQPT AUTH EDit EQuiPmenT AUTHentication RTRY EQPT AUTH ReTRieVe EQuiPmenT AUTHentication ED EQPT KEY EDit EQuiPmenT KEY RTRY EQPT KEYS ReTRieVe EQuiPmenT KEYS ED EQPT FTP EDit EQuiPmenT FTP 1 OG System H 0 Fault 7 Performance H 0 ssm Download EDit EQuiPmenT TCC card configuration SSU TSG Small Large Configures the TCu card ED EQPT TCC TID TCC 1 4 TCC 3 B CTAG IPADDRESS HA HAR 44 24 NETMASK 44 HER HER ED EQPT TCC ee Ready OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 8 Commissioning STEP ACTION 5 Using Syncview software logical view Click right mouse on the TCC area and select details Using Syncterminal software Select the ED EQPT TCC command 6 Using Syncview software
3. FRAG MIN 0 9999 In TIFr etionofminie ALT Leg 0 Akktudeinmeters OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 102 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Inputs gt GPS Input gt Details gt Position tab Indoor Mode activation Latitude N 46 594919 Longitude E6 548015 Altitude Fixed Position Degree Min Fraction of minute Latitude IN I fo lo fo Degree Min Position of GPS Antenna location 6 7 3 3 Retrieving Visible and Tracked Satellites Using TL1 To retrieve the number of available visible and tracked satellites send the following command Input Syntax RTRV EQPT GNSS GLN A GLN B ctag Example RTRV EQPT GNSS GLN A MYCTAG OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 103 Operating amp Provisioning The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD opstate ssm PPS_OFFSET pps_offset ADM_STATE adm_state INDOOR indoor ELEVATION elevation FRCD frecd VISIBLE visible TRACKED tracked 7 To retrieve the list of Visible satellites send the following command Input Syntax RTRV EQPT GNSS VSAT aid ctag Example RTRV EQPT GNSS VSAT L MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax Sad date time M etag COMPLD aid SAT ID sat 1id ELEVATION elevation BEARING bearing SNR snr HEALTH health
4. 6 6 3 1 PPS Offser and Elevation Mask Setting Using TL1 Input Syntax ED EQPT GPS ctag PPS_OFFSET pps_offset ELEVATION elevation Example ED EQPT GPS MYCTAG PPS_OFFSET 274 ELEVATION 15 Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters PPS OFFSET 999 999 999 999 PPS offset ELEVATION 5 to 90 10 Elevation mask in degrees Satellites below this mask are not taken into account OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 86 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Inputs gt GPS Input gt Details gt General tab GPS Details A4 amp A5 gt General Position Satellites PPS Offset Elevation mask Apply Refresh 6 6 3 2 Indoor Mode Using TL1 To enable or disable the Indoor mode send the following command Input Syntax ED EQPT GPS ctag INDOOR indoor Example ED EQPT GPS MYCTAG INDOOR ON OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 87 Operating amp Provisioning To retrieve the position set send the following command Input Syntax RTRV EQPT FPOS ctag Example RTRV EQPT FPOS MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M tag COMPLD lat deg min frac_min long deg min frac_min alt 7 To edit the position send the following command Input Syntax ED EQPT FPOS ctag l
5. Card type Figure 6 8 Article Number amp Card Type Location OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 50 Operating amp Provisioning V Note The AOxxxxx number located on the connector is not the card s article number reference Pleas refer to the AOxxxxx article number located on the bail handle Using TL1 With the following commands retrieve the inventory from either a single card a group of cards or from all installed cards simultaneously Input Syntax RTRV INV aid ctag Example RTRV INV INC 1 A MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax Sid date time M Ctag COMPLD aid slot article serial clei eci hw sw ldr test upgrade 7 Parameter Possible configurations Description name AID INC INC 1 INC 1 A INC 1 B GPS Abbreviation of the card card GPS A GPS B THC THC A THC group card type or all cards Refer B SGC SGC A SGC B OUC to the section 6 2 1 3 for more OUC 1 0UC 3 OUC 1 A OUC 3 details about abbreviations B MAC MAC A ALL card ea ee corresponding card 0001 9999 Loader version embedded in the corresponding card TEST 2004 01 01 2099 12 31 Testing date UPGRADE 2004 01 01 2099 12 31 Last software upgrade date OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 51 Operating amp Provisioning Using SyncView PLUS Right Click on the element icon and select Inventory Inv
6. Equipment ED EQPT IL Edit Equipment IL RTRV EQPT IL Retrieve Equipment IL RTRY EQPT INC ReTRieve EQuiPmenT INput Card INIT WTR INITialize WTR ED EQPT THC EDit EQuiPmenT THC RTRY EQPT THC ReTRieve EQuiPmenT THC RTRV EQPT THC ED PRIO EDit PRIGrities RTRY PRIO ReTRieve PRIOrities MY5548C 05 06 20 ED EQPT MADDS ED EQuiPmenT MADDS M CTAG COMPLD RTRY EQPT MADDS ReTRieve EQuiPmenT MADDS l OK PRIORITY A SWITCHING NONREV MODE AUTO MAN INPUT IL 1 ED EQPT SGC EDit EQuiPmenT SGC d RTRY EQPT SGC ReTRieve EQuiPmenT SGC ED EQPT OL EDit EQuiPmenT OL AG INPUT DS1 1 DS1 2 DS1 3 DS1 4 FREQ 1 FREQ 2 CC 1 CC 2 RTRV EQPT OL ReTRieve EQuiPmenT OL P gt ED EQPT OG EDit EQuiPmenT OG lt RTRV EQPT OG ReTRieve EQuiPmenT OG ED EQPT OUC EDit EQuiPmenT OUC ED EQPT IL 1 1 CTAG RTRY EQPT OUC ReTRieve EQuiPmenT OUC ED EQPT MAC EDit EQuiPmenT MAC RTRY EQPT MAC ReTRieve EQuiPmenT MAC RTRY INV ReTRieve INVentory RTRV EOPT OP ReTRieve EQuiPmenT Operational State Sort By Categories Alphabetically Ready Figure 2 55 SyncTerminal example OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 77 2 17 2 7 1 2 1 2 Product Overview Synchronization Status Messaging SSM E1 lines can carry Synchronization Status Messages SSM which is embedded information about the frequency quality level allowing any SSM compatible network element NE to select the best frequency quality according to the sync source
7. OL Tip Ring Shield Lu AE 1 235 12 13 11 25 12 13 2 24 11 13 3128 10 20 _ 6 19 7 18 8 17 9 16 Output Tile 1 Output Tile 2 Output Tile 3 OMput Tile 4 Output Tile 5 Output Conn OG 1 Output Conn OG2 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 21 Equipment Installation DIN DESCRIPTION Ring out x Tip out x NC 3 Shield Shield SUB D 9 pole female 6 Shield 8 Ring out x 1 9 Tip out x 1 Table 4 3 SUB D 9 Pole pin description STEP 7 ACTION Install the Remote panel in the rack where the 5548C is located using four screws and their washers Connect the Remote panel to the ground Locate the connector tile corresponding to the group required to cable Refer to the 5548C drawings on Figure 4 8 OUC Groups amp Tiles Location for card and connector tiles slot references Select a connector which will be configured with the signal desired The output port configuration is done by software as described in section 6 9 Connect the ribbon cable supplied by Oscilloquartz on the tile s connector required Connect the other end of the ribbon cable on the Remote panel s output tile desired Check that cable is well tightened Procedure 4 10 Cabling the SUB D Remote Panel OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 22 Equipment Installation 4 5 2 6 PPS Connectors There are two BNC connectors on the Manage
8. AIS AMI ANSI ATAG AWG B8ZS Bit b Bit s BITS BPV Bytes B BDFB CAN EQPT ESD ESF Micro used to express 0 000001 1 Pulse Per Second signal Ethernet Local Area Network 100 Basel Ethernet has a transmission speed of 100 Mbps Alarm Cut Off Access IDentifier The AID in a TL1 message uniquely identifies the entity to be acted upon by the input message to the OSA 5548C SSU Alarm Indication Signal a code sent to downstream sites to indicate an upstream failure used to prevent unnecessary downstream alarms Alternate Mark Inversion code type belonging to DS1 signal American National Standards Institute American standards body that defines the characteristics and guidelines for telecommunications networks Autonomous Correlation TAG American Wire Gauge Bipolar with 8 Zero Substitution Code type belonging to DS1 signal Binary digiT Bit per Second Building Integrated Timing Supply also called SSU TSG or SASE Bipolar Violation Two consecutives bits of the same polarity Sequence of 8 bits Battery Distribution Fuse Bay Controller Area Network Communication bus technology used for internal communication in the OSA 5548C SSU Composite Clock 64 8 kHz signal European Union regulatory community symbol CentiMeters 1 inch 2 54 cm Communication Critical Alarm the higher severity level of alarm Code Violation Correlation TAG Also called SF Super Frame A frame typ
9. An oscilloscope with a test load impedance of 75 Q 5 or 120 Q 5 depending on the Output Tile is necessary to test a Frequency Output Line Then connect the oscilloscope input to a provisioned Frequency output port and verify the following information Frequency 2048 kHz 50 ppm Pulse shape The signal must conform with the mask Figure 7 2 The value V corresponds to the maximum peak value The value V1 corresponds to the minimum peak value Output Tile CEI connectors or BNC With Sub D connectors or with Remote panel CEI BNC connected with Balun 75Q to 120Q adapter Cable type Asymmetrical Symmetrical Test load impedance 120 ohms voltage Vop voltage Vop An isolated pulse shall be shown as in the following Figure An isolated pulse is defined as a pulse preceded by a bipolar violation followed by a sequence of 3 negatives and 3 positives pulses and ended by a bipolar violation two consecutives intervals at the same value OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 37 Commissioning T T T T T T 30 11130 30 li 30 30 11 30 He mmm LV TEEN V H I f I f I D F I l f f I l H _ l EN km pie 14 k l A A l l M lj bp Ae tb EE d dE Fi Fe E V1 EE ee EE on LT l
10. Commissioning 7 2 10 Output Line Configuration 7 2 10 1 E1 Output Signal Type Configuration Two E1 configurations options can be applied to all Output Groups OG A Note One OG contains 10 Output Lines OL Each OUC groups provide 2 OG OL 1 to 10 and OL 11 to 20 for a total of 20 OL STEP ACTION Configure one of the two E1 options E1 1 or E1 2 with the following parameters e Code HDB3 or AMI e CRC 4 CRC4 ON or OFF e Time Slot 16 T516 CCS or CAS e Idle code IDLE 0 255 ED EQPT SGE E1 1 E1 2 CTAG CODE HDB3 AMI CRC4 OFF ON TS16 CCS CAS IDLE 0 255 2 Check the quality configured with the following command RTRV EQPT SGE El 1 E1 2 CTAG 3 Check the value written in blue SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD E1 1 E1 2 CODE HDB3 AMI CRC4 ON 0FF TS16 CCS CAS SA4 OFF ON SSM SA5 OFF ON SSM SA6 OFF ON SSM SA7 OFF ON SSM SA8 OFF ON SSM IDLE 0 255 7 Select the E1 configuration option TYPE to the Output Group OG j required ED EQPT OG 1 1 3 2 CTAG TYPE E1_1 E1_2 5 Retrieve the E1 configuration option with the following command RTRV EQPT OG 1 1 3 2 CTAG 6 Check the value written after the TYPE SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMP LO 1 1 3 2 TYPE E1_1 E1_ 2 1 Procedure 7 16 E1 Output Signal Type Configuration OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 20 Commissioning 7 2 10 2 Frequency Output Signal Configuration Note A One OG contains
11. Input Syntax RTRV EQPT IL aid ctag Example RTRV EQPT IL 1 1 MYCTAG The response is formatted as below OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 166 Operating amp Provisioning Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD aid opstate ssm INPUT input ADM STATE adm state TERM term CODE code WITR wtr FRCD frcd OOF DETECT 00f detect CRC4 DETECT crc4 detect BPV DETECT bpv detect SA4 sa4 SA5 sa5 SA6 sa6 SA7 sa7 SA8 sa8 FREQO freq TAG tag To edit Sa configurations the following command is required Input Syntax ED EQPT IL aid ctag SSM BIT ssm bit Example ED EQPT IL 1 2 MYCTAG SSM_BIT SA4 name configurations parameters AID 1 1 1 4 ALL This is the input line abbreviation The first digit is the group number and the second digit is the input number 1 1 2 3 4 SSM PRC SSU_A This is the input line SSM quality SSU_B SEC DNU FAILED NONE DISABLED SA4 LOEE ON SN i Value of the Sad bit SAS LOEE ON SN i Value of the SaS bit SA6 LOEE ON SN i Value of the Sa6 bit SAT LOEE ON SN lValueoftheSabit SA8 OFF ON SSM_ i Value of the Sa8 bit SM_BIT SA4 SA5 SAG SA7 SA4 Sa bit used to transmit the SSM SA8 NONE quality Not configurable with software OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 167 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View L Open the Physical or Logical View gt Input Details
12. MTIE TAU MTIE S MTIE 1S 0 75E 6 MTIE 1M 2 0E 6 MTIE 15M 4 5E 6 MTIE 30M 5 0E 6 MTIE 1H 5 0E 6 MTIE 3H 5 0E 6 Table 6 21 Default MTIE Threshold Sum mg TE Em mm mmm E EE TTT gt ini il Window Show Font Attributes 10 000 Sampling Time 10 Figure 6 21 Default MTIE Threshold OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 198 Operating amp Provisioning 6 12 6 2 Default TDEV Threshold According to ITU T G 812 clock input section 9 1 2 the default TDEV threshold mask configured in the OSA 5548C SSU is described in the table below TDEV TAU TDEV S TDEV 1S 0 34E 7 TDEV 4S 0 34E 7 TDEV 16S 0 34E 7 TDEV 64S 1 08E 7 TDEV 256S 1 70E 7 TDEV 1000S 1 70E 7 Table 6 22 Default TDEV Threshold TDEVIs Ir s 9 Sampling Time 10 Figure 6 22 Default TDEV Threshold OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 199 6 12 6 3 Default Ym Threshold Operating amp Provisioning According to GR 1244 section R3 30 related to ST3 the default Ym threshold mask configured in the OSA 5548C SSU
13. OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 117 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Inputs gt Input 1 4 GPS gt Set Priority 1 has the most priority 5 has the least priority Priorities Figure 6 17 SyncView Priority Setting OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 118 Operating amp Provisioning 6 8 6 Pass through Mode The INC GROUP is able to supply a signal in case of either THC removal or failure This frequency is taken from the first available 2 048MHz or E1 input signal of the GROUP according to the Input Line number 1 as the highest priority to 4 as the lowest and then from GPS A and after GPS B gt S e a put a J NG MAnagement Card MAC Signal GPS 20 Outputs Antennas i GP S Receive Upt 3 slot N Pass through functionality 48 VDC A A Power distribution to all modules 48 VDC B EN Power distribution to all modules HEEN NE E KC fl 1 1 protection possible Pass through signal redirection Figure 6 18 Pass through Mode AN Note The automatic switching between input lines is possible during Pass through operation when a line is removed or fails However this can introduce phase jumps on output signal During the pass through mode the SSM code supplied on outputs is the one received by the Input Line IL A forced SSM val
14. RIRV BOPT TCC T00 1 A MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M etag COMP LD aid IPADDRESSSXXX XXX XXX XXX NETMASK XXX XXX XXX XXX GATEWAY xxx XXX XXX xxx DHCP MODE ENABLED ETHER_SDEF MAN UAL ETHER SPEED 100 DUPLEX MODE FULL OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 139 Operating amp Provisioning To set any of the two E1 configuration option use the command below Input Syntax ED EOPI 1CC 5 aid CTAG IPADDRESS NETMASK 4 4 ft GATEWAY DHCP MODE ENABLED DISABLED ETHE R_SDEF AUTO MANUAL ETHER_SPEED 10 100 DUPLEX_MODE HALF FUL L Example ED EQPT TCC TCC 1 A MYCTAG IPADDRESS 123 100 124 120 GATEWAY 123 100 124 100 DH CP MODE ENABLE ETHER SDEF AUTO DUPLEX MODE FULL Default D TCC 1 A TCC 3 B Card position IPADRESS une A 0109 10 16 1143 GATEWAY Loss x 0t09 DHCP MODE ENABLE DISABLE ENABLE ETHER_SPEED 10 100 DUPLEX MODE HALF FULL Io rr Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt TCC gt Details TCC NTP Details A10 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 140 Operating amp Provisioning The next sections describe how to configure the TCC NTP TCC NTP Details A10 Up to 8 caracters lower case upper case and numbers 1 9 SW T
15. Reading Guide Warranty Certification OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Introduction 1 1 Introduction This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 1 2 Introduction 1 1 About this Manual This manual has been designed to provide basic and detailed information for the correct use and operation of the OSA 5548C SSU It summarizes the overall equipment concept and theory of operation describes the hardware itself and provides information related to installation operation and maintenance as well as a description of the TL1 commands available It is intended for the use of the following types of users e Systems Engineers An overview of the equipment concept and theory of operation as well as an ordering guide is provided in Chapter 2 e Installation Engineers Detailed technical information and procedures for correct installation operation configuration and commissioning as well as equipment specifications and maintenance guidelines are provided in Chapters 3 through 9 e Maintenance Engineers Information on troubleshooting maintenance and equipment technical data is provided in Chapters 6 through 9 The Appendices provide guidelines for analyzing alarms amp events a reference list for TL 1 commands and spare part ordering information 1 1 1 Copyright Notice Copyright 2013 Oscilloquartz SA All Rights Reserved Th
16. Vertical rack size 26 6 cm 10 5 inches 6U Depth rack size 24 60 cm 9 7 inches Width rack size 53 3 cm 21 inches ETSI or 48 26 cm 19 0 inches 19 A Note The shelf can be configured in ETSI or 19 width by turning the laterals mounting ears by 90 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 3 4 Pre Installation Considerations Consider 4 screws to tighten the shelf using the 2 holes in each the mounting ears 404 mm 20 98 in 533 mm 15 98 in gt ETSI 482 6 mm 19 0 in gt 19 INPUTS OUTPUS ASYM OUTPUS ASYM OUTPUS ASYM i SE 2 ym E1 ul NI c S N T e op Kr fan D z ANTENNA E N PL SPP JJ WA N E DEE DEE ee Z e la le le le 9 AID als Je 19 Je 19 Je 19 Ja 19 BEE MEDAN RASE TY E SSU SSU S N SEIT em rer EVE EEE ee E E gere CH SENGER 2 SA Err 240 mm V Qi i 9 45 in v y BE R ajal Ma EN U A 465 1 mm 183 1 in gt 19 I i Right mount EE 515 mm 202 8 in gt ETSI SSES c F I E Left mount ear Oo nr Figure 3 1 Dimensional View AN CAUTION Each OSA 5548C SSU must have at least 1 RU 4 5 cm of clearance below to assure sufficient cooling OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P Octo
17. r Configure the parameter MAN INPUT with the input line you want only if you selected the Manual mode MAN Verify the parameters settled with the below TL1 command RTRV EQPT THC CTAG The response is formatted such as below SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD OK MODE AUTO MAN FHLDVR MAN INPUT IL 1 1 IL 1 2 IL 1 3 IL 1 4 GPS ACT INPUT T1L 1 1 TL 1 2 1L 1 3 IG 14 GPS SSM OFF ON SYS MODE MST r Procedure 7 14 Switching and Selection Mode Configuration OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 18 Commissioning 7 2 9 2 Input Line Priorities Configuration When the selection mode has been set as AUTOMATIC this configuration is required to set the priority on the input line When two Input Lines IL are set with the same priority the system selects the IL in non reversive mode STEP ACTION 1 is the highest priority and 5 the lowest To set the priorities send the i following TL1 command ED PRIO CTAG IL 1 1 1 5 IL 1 2 1 5 IL 1 3 1 5 IL 1 4 1 5 GPS 1 5 oa Verify the priority setting with the following TL1 command RTRV PRIO CIAG 3 The response is formatted such as below SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD JE EE Dea ae yl ae NE EN GPS 1 5 Procedure 7 15 Input Line Priorities Configuration 7 Note The line currently selected is shown on the digital display on the currently active THC card OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 19
18. rnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnennnnnennn 2 6 1 SyncView PLUS rrrronnonranornnnronnnnennnnennnnennnn 2 6 2 Gvpnclermmmal 2 7 Synchronization Status Messaging SSM 2 1 1 SSM IMPULS assener Disa 2 7 2 SSM Input Gelechon ee eeee eee 213 Oe tel EE 2 8 PN ln EE E AAEE ARARE 3 PRE INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS 00002 3 1 STE EE 32 SE 3 3 ElectroMagnetic Interference EMI Prevention 3 4 Rack Preparation ranuernnnvrnnnnvnnnuvnnnnvnnnnvennnnennnuuene 3 4 1 Shelf Preparation ccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeaees 3 4 2 Remote Panel Preparation 0 00n00nanannan 3 4 3 Power supply cables naanonnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 3 5 GPS Antenna Mounting vannnevnnnnvvnnnnnennnnvernnnnevnnnnr 4 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION reernvnnnnnnvrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnevennnnn 4 1 RAN 4 2 Unpacking EE 4 3 Hack lenkt ICING 52 4 3 1 Configuring the Shelf Width as ETSI or 19 4 3 2 Mounting the Shelf in the Rack 4 3 3 Remote Output Panel Mounting 44 Grounding amp Power Connection saswzrrsnnuuvvvnnnn OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Contents Vi Contents 15 COMMS CONS soma aE 4 12 4 5 1 Input ANd GPS Connectors icense EE EANO 4 12 4 5 2 Output Connectors ccc cecc cece cece eeeeeeeteeeteeeceeeneeeeeeseeeseeeeetseeteeeneeaaes 4 16 4 6 ET E 4 24 4 6 1 External Bile n EEN 4 25 4 6
19. 2 5 6 4 THC Block Diagram 8kHz IN1 INC1A gt 8kHz INZ INC1A gt 8kHz IN3 INC1A 8kHz IN4 INC1A 8kHz IN1 INC1B Oscillator 8kHz IN2 INC1B 7 segments 8kHz IN3 INC1B display 8kHz IN4 INC1B 5 lt Input S 2 5 mn interface Ss Q and 3 O Input Selector 2048kHz THC SGCA 2048kHz THC SGCB Manual amp fin Automatic Direct D 8kHz Li OUT outpu Digital ne amplifier 2048kHz THC INC gt Synthesis MADDS 2048kHz REF OUT B gt 8kHz GPSA 8kHz GPSB 2048kHz Micro Processor DC DC current limiter OSA 5548C Internal Bus Figure 2 27 Tracking Holdover Card Block Diagram OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 43 Product Overview 2 5 7 Signal Generator Card SGC 2 5 7 1 Physical Layout DESCRIPTION Status RED Solid The card system is currently not working properly or may be in failure RED Flashing Version error ORANGE Solid Card s firmware is being upgraded GREEN Solid Card system is working properly OFF Card is not working at all GREEN Solid E1 generated properly GREEN Flashing Pass through mode RED Solid E1 generation failure RED Flashing No clock signal received by the SGC f GREEN Solid Frequency and PPS generated properly GREEN Flashing Pass through mode RED Solid Frequency and or PPS generation failure RED Flashing No clock signal received by the SGC Figure 2 28 SGC Card SG
20. Default MTIE Thresbold ccc cccccccecceececeeeeee cece cess ceeeeeceeeeseeesseeseeessueeseeesaees 6 198 Figure 6 22 Default TDEV Threshold EE 6 199 Figure 6 23 Default Ym Threebold 6 200 Figure 6 24 Firmware Download COvervlew 6 202 Figure 721 EL Pulse un EE 7 36 Figure 7 2 Wave shape at a Frequency output port 7 38 Figure 7 3 PIP set up testing E 1 39 Figure 8 1 Input Connector Tile Insertion rarrranrrnnrernnrnranernnrrranernnrnnnnernnnnanennnennanennnennnsennsene 8 44 Figure 8 2 Single Card Fuse locaton 8 46 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 xiii List of Tables List of Tables Page PETE EE 2 29 Table 2 2 INput Card INC LED Description 0 ccc cccccececeeeeee cece cece eeseeeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeeaeeeseees 2 32 Table 2 3 GPS Card LED Description EE 2 35 Table 2 4 GNSS Card LED Descpton 2 38 T bl 25 THC Card LED eege egene a e E EE 2 41 Table 2 6 SGC Card LED Description rrrrrnarenarenaneranenannrennnnrnnnennnennnevnnenanenunnneennnenunenusenunenenen 2 44 Table 2 7 OUput Card OUC LED Description rrrrrrarernrnrnrnnnrnnernnnrnnnrvaneranenunnnennnernnennneenunenenen 2 47 Table 2 8 Time Code Card NTP TCC NTP LED Description arrrarrnnnrnranernnnevnnrnrannrnnennnnennnr 2 50 Table 2 9 Time Code Card NTP TCC NTP LED Description arrrarrnnarernnennnnrvnnrnrnrrrnnennanennne 2 51 Table 2 10 Time Code Card PTP TCC PTP LED Description rrrarrnnnr
21. Login to the 5548C The following TL1 command is required to log into the shelf Input Syntax ACT USER a1d ctag pid Example ACT USER OSCILLOQUARTZ MYCTAG X The response should be Output Syntax sid date time M otLag COMP LD aid last_time attempts OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 37 Operating amp Provisioning Parameter Default Parameter Possible name configurations OSCILLOQUARTZ 1 Login or Username UID OSA Any ASCII string User password excluding those characters that represent TL1 syntax of up to 10 characters 2004 01 01 2099 12 Date and Time of the last 31 00 00 00 23 59 59 session established by this LAST TIME user ATTEMPTS Number of unsuccessful session attempts since last session Not software configurable A Note By default once logged when no command is sent during 10 minutes the session closes automatically for security The following automatic message format is prompted sid date time almcde ctag CANC r 6 3 4 Logout the 5548C 6 3 4 1 User Logout When user needs to end the session the following command is required Input Syntax CANC USER aid ctag Example CANC USER OSCILLOQUARTZ MYCTAG name configurations AD pf Login or Usemame UID OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 38 Operating amp Provisioning 6 3 4 2 Logout User from an Administrator Acco
22. October 2013 6 69 Operating amp Provisioning A Important We do not recommend selecting the same input connector to more than one input line IL for evident reason of operation reliability Using SyncView Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Inputs gt Input 1 4 gt Details gt Signal OE INC Group 1 Input Line 1 Signal Performances dra Connector FREG I Termination Select the input type to be E applied on the specified line 1 ENABLED 55M Bit Input Alarm Detection e FREQ 1 to 4 are the Frequency connectors 2 048 5 10 MHz e EI 1to4are the E1 Code connectors AS 2 048 Mbit s AMI Wait to restore Time of Enabled Disabled Cancel Apply Refresh Figure 6 13 SyncView Input Type configuration Window OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 70 Operating amp Provisioning 6 5 4 2 Enabling Disabling or Monitoring an Input Line Disable any unused Input Lines to avoid alarms Use the Monitoring function to assess an Input Line prior to enabling that line into service The following example demonstrates the administration states of Enabled Disabled and Monitored on any input line A Note To retrieve current IL configuration refer to refer to the TL1 Command List document Read section Input connector to Input Line IL description to understand the concept of cross conection of input lines to physical input p
23. Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters This is the input line abbreviation The first digit is the group number and the second digit is the input number 1 1 2 3 4 WTR DISABLED 1 12 1 This is the delay in minute before that the 5548C is allowed to select a recovered input line OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 80 Operating amp Provisioning When a line is in Wait to restore time it is possible to manually clear the remaining time using the following command Input Syntax INIT WTR aid ctag Example INIT WIR IL 1 LMS Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters AID IL 1 1 IL 1 4 GPS This parameter is the line to be configured to clear the remaining WTR time Using SyncView Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Input 1 4 gt Details gt Wait to restore Time When the Input is being in WTR mode the user can stop the WIR countdown by pushing the Clear Button og d EF AMI Wait to restore Tim Enter here the Ae delay of WTR It ES Enabled Enable or Disable the must be between 1 ES FE Disabled CSN WTR function and 12 minutes Apply Refresh Figure 6 15 SyncView WTR time OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 81 Operating amp Provisioning 6 6 GPS Configuration 6 6 1 6 6 2 Introduction Up to two GP
24. SA4 OFF ON SSM SA5 OFF ON SSM SA6 OFF ON SSM SA7 OFF ON SSM SA8 OFF ON SSM Check the quality configured with the following command RTRV EQPT SGE El 1 E1 2 CTAG Check the value written after the SAX SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMP ED KL EL 2 CODE HDB3 AMI CRC4 ON7 OFF 1S1 6 CCUS CAS SA4 OFF ON SSM SA5 OFF ON SSM SA6 OFF ON SSM SA7 OFF ON SSM SA8 OFF ON SSM IDLE 0 255 7 Select the E1 configuration option TYPE to the Output Group OG required ED EQPT OG 1 1 3 2 CTAG TYPE E1 I1 E1 2 Retrieve the E1 configuration option with the following command RTRV EQPT OG 1 1 3 2 CTAG Check the value written after the TYPE SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD w n D Le SM dee BL LEL 2 r Procedure 7 24 Sa bit configuration on Output Line OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 26 Commissioning 7 2 12 Restoring Factory Parameters Should you need to restore the factory default parameters the following procedure is required A Note When sending the following command the card s function will be stopped during a few seconds and will affect the synchronization distribution if it is not 1 1 protected A CAUTION Serious outage can result if the default setting is reverted on an active card as it will lost its current configuration STEP ACTION 1 Locate the card that you need to restore the factory settings a Send the following command accordingly INIT SYS
25. ctag FRCD PRC SSU A SSU B SEC DNU a Check the quality configured with the following command RTRV EQPT GPS MYCTAG Check the value written after the FRCD sid date time M ctag COMPLD opstate ssm PPS OFFSET pps offset ADM STATE adm state INDOOR indoor ELEVATION elevation FRCD fred VISIBLE visible TRACKED tracked r Procedure 7 21 Forcing SSM Quality Level on GPS input 7 2 11 4 Generate a specific SSM quality on outputs and configuration of the Unknown SSM Quality Translation When the SSM quality on the input lines is unknown the 5548C is able to generate a specific SSM quality The 5548C has also the capability to generate a defined SSM quality The following procedure describes how to set these SSM configurations STEP ACTION 1 To force FRCD the SSM Quality and to generate a specific SSM quality when the SSM is unknown UNK on the input lines use the following command ED SSM CTAG UNK PRC SSU A SSU B SEC DNU NONE FRCD PRC SSU A SSU B SEC DNU NONE a Check the quality configured with the following command RIRV SSM it GIAG Check the values written after the UNK and FRCD SID DATE TIME OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 24 Commissioning M COTAG COMP LD HLDVR PRC SSU A SSU B SEC DNU NONE UNK PRC SSU A SSU B SEC DNU NONE FRCD PRC SSU A SSU B SEC DNU NONE r Procedure 7 22 Force SSM quality on outputs and Unknown SSM setting
26. r Procedure 7 37 Alarm and History Flushing OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 40 Commissioning 7 3 11 2 Last Verification If installation and commissioning have been successfully performed you should not see any alarms except those expected i e due to the pre configuration 7 3 11 3 End of Commissioning Check List In order to verify that all the basic points related to the commissioning have been executed please read the following table The Installation check list in section 4 8 has been duly followed The serial and or remote communication has been successfully established see section 7 2 2 General configuration has been made with the shelf name the date and the time and empty slots disabled See section 7 2 6 Input lines have been configured ports attribution E1 configuration WTR see section 7 2 7 The selection mode has been configured Automatic Manual and priorities see section 7 2 8 The output configuration has been done E1 configuration o options Frequency etc see section 7 2 10 If necessary the SSM configuration has been set see section Both serial and Ethernet connections have been tested see sections 7 3 2 and 7 3 3 The inventory of the shelf has been checked and eventually noted see section 7 3 4 The shelf operation mode has been checked see section 7 3 5 The LEDs have been successfully tested with the LAMP TEST function see secti
27. rrrrrnrarennnrnnnnennrrnnnnnnnnnnnn 6 142 Synchronization Status Message SSMe annnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnennnnnnnennnnnnnnnn 6 160 6 10 1 INTOQUCUOIN egegeeetieegegeeeeer eege eege 6 160 HL SSN NNN 6 161 Alarms amp Evens Lusuasneddknseassngsinnoninssjn dnnniniiiseeisvindn 6 169 6 11 1 Buzzer Alarm Cutoff ACO and MAC Giate cc ceccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 170 6 11 2 Retrieving Current Active Alarms with Goftware 6 175 011 3 AA COCO E 6 179 6 11 4 MSN EE 6 181 6 11 5 Autonomous Messages 6 185 Performance Measurement PM nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnennnennnennnennnnnnnnnnnnnnennnennnennnene 6 191 ZC EC NEE NEE 6 191 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Vill Contents 6 12 2 Turn on off and resetting DM 6 192 6 12 3 Delays to Retrieve the 1 Result and Time Intervals for Updates 6 193 6 12 4 Retrieving PM Results rrrarrnarennrrrarnrnrnnnrnnnrnnnennnennnrnnnrnnsnnnnnnnennernnnennne 6 195 6 12 5 Receiving Spontaneous Measurement Results rrrarrrarernrernrenarernrrnnenner 6 197 6 12 6 Performance Threshold Parameters nn0nnn0nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnenrernenee 6 198 6 13 Firmware Download n vannnnnnnnnnnvnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnennnnennnnnnnnnnnnennnnennnennnnnnnnennnnnnnnen 6 202 OTIT E e TE 6 202 6 13 2 PA UNE 6 203 6 13 3 Firmware Download and Installation rarronrrnnrrnnrrnnernrrnnrrnnrrnnrrnnnnnnnnnnr 6 203 EE Se RE NERE 7
28. vaiblelEis 8 21 Table 8 8 Time Code Card NTPTurn up Status 8 22 Table 8 9 Time Code Card PTP Troubleshooting visibel 8 23 Table 8 10 Time Code Card PTP Turn up Status 8 24 Table 8 11 MAnangement Card Troubleshooting visible Eis 8 27 Table 8 12 Power Card Troubleshooting visible Eis 8 28 Table 8 13 Troubleshooting visible with Software rrranrrrnrrranernnnrvanrvnnrrnnnrrnannranennnrnnanennnennnne 8 39 Table 9 1 Communication Gpechfcatons 9 3 TE NENNE 9 5 Table 9 3 Tracking Holdover Specifications cccccccccecccececeeeeeeeecececeeeeseeceeessueeseeeeseeeseeeseneeaas 9 5 Table 9 4 Performance Measurement PM Specifications rarrrnnrrnnnrrnnnrrnnrnranennnrnnnnrnnnennnnennnnn 9 6 Table 95 Output SPECNCANONS E 9 7 Table 9 6 NIP ee ler de EEN 9 7 Table 9 7 PIP Specifications vind 9 7 Table 9 8 General Alarms Gpoectcatons 9 8 Table 9 9 Input Alarms Specifications rrrnrrnnrrnnrrnnrrnnernnernnernnernnenannnernnernneenneennnennnennnenunnnunnnenene 9 8 Table 9 10 Output Alarms Relays Gpoechfcatons 9 9 Table 9 11 Power Supply Specifications ccccccceccsecesececeeecseceeeeeeeseeeceeeseeeseceneeseeeseeeseeteeeseeeees 9 9 Table 9 12 Mechanical Specifications rrrarrrnrrnnrnnrrnrrnaneraneranerannrarnnennnennnenunennsennsnnnsnnnenneennnen 9 10 Table 9 13 General Specifications ccccccccsccceeccseeseeceeeceeeeeeeeeeececteecseeteeeseesseesueeseeneeeeeenaees 9 11 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User
29. 2 2 3 3 The 5548C as an SSU Expansion Shelf Figure 2 14 shows the OSA 5548C SSU configured as an Expansion Shelf The Tracking amp Holdover function is missing since Expansion Shelves are used to increase the number of output ports of another 5548C used as an SSU or a PRC Up to 4 Expansion Shelves can be connected to the main 5548C by redundant link cables as shown in Figure 2 15 The Expansion Shelves are managed through the main 5548C via a management bus contained in the link cables The maximum distance between the main 5548C and the last Expansion Shelf is 30 m This maximum distance remains applicable when only one Expansion Shelf is connected Signal Input Card Generator EGC Output Amplifiers 2 048 MHz 2 048 MHz amp 2048 Mbit s Outputs Signal Input Card Generator EGC Output Amplifiers Figure 2 14 The 5548C configured as an Expansion Shelf OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 16 Product Overview OSA 5548C EXPANSION 4 680 860 Outputs OSA 5548C EXPANSION 3 480 660 Outputs OSA 5548C EXPANSION 2 280 460 Outputs OSA 5548C EXPANSION 1 80 260 Outputs 20 60 Outputs Figure 2 15 The 5548C as an SSU Expansion Shelf OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 17 Product Overview 2 2 3 4 The 5548C as a Time of Day Server An OSA 5548C SSU equipped with inter
30. 3 Details OUTPUT 2 qi GUTPUT 2 OUTPUT 2 12 OUTPUT 2 OUTPUT 2 13 OUTPUT 2 OUTPUT 2 Output Group 2 Output Group 1 14 OUTPUT 2 OUTPUT 2 15 OUTPUT 2 OUTPUT 2 16 OUTPUT 2 OUTPUT 2 17 OUTPUT 2 OUTPUT 2 qq OUTPUT 2 1 2 3 5 6 Fi G d OUTPUT 2 19 OUTPUT 2 qp OUTPUT 2 20 OUTPUT 2 Alarm Detection Group 1 Type Group 2 Type geg OK Cancel Apply y Refresh Output Group Configuration e E1_1 E1 Configuration nr 1 e E1_2 E1 Configuration nr 2 e FREQ Frequency 2 048MHz 6 9 4 3 Output Line OL Configuration Squelch amp Tag In this section it is explained how to retrieve the current status for any of the 20 output lines from any OUC group A Note For OUC cards and Output Tile correspondence refer to section 6 9 1 2 For Output Group information refer to section 6 9 1 3 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 134 Operating amp Provisioning Using TL1 The following TL1 command is required to find the actual OUC group configuration Input Syntax RTRV EQPT OL aid ctag Example RTRV EQPT OL 3 15 MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M otag COMPLD aid opstate SQUELCH squelch TAG V My Tag up to 32 chars To squelch an output line and or to edit a Tag the following TL1 command is required Input Syntax ED EQPT OL aid ctag SQUELCH sq
31. Ate EJ MAC gt Buzzer Sa Select Alarm criteria required to make a sound 6 11 1 3 Editing Alarm CutOff ACO ACO is provided to suppress any audible office row alarms to allow operators to suppress alarms bells while the alarm is being addressed Subsequent alarms should reset the ACO latch operation The 5548C ACO operation is fully programmable on one or both of two groups Pressing ACO does not clear the alarm cause or condition Internal buzzer and relay output are disabled when ACO is activated To physically cutoff alarms To extinguish any alarm LED press the switch labeled ACO which is located on the bottom of the MAC Except any specific configuration as per shown in the next section deactivating an alarm turns off the three CR MJ and MN LEDs However the MAC cards continue to report the alarm message until the original alarm condition is cleared OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 172 Operating amp Provisioning To cutoff alarms using software Using TL1 The following TL1 command remotely performs the same function as pressing the ACO switch physically on the MAC card Input Syntax OPR ACO ALG fr Using SyncView Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt MAC gt Set Alarm Cutoff Cutoff alarm configuration A Note Retrieve current configuration in section 6 11 1 1 On the MAC card s front panel there are two colomns of Alarm level LEDs labeled 1 a
32. Duplicating the cards for full system redundancy does not impact on the maximum input or output capacity of the SSU dedicated section for redundant modules An additional security pass through function for extreme clock signal availability is also implemented making the unit truly failure proof Insert one or both of the available integrated GPS modules to transform your SSU into a Primary Reference Source fully compliant to G 811 standards Several types of connectors are available on the main shelf or through a Remote panel with easy plug in connections The equipment is locally accessible RS 232 using an intuitive graphical user interface and remotely manageable TCP IP via SyncView PLUS The OSA 5548C SSU has been designed on a truly flexible modular basis allowing multiple equipment configurations to meet all current and future synchronization requirements By simple insertion of modules the operator can upgrade any function of an initial configuration to a fully redundant one upgrading does not require powering off of the unit and does not require additional module configuration plug and play The new inserted module will automatically be configured and software downloaded no intervention needed from the operator The same feature is used in case of capacity extension The OSA 5548C SSU fully supports the Synchronization Status Message SSM features from inputs decoding to outputs SSM distribution for true synchronization
33. ICC NIP Details A10 gt State General Authentication FTP Inventory Using Syncterminal software Example ED EQPT TCC TCC 1 A MYCTAG IPADDRESS 123 100 124 120 GATEWAY 123 100 12 4 100 DHCP MODE ENABLE ETHER SDEF AUTO DUPLEX MODE FUL L Procedure 7 5 NTP Connection OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 9 Commissioning 7 2 3 Firmware Upgrade Procedure by SyncTerminal When an shelf upgrade firmware is required proceed as follow STEP ACTION 1 Install the FIRMWARE on a FTP server which can be acceded by the OSA 5548C SSU a Configure the FTP parameters with following command SET DNLD CTAG ftp server ip address directory name user name password Example SET DNLD CTAG 149 133 41 123 MAC48C MYNAME MYPWD Check the parameters with the following command 3 RTRV DNLD CTAG 4 Download the firmware files from FTP to 5548C with the following command OPR DNLD CTAG The following answer should be shown during download process IP CTAG lt IP CTAG lt IP CTAG lt Once completed it is written an information as SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD 5 To install the new firmware in any card use the following command A CAUTION Serious outage can result if the firmware installation is performed on an active card as the card will not operate during download It is recommended to upgrade card by card during the maintenance window or before
34. INC 1 A INC 1 B GPS A GPS B THC A THC B SGC A SGC B 0UC 1 A OUC 3 B MAC A ALL CTAG COLD Procedure 7 25 Restoring Factory Parameters OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 27 Commissioning 7 3 Test and Verification Procedure A CAUTION This section can be performed only before placing the shelf in service as it can create outages while shelf is in service 7 3 1 Introduction 7 3 1 1 Overview This chapter presents some basic testing and checking procedure which can be used to check that the OSA 5548C SSU is working properly after installation and configuration completion 7 3 1 2 Requirements The shelf must have completed its starting procedure which means that the THC cards must be operational i e not in warm up or in fast start up The configuration shall be already completed but it is not mandatory 7 3 2 Serial Connection Test Procedure STEP ACTION 1 Write the following command in the bottom of the right window which has appeared once you have been connected RTRV HDR CTAG 2 Then if the communication is working correctly you should be prompted with the following answer SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD 3 Redo the same test on the second serial RS 232C connector one is located on the POWER B card and the other on the Management connector tile Procedure 7 26 Serial Connection Test OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 28 Commissioning 7 3
35. OL OQ O Ei oi o 1 10 SYM S ei Kl EG Ki ap ei 11 20 SYM fei e O ei El Ei E A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 INC1 GPS Figure 4 6 Input Cards and Tiles Location OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 12 Equipment Installation The input connectors are processed by the INC group slots A2 amp A3 The INC group can qualify or monitor up to 4 input lines IL among the 8 input connectors available 4x E1 and 4x Freq e E1 connectors can be cabled with asymmetrical E1 signal 2 048 Mbits at 75 ohms or symmetrical with a 120 75 ohms adapter balun e Freq connectors can be cabled with asymmetrical 2 048 5 amp 10 MHz sine or square wave frequency 75 ohms Note E The Input Connectors to the Input Lines assignments and configurations have to be configured via TL1 commands Refer to section 6 5 Input Group INC A INC B Input type to connector INPUTS FREQ Table 4 1 Input Groups GPS B Antenna GPS 2 GPS A Antenna GPS 1 Figure 4 7 Input Tile Group location OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 13 Equipment Installation 4 5 1 1 Introduction to Cable Input Ports Connect the frequency inputs i e from a PRS to the Freq BNC connector shown on Figure 4 7 with a 75 ohms asymmetrical coaxial cable Connect the E1 input either directly to the BNC connector for the asymmetri
36. The SSM status transfers synchronization quality from the active input or source toward E1 outputs The SSM byte is encoded on E1 signals The OSA 5548C SSU supports Synchronization Status Messaging SSM on input and output interfaces E1 2 048 Mbit s according to ITU T G 781 second generation SSM norms Here are the different SSM quality levels supported by the OSA 5548C SSU G 811 Primary Reference Clock G 812 Type or V SSU A G 812 Type IV SSU B G 813 Equipment Clock Option I DNU FAILED UNKNOWN Do Not Use for synchronization SSM Failure SSM Quality unknown Table 2 22 SSM Levels SSM Inputs The OSA 5548C SSU extracts the SSM information from each E1 input signal I The operator can assign the SSM value for each individual input signal if the input signal is not an E1 signal or if it does not include the Synchronization Status Message The 5548C can read SSM on all the Sa bits according to the user configuration SSM Input Selection Based on the extracted Synchronization Status Message SSM Clock quality or user defined level the OSA 5548C SSU will automatically select the higher quality input reference signal In case two input signals include the same SSM Quality Level the priority table levels are used to override selection of two similar SSM quality reference signals Should all input signals include SSM byte corresponding to a lower value than the internal oscillator the OSA 5548C SSU will enter in h
37. Using TL1 Use the following command to obtain the state of the switching parameters Inout Syntax RTRV EQPT THC ctag The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLOU opstate MAN INPUT man input MODE mode ACT_INPUT act_input SSM ssm r Note y To retrieve current IL configuration refer to refer to the TL1 Command List document Read section Input connector to Input Line IL description to understand cross conection concept of input lines to physical input ports For editing the configuration in one single line the following command is required For more details on each parameter refer to the next sections Input Syntax ED EQPT THC ctag MODE mode MAN INPUT man input Example ED EQPT THC MYCTAG MODE MAN MAN_INPUT IL 1 2 Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters MODE AUTO MAN AUTO There are different modes of input FHLDVR selection AUTO Automatic selection mode i e when a line has failed the 5548C will automatically switch to the line presenting the next priority MAN Manual selection mode The user can select a specific input reference with the MAN_INPUT parameter FHLDVR Forced Holdover This mode forces the THC to operate in Holdover mode OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 114 Operating amp Provisioning name configurations parameters MAN INPUT IL 1 1 IL 1 4
38. When two GPS cards are installed one is active and the other is in stand by The GPS antenna connectors are 2x BNC 50 ohms located on the Input Tile It is possible to configure each input reference as ENABLE to make it available for selection by the 5548C when qualified by the GPS card MONITORED in order to measure its performances without allowing the 5548C to select it or DISABLE to disallow the 5548C to select it and to avoid reporting alarms about it In cooperation with the THC group the GPS can also disqualify its input reference if it crosses a user defined Performance Threshold The GPS group delivers one input signal to the THC group It provides also a clock to the SGC group in case of Passthrough mode when both THC cards are removed or being in warm up or failure As soon as the GPS card is powered it starts researching and acquiring GPS satellites This sequence should last 5 minutes Then the GPS internal filtering system enters in pre tracking phase for 200s Thereafter the GPS card is able to provide its signal to the rest of the shelf OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 36 2 5 4 4 GPS Block Diagram Product Overview OCXO Internal Communication Bus lt SUE gt GPS Engine gt p lt Micro processor k gt 3V3 Power 48V gt Supply
39. has been Check the output cable and its a Le as shorted connectors Output SQLCH The output line OL is squelched No action needed To unsquelch OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 35 Condition Cards in SC SE oe E Squelched the port simply deactivate it with the command ED EQPT OL Performance Lu Jm 1 GPS A failure of Performance Control and measure the wander Failure Measurement has been detected of the signal in question Power Failure PWR PWR A A power failure has been detected Measure the power on the PWR B power connectors Check the fuse embedded in the POWER card in question Return the card for repair if the above action could not determine the cause of failure Redundancy EQPT CR The card group is in failure Check the status of the cards Failure Initialize the cards in question Pull it out and reinsert it If the above action did not clear this alarm return the card for repair Reference REFPT N A The SGC card has detected that No action needed If this Passthrough the INC card provides the signal behavior was not expected directly to itself without passing control and check the through the THC cards The shelf configuration and status of the is So in pass through mode THC cards Reference REFA N A SGC The SGC card has detected that No action needed except if a THC A the signal fed to itself is provided failure has been detected in by the THC A card THC B If y
40. input line CTAG 7 Then the SyncTerminal should show the following message in one single line where you can check the bold blue parameters SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD input line O0K ENABLED DISABLED MONITORED PRC SSU A SSU B SEC DNU FAILED NONE DISABLED INPUT FREQ connector ADM STATE ENABLED DISABLED MONITORED TERM TERMINATED CODE B8ZS AMI WIR 1 12 DISABLED FRCD PRC SSU_A SSU_B SEC DNU NONE OOF_DETECTION DISDABLED ENABLED 10 4 10 3 10 2 CRC4 DETECTION DISDABLED ENABLED 10 4 10 3 10 2 BPV DETECTION DISDABLED ENABLED 10 4 10 3 10 2 SA4 OFF ON SSM SA5 OFF ON SSM SA6 OFF ON SSM SA7 OFF ON SSM SA8 OFF ON SSM FREQ the frequency fed TAG My Input Line Tag 8 On the active INC card of the corresponding group the LED related to the Input Line you configured should either flashes in Green due to Wait To Restore time or illuminates in solid Green Procedure 7 11 Frequency Input Line Configuration OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 16 Commissioning 7 2 7 3 Disabling an Unused Input Line The purpose of disabling an unused input line is to suppress alarms STEP ACTION To discover which cards are unused check the INC card input LEDs i for RED condition after configuring the lines and connecting them a Then simply send the following command to all the unused lines ED EQPT IL input line CTAG ADM STATE DISABLED 3 Once the command is sent the Red LED should be extinguish
41. max 20 SEC Figure 2 5 Synchronization reference chain for SDH ITU T Rec G 803 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 9 Product Overview 2 2 1 4 DWDM Networks The DWDM network technology standardized by the ITU T also known as Optical Transport Network OTN is based on a plesiochronous physical layer using a number of different wavelengths as transport channels The OTN is a flexible transport technology which allows many different types of client traffic signals to be transported wavelength channels A critical case is the transportation of SDH client signals SDH being based on synchronous STM N signals the OTN network must provide reasonable timing transparency for the transported client signal Since perfect timing transparency is not achievable the residual timing degradations jitter amp wander introduced by the OTN network must be taken care of in the SDH layer ITU T Rec 8251 contains guidelines in the form of a Synchronization Reference Chain According to this model the SDH timing must be regenerated by an SSU each time the SDH client signal leaves the OTN layer Furthermore each OTN island or OTN hop must not contain more than 10 OTN network elements and the number of SSUs introduced to fulfil the first rule is limited to a maximum of 10 GEET xn n lt 10 max nx 10 OTN NEs aro Figure 2 6 Synchronization reference chain for SDH over OTN ITU T Rec G 8251 OSA 5548C
42. provides 2 output groups OG of 10 output connectors OUT 1 10 lt Output Group OG 1 OUT 11 20 lt Output Group OG 2 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 122 Operating amp Provisioning 20x ASYMMETRICAL 20x SYMMETRICAL 10x SYM amp 10x ASYM for remote BNC panel GO ei O gt OUT 1 10 SYM OUT 1 10 SYM o00000000000G0 606000060066 S Apsesi Output Group 1 Output Group 1 O ei OUT 11 20 SYM BS Output Group 2 el O ei OD gt OD gt The OG are labeled within the TL1 commands as shown below OUC Group Output Group In the table below x is the OUC group number 1 3 Output Group OG TL1 Abbreviation First output group 1 10 Second output group 11 20 Table 6 14 Output GroupTL1 Abbreviations 6 9 1 4 Output Line OL description Each OUtput Card OUC provides 20 outputs lines that are labeled within the TL1 commands as shown below OUC Group Number Output Line OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 123 Operating amp Provisioning In the table below x is the output OUC Group number 1 3 Output Group 1 OUT 1 10 Output Group 2 OUT 11 20 Output line TL1 Abbreviation Output line TL1 Abbreviation 1 Table 6 15 Output Line TL1 Abbreviation 6 9 2 Signal Generation Card SGC Group State The
43. the GPS can be set as Indoor mode to operate with only one GPS satellite tracked The user must set manually the GPS position latitude longitude and altitude when using the Indoor mode Elevation To avoid receiving bad GPS signal from reflection an elevation mask can be set to decrease the reception angle of the antenna SCH GPS Antenna Forced The GPS card can generate a user defined SSM quality for input selection in SSM mode When the Forced mode is not enabled the SSM quality supplied are the following e PRC when the GPS signal is tracked e DNU when the GPS signal is not tracked Visible Number of Satellites Vehicles available from the GPS antenna location Tracked Number of Satellites vehicles currently tracked by the GPS receiver at least 4 must be tracked to determine the GPS antenna position and one if the position is entered in Indoor mode The GPS receiver can track up to 12 Satellites vehicles at the same time A Note The properties are those of the active GPS card OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 84 Operating amp Provisioning Using TL1 To retrieve the current GPS Properties send the following command Input Syntax RTRV EQPT GPS ctag Example RTRV EQPT GPS MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD opstate ssm PPS OFFSET pps offset ADM STATE adm state INDOOR indoor ELEVATION elevation FRCD
44. tmper 7 name configurations parameters INC 1 INC GPS Cards related to the event THC SGC OUC report 1 0UC 3 OUC MAC ALL NTFCNCDE CR MJ MN NA NULL Notification code associated with the event conditions being retrieved CONDTYPE CONDTYPE NULL Type of event condition SRVEFF SA NSA NULL Effect on service caused by the event LOCN NEND FEND NULL Single location for which an alarm NA relative to the identified entity 31 occurred occurred TMPER NULL Accumulation time period for PM Performance Measurement parameters OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 188 Operating amp Provisioning 6 11 5 6 Message Encapsulated in Switching SW Report This message is spontaneously reported by the OSA 5548C SSU when two cards from the same group have swapped i e THC A becomes in stand by and THC B becomes active Output Syntax Sid date time almcde ctag REPT SW actid stbyid Parameter Possible configurations Description name ACTID INC 1 A INC 1 B GPS A This is the card which was in Stand by and GPS B THC A THC B SGC now has became as Active A SGC B MAC A MAC B STBYID INC 1 A INC 1 B GPS A This is the card which was Active and now GPS B THC A THC B SGC has became in Stand by A SGC B MAC A MAC B 6 11 5 7 Message Encapsulated in Database Change DBCHG Report This function is not implemented yet 6 11 5 8 Message Encapsulated in
45. 1 minute This is shown when the MADDS is changing its bandwidth in order to track the selected signal rapidly FREERUN This status is shown when the THC MADDS have never tracked any input signal HOLDOVER This status is shown when the THC MADDS no longer have any input signals on their inputs ae ON OFF OSAClock enable ON or disable OFF OSACLKAVL YES NO YES if the OSAclock is available or NOT if not SYS MODE MST EXP INV MST 5548C system mode MST MASTER shelf EXP EXPANSION shelf INV Invalid Not configurable 1 this feature is not yet available Using Sync View Open the Logical View and check the THC symbol state OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 111 Operating amp Provisioning TRACKED the MADDS is correctly tracking the selected input signal HOLDOVER or FREERUN this status is shown when the THC MADDS have any input signals on their inputs FAST this state should take approximately 1 minute This is shown when the MADDS is changing its bandwidth in order to track the selected signal rapidly ALARM this state is shown when a failure is detected n r 6 8 3 Oscillator Type Using TL1 To retrieve the oscillator type embedded in the THC card send the following command Input Syntax RTRV EQPT OSC aid ctag The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD aid type r Parameter name Possible configurations De
46. 10 Output Lines OL Each OUC groups provide 2 OG OL 1 to 10 and OL 11 to 20 for a total of 20 OL STEP ACTION 1 Set the Frequency configuration option TYPE to the Output Group OG required ED EQPT OG 1 1 3 2 CTAG TYPE FREQ 2 Retrieve the E1 configuration option with the following command RTRV EQPT OG 1 1 3 2 CTAG 3 Check the value written after the TYPE SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD 1 1 3 2 TYPE FREQ Procedure 7 17 Frequency Output Signal Configuration 7 2 10 3 NTP Output Signal Configuration STEP ACTION 1 If section 6 9 5 is properly done and section 8 2 1 7 succefully run NTP output signal works properly Procedure 7 18 NTP Output Signal Configuration OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 21 Commissioning 7 2 11 SSM Configuration 7 2 11 1 Enabling SSM To switch on the SSM mode follow the next STEP ACTION 1 To switch the SSM on the following command is required SET SSM i CTAG ON a Verify if the SSM is enabled with the following TL1 command RTRV EQPT THC CTAG Check that it is written SSM ON SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMP LD OK MODE AUTO MAN FHLDVR MAN INPUT IL 1 1 IL 1 4 ACT_INPUT IL 1 1 IL 1 4 SSM ON 7 Procedure 7 19 Enabling SSM Configuration OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 22 Commissioning 7 2 11 2 Forcing a SSM Quality Level on an Input Line To force a quality on an available Inpu
47. 10 different states for each card or more precisely slots in the 5548C shelf as below EMPTY The card slot is empty This is not considered as an alarm Remedial action Nothing except inserting a card in the slot EXTRACTED The card has been extracted from its respective slot This is considered as an alarm Remedial action Reinserting the card in the slot or deleting the card with command shown in section 6 4 5 INIT The card firmware is being restarted Remedial action Wait for the completion of initialization DOWNLOAD The card firmware is being downloaded Remedial action Waiting until the end of the download or aborting the download OK The card is ACTIVE and is working correctly Remedial action No action required STANDBY The card is in STAND BY and ready to protect the active card within the same group Remedial action Should you need to activate the card which shows this status please refer to section 6 4 5 2 in order to replace the active card with this one ALARM The card is in alarm Remedial action Check the current alarm with the command RTRV ALM and initiate corrective action accordingly DEGRADED The firmware version is different than the rest of the shelf Remedial action Upgrade the card firmware with the firmware stored in the MAC cards TESTERROR Invalid testing date The card has encountered a mismatching error about the date when it has been tested Remedial action Contact your Oscilloquartz Cus
48. 2 Output Alarm Groups re 4 27 4 7 Cabling Communication POrtS rrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnevnnnnnnennnnnnneennnnnr 4 29 4 7 1 OCA 0 110 S COMA NE Sena E EE 4 29 4 7 2 Ethernet LAN Connection ccccccecccseeceeece cece eeeeeesseceeeeeeeeeeeteeetseeteeeees 4 31 4 8 Installation Check LS Luavvavmaveasmeis seminarets 4 32 TURN UP PROCEDURE NN 5 1 5 1 OVNEN re 5 3 5 2 FVN iieiaei en Aa econo a ROEE A E REE EE 5 3 5 3 CaF SIAM UD RE UE 5 5 5 3 1 PWR FOwWer Cal EE 5 5 592 MAC MA agement Card E 5 6 MIN TC Led 0 E 5 7 334 PSP 5 8 535 lte EC de Belle ele Te EE 5 9 5 3 6 SGC Signal Generator Card 5 11 L ea 5 12 OPERATING amp PROVISIONING eenanvnvnevnnevnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnennnnnennnnnsnnnnvennnnennnnnannnnnmvnne 6 1 6 1 BU e 6 3 6 2 e Tune AU ON NEE 6 3 6 2 1 IP POO ciuanmsiasenies A E 6 3 6 2 2 Establishing Communication with the 5548C GU 6 11 6 2 3 Serial Port Communication rrarrnnrrnnrnnnrrnnennnennnernnrnnnennnnnennneennernnnennnennnen 6 11 6 2 4 Ethernet Communication 6 16 629 C mmu nicaton PONS EE 6 19 6 2 6 Using the SyncTerminal Software 000nn00annnaannnennnnennnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnennne 6 22 6 3 Security Management nnnnnnnnvnnnnnnnvnnnnnnnnennnnnnnennnnnnnennnnnnvernnnnneennnnnneennnnnnvennnnnuvennnn 6 37 6 3 1 Tal lg ene 1 62 do ME 6 37 6 3 2 Default Username UID and Password DD 6 37 603 NTE NE 6 37 034 LOGOU TG 55480 E 6
49. 250MS 1S 10S GT10S OffsetScaledLogVaria LOG VARIANCE 0 65535 nce as per IEEE 1588v2 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 145 ACCURACY Operating amp Provisioning Input Example ED EQPT PTPC REF PTP 1 A MYCTAG REF 1 TIME SOURCE ATOMIC CLOCK ACCURACY 25NS LOG VARIANCE 65535 Output Syntax sid date time M etag COMP LD Output Parameter s None Output Example MY oo43C 04 06 14 23517246 M MYCTAG COMPLD 6 9 6 5 PTP UTC Offset Configures the number of seconds to add to UTC time Input Syntax ED PFTP UTC OFFSET tid PTP 1 A ctag OFFSET offset VALID valid Input Parameter s Possible Default AD PTP 1 A PTP 10 B NE position OFFSET gt ET 4 425 Offset VALID TRUE FALSE TRUE a i Kee offset is Input Example ED PTP UTC OFFSET PTP 1 A MYCTAG OFFSET 34 VALID TRUE Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD 7 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 146 Operating amp Provisioning Output Parameter s None Output Example MYS5548C 04 0 G 14 251 L7 46 M MYCTAG COMPLD 7 6 9 6 6 ED EQPT PTPC Edit TCC PTP Card configuration Input Syntax ED EOPT PTPC tid aid ctag TIMESCALE timescale ALT INPUT alt input TIME REFERENCE time reference Input Parameter s Possible Default AID PTP 1 A PTP 10 B Card position TIMESCALE PTP ARB PTP According to IEEE
50. 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 XIV List of Tables Table 6 13 Output Card Slot Numbers and TL1 Abbreviations rrarennernrnnrrrnrnnvenvrvunererrnvnnvene 6 122 Table 6 14 Output GroupTL1 Abbreviations c cc ccccecc ccc cecceceececeeeeeeeeeteeeaeeseeeeeeeseneeeeeeaneeees 6 123 Table 6 15 Output Line TL1 Abbreviation ccc cccccc cece cece eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeneeeees 6 124 Table 6 16 G 8265 1 SSM to PTP clockClass mappmg 6 157 Table 6 17 SSM amp Quality E 6 160 Table 6 18 Delays and Intervals to Retrieve MTIE PM Resuhte 6 194 Table 6 19 Delays and Intervals to Retrieve TDEV PM Results 6 194 Table 6 20 Delays to Retrieve Ym PM Hesulte 6 194 Table 6 21 Default MTIE Threshold rrrarennnnennnrnnnnennnennernranennnvennnennerenunennernnunenunennusennesnnunenn 6 198 Table 6 22 Default TDEV Tbresbhold 6 199 Taple G 25 Default du WR Rn SONG MEN 6 200 Table 6 24 Not retrievable with TL1 commands for evident security reason rrrarrrrnrnranennnnnr 6 204 Table 7 1 End of Commissioning Check User 7 42 Table 8 1 Input Card Troubleshooting visible Eis 8 8 Table 8 2 GPS Card Troubleshooting visible Eis 8 10 Table 8 3 GNSS Card Troubleshooting visible Eis 8 12 Table 8 4 Tracking Holdover Card Troubleshooting visible Es 8 14 Table 8 5 SCard Troubleshooting vsiblelEis 8 15 Table 8 6 OUtput Card Troubleshooting visible Eis 8 20 Table 8 7 Time Code Card NTP Troubleshooting
51. 7 2 11 5 Sa bit configuration on Input Line To set the Sa bit utilized to to supply SSM to the 5548C use the following procedure STEP 1 ACTION To force an SSM quality level use the following command and choose the quality required among the different possibilities ED EOPT IL 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 CTAG SSM BIT SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 NONE Check the quality configured with the following command RTRV EQPT IL 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 CTAG Check the value written after the FRCD SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD input_line OK ENABLED DISABLED MONITORED PRC SSU_A SSU_B SEC DNU NONE FAILED DISABLED INPUT FREQ connector ADM STATE ENABLED DISABLED MONITORED TERM TERMINATED CODE B8ZS AMI WTR 1 12 DISABLED FRCD PRC SSU A SSU B SEC DNU NONE OOF DETECTION DISDABLED ENABLED 10 4 10 3 10 2 CRC4_DETECTION DISDABLED ENABLED 10 4 10 3 10 2 BPV DETECTION DISDABLED ENABLED 10 4 10 3 10 2 SA4 OFF ON SSM SA5 OFF ON SSM SA6 OFF ON SSM SA7 OFF ON SSM SA8 OFF ON SSM FREQ the frequency fed TAG My Input Line Tag 7 Procedure 7 23 Sa bit Configuration on Input OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 25 Commissioning 7 2 11 6 Sa bit configuration on Output Lines To set the Sa bit required to supply the SSM on output use the following procedure STEP 1 ACTION Configure one of the Sa bit SA4 to SA8 as SSM in one of the two E1 options E1 1 or E1 2 ED EQPT SGE E1 1 E1 2 CTAG
52. 8 47 STEP 10 11 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Single Card Fuse CAUTION e When handling the OSA 5548C SSU unit or spare cards use a grounded wrist strap to avoid ESD Electro Static Discharge e Avoid touching components or connectors e Avoid placing the card on an ungrounded surface e Avoid placing the card on or near insulated elements and or surfaces ACTION Unscrew the two locking screws of the intended card Remove the card carefully with its bail using ESD protection Put the card on an ESD protected surface Pull out the cylindrical fuse located on the erar bottom of the card Measure the fuse resistance with an ohmmeter and check that the value is infinite If the resistance is at 0 zero ohms the fuse is not the cause of the trouble the card might be failed and should be returned to your Oscilloquartz representative for repair If necessary replace the fuse with a new one Insert the fuse in its socket holder Plug the card in its slot A CAUTION Prior to insert the card verify that currently inserted cards have their locking screws well tightened Check that the card lights its STATUS LED GREEN and make a LAMP TEST to confirm Tighten the card locking screws Procedure 8 6 Single Card Fuse Replacement OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 48 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 5 Repair amp Return When you need to return a defective part for factory repair f
53. A2 amp Ai ma Elements gt Inputs gt Input 1 4 gt SSM Bit Performances Select the Sa bit which carries the SSM according to your network requirements Termination Input Alarm Detection TERMINATED e SSM Bit Wan to restore Time Enabled Disabled Apply Refresh OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 168 Operating amp Provisioning 6 11 Alarms amp Events Alarms amp events are transmitted independently by all the 5548C s cards to the MAC card which gathers manages them keep the history log manages the condition shows the current active alarms amp events The 5548C can also escalate the alarm severity to a higher level after a configurable delay In addition to the alarms which can be shown by each card LEDs physically the MAC shows alarm severity level Critical Major Minor with the 3 pairs of LEDs on its front panel and on its output alarm relays which are located on the Management connector tile and labeled ALARM OUT Group 1 and Group 2 When receiving alarms through software many details about each event and alarm are reported as listed below Element in alarm Condition type and description Alarm description Transient events a transient state of the card Alarm severity Critical Major Minor Alarm escalation If the service is affected or not If the alarm event is stored in the history log by default or by user configuration 4 Note For
54. ALMIIINCIMYCTAG 5 Type the semicolon to terminate the line and then press the ENTER key to send the command 6 The 5548C should respond in the right of the window as follows OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 32 Operating amp Provisioning STEP ACTION SyncTerminal Connected on 149 133 41 49 8023 J0 x Terminal Edit Tools Window Help x Se Alpes ie pg ze Commands List Connected on 149 133 41 49 8023 0 5548C TL1 Management Commands H 0 Security H 0 Communication H 0 Equipment MAC ACK 05 06 01 14 48 21 MYCTAG COMPLD RTRV HDR I IMYCTAG B A System INIT SYS INITialize SYStem SET SID SET Source IDentifier RTRV HDR ReTRieVe HeaDeR RTRV NETYPE ReTRieve Network Element TYPE ED DAT EDit DATe RTRV PTHRGH ReTRieve Pass THRouGH SET CCALIGN SET CC ALIGN RTRV CCALIGN ReTRieve CC ALIGN OPR LEDS OPeRate LEDS RTRV LEDS ReTRieve LEDS ENCAP CMD ENCAPsulate CoMmanD H 0 Fault H 0 Performance A ssm H 0 Download Sot en Ready WA Procedure 6 6 Typing TL1 Commands 6 2 6 9 Keyboard Shortcuts for Typing TL1 Commands The SyncTerminal interface uses tips and shortcuts to assist the user with TL1 command Shortcut Function amp Description Keyboard vision Repeat a previous command To repeat a previously typed TL1 command the operator can press the top cursor one time if it is required to repeat the previous command Or as many times as
55. AUTOMATIC and in case of SSM enabled when more than one E1 input lines have the same quality level A Note Two or more input lines can have the same priority according to ITU T G 781 5 10 When it is the case the switching mode is non revertive Example of Scenario 1 Two input lines IL having the same priority are qualified by the 5548C One of these two IL is currently selected by the 5548C This selected IL suddenly fails The 5548C switches therefore to the second IL Later the failed IL recovers mo R The 5548C remains on the current IL selection without switching to the recovered line and thus does not introduce any instability caused by the input line switching OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 116 Operating amp Provisioning Using TL1 For retrieving the current priority configuration send the following command Input Syntax RIRV PRIO EE The answer is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M Clacg COMP LD SLi E bebe 1 Die l 2a2 Lala Z IL l 3 1l 1 3 L 1 4 1i1 1 4 GPS gps 7 For editing the priorities send the following command Input Syntax ED PRIO 2 eh e E Lela baa ie Lhe lea de ae Le H IL 1 4 1il 1 4 GPS gps Example ED PRIO MYCTAG IL 1 1 1 IL 1 2 3 IL 1 3 2 IL 1 4 4 GPS 5 Parameter Possible Default Description AT Ewe urations p Kee 1 Priority of input 1 of INC group mis is 3 o FA hemp EES a EE priory
56. Cut Men 6 25 Figure 6 5 SyncTerminal Main or Command Menu 6 26 Figure 6 6 SyncView PLUS time and date cece ccccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeseeeseeeeseeseeesaeess 6 48 Figure 6 7 5548C SSU Physical Type Information rrrorrrranrernnorrnnnranernnnrranennnnnnnnernannnnennnnnn 6 49 Figure 6 8 Article Number amp Card Type Location 6 50 Figure 6 9 SYNGVIEW Inventory E 6 52 Figure 6 10 Physical Lamp EE 6 59 Figure 6 11 Input Connector Aesignment 6 63 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Xii List of Figures Figure 6 12 SyncView Input Configuration VWmdow 6 68 Figure 6 13 SyncView Input Type configuration Window rarenanrrnnrnrarernnrrvnnrnnanennnennannnnnennnnn 6 70 Figure 6 14 SyncView Input Termination Configuration VWumdow 6 72 Figure 6 15 SyncView WTR ume 6 81 Figure 6 16 SyncView THC Details rarrranrnnnnonanornnnrnanrnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnanennnsnnnnennnnnnnnennnnnnnnennnsnnnne 6 115 Figure 6 17 SyncView Priority Setting rrrarrranrrnanrranrrnnnrnnnrnranennnrnnannnanennnnennnrnnanenanennnnennee 6 118 Figure 6 18 Pass through Mode anrrnnrnnnrnnnrnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnsnnsennne 6 119 Figure 6 19 SGC and OUC Operaton cece cccccceececececeeeeeeeeseeeceeeseneesaceseueesaeesgeeeneesaues 6 121 Figure 6 20 Output Cards and Tiles Locaton cece cccccceeccceeceeeeeceeeeecesececeeeeseeeeeeeeseesaees 6 122 Figure 6 21
57. Effect on service caused by the alarm LOCN NEND FEND NULL Single location for which an alarm DIRN TRMT RCV BTH NULL Direction of the alarm NA condition relative to the identified entity TMPER NULL Accumulation time period for Measurement parameters OCRDAT 2004 01 01 2099 12 NULL Date when the triggering 31 event occurred event occurred CONDDESCR VCONDDESGRV NULL Detailed text description of the trouble Limited to 64 characters enclosed within escaped quotes AIDDET NULL Supplementary equipment identification used to identify the location of the reported OBSDBHVR NULL Observed behavior that resulted in this reported trouble Limited to 512 characters enclosed within escaped quotes EXPTDBHVR NULL Expected behavior whose deviation is described in observed behavior that resulted in this reported trouble Limited to 512 characters enclosed within escaped quotes DNM BI Lee used to isolate the trouble TBLISLT NULL Significance of the isolation information provided by the card or element in question included in this message OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 187 Operating amp Provisioning 6 11 5 5 Message Encapsulated in Event EVT Report This message is spontaneously reported by the OSA 5548C SSU when an event occurs Output Syntax sid date time almcde ctag REPT EVT aid ntfoncde condtype srveff ocrdat ocrtm locn dirn
58. Elements gt Inputs gt GPS Input gt Details gt Position tab GPS Position Latitude N 46 594919 Longitude E 67 548015 Altitude 514 IW Indoor Cancel f Refresh OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 93 Operating amp Provisioning 6 6 5 GPS Time To retrieve the GPS time send the following command Inout Syntax RTRV EQPT GPSTIME ctag Example RTRV EQPT GPSTIME MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M Ctag COMPLD WEEK week SEC sec Parameter Possible Default name configurations parameters WEEK 0 3182 Lg Week number since 6 January 1980 0 604799 Degrees gt OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 94 Operating amp Provisioning 6 7 GNSS Configuration 6 7 1 6 7 2 Introduction Up to two GNSS cards can be inserted in the OSA 5548C to get an additional PRS quality input line when GNSS cards are locked on GNSS signal The 5548C allows various properties on GNSS input e GNSS Card State To retrieve the GNSS cards operation status e GNSS Input Properties To retrieve the GNSS Input properties configuration e GNSS Position To retrieve the current GNSS position e GNSS Time To retrieve the GNSS time GNSS Card GNSS Group State This section explains how to retrieve the state of the GNSS group Important Note mp The command response refers to the INC group
59. GODE HDB3 AM CRC4 OFF ON CRC 4 generation TS 16 CCS CAS Time Slot 16 structure Er ONS Ssg NE SSM Configure the Sa bit to carry the SSM OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 132 Operating amp Provisioning 6 9 4 2 Configuring Output Group OG A Note For OUC cards and Output Tile correspondence refer to section 6 9 1 2 For Output Group information refer to section 6 9 1 3 Using TL1 To retrieve the configuration of one of the two OG from an OUC group use the following command Input Syntax RTRV EQPT OG a1d ctag Example RTRV EQPT OG 3 1 MYCTAG The response will answer as shown below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD aid TYPE type To configure the OG with one of the three configurations 2 048MHz E1 configuration nr 1 or E1 configuration nr 2 use the following command Input Syntax ED EQPT OG aid ctag TYPE type Example ED EQPT OG 2 1 MYCTAG TYPE E1_ 2 The response will answer as shown below Output Syntax sid date time M otag COMPLD aid TYPE type Parameter Possible Default This is the OG specified in the AID 1 1 3 2 format X Y X is the OUC group and Y the OG TYPE E1 1 E1 2 FREQ Configuration specified for the OG OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 133 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Outputs gt Group 1
60. GPS TIME TEC ED EQPT TOC ED EQuiPmenT TOC card configuration RTRY EQPT TOC ReTReive EQuiPmenT TOC card configuration RTRY EQFT TIkMY ReTRieve EQuiPmenT Tou IN ventory RTRYV EOPT TOP ReTRieve EQuiPmenT Tou OPerational state ED EQPT CMOD EDit EQuiPmenT Client Mode RTRV EQPT CMOD ReTRieve EQuiPmentT Client MODe ED EQPT SUTH EDit EQuiPFmenT AUTHentication RTRYV EOPT AUTH ReTRieve EQuiPmenT AUTHentication ED EGPT KEY Eat EQuiPmenT KEY RTRY EQOPFT EEYS ReTRieve Eben KEYS ED EGFT FTP Eat EQuiPmenT FTP System INIT SYS INITialize SYStem SET 5ID SET Source IDentifier RTRY HDR ReTRieve Hesbet RTRY NETYPE ReTRieve Network Element TYPE ED INW 5 5 ED Inventory information of the SyStem RTRY INY S 5 ReTRieve IMventory information of the SYStem ED DAT EDit DATe RTRV DAT ReTRieve D4Te and time RTRY PTHRGH ReTRieyve Pass THRouaGH SET CCALIGM SET CC ALIGN TSG Only RTRYV CCALIGN ReTRieve CC ALIGN TSG Only OPR LEDS OPeRate LEDS RTRY LEDS ReTRieve LEDS ENCAP CMD ENCAPsulate ColmanD APPLY CHANGES APPLY CHANGES 1 Faulk Performance 7 ssM 7 Download 5548C TL1 Management Commands T A A F Sort By Categories Alphabetically Figure 6 4 SyncTerminal Short Cut Menu OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 25 Operating amp Provisioning 6 2 6 6 Main or command window Once the SyncTerminal is connected to the shelf a new window appears on the right part of the SyncTerminal as in the figu
61. Information resannnuvvrnnnnnnnnnvnnnnnnnnnnvnnnnnnnnevennnnnnnnevnnnnnnnnunenr 8 51 8 6 1 Technical ASSIS ANG E 8 51 E EEN 8 51 9 ETT NN 9 1 9 1 Bommel EE 9 3 9 2 Input Specification EEE ET 9 4 9 3 HER ENE oases escapee ccs cectce ene ce sta cenenetee can ceccarceutanetecumewsctaveosesiacnccuks 9 5 9 4 Performance Measurement PM nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnennnennnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnennnene 9 6 99 GT OE EE EE EE 9 6 9 5 1 MP 9 7 D PIP dene 9 7 9 6 NET EE Ed EE NE 9 8 9 6 1 EE 9 8 962 Input AlarmMS EN 9 8 9 6 3 Output Alarms Relays sakene beedanskeende 9 9 97 Power REES 9 9 9 8 Mean 9 10 BE 9 10 ORDERING INFORMA I TESE A EE V DOCUMENT NNN IX FRONT VIEW PANNE XI OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 X Figure 2 1 Figure 2 2 Figure 2 3 Figure 2 4 Figure 2 5 Figure 2 6 Figure 2 7 Figure 2 8 Figure 2 9 Figure 2 10 Figure 2 11 Figure 2 12 Figure 2 13 Figure 2 14 Figure 2 15 Figure 2 16 Figure 2 17 Figure 2 18 Figure 2 19 Figure 2 20 Figure 2 21 Figure 2 22 Figure 2 23 Figure 2 24 Figure 2 25 Figure 2 26 Figure 2 27 Figure 2 28 Figure 2 29 Figure 2 30 Figure 2 31 Figure 2 32 Figure 2 33 Figure 2 34 Figure 2 35 Figure 2 36 Figure 2 37 Figure 2 38 Figure 2 39 Figure 2 40 Figure 2 41 Figure 2 42 Figure 2 43 Figure 2 44 Figure 2 45 List of Figures List of Fig
62. International Telecommunications Union International Telecommunications Union Telecommunications service sector Short term non cumulative variations of the significant instants of a digital signal form their ideal positions in time expressed in seconds or in Ul unit interval Kilo used to express 1000 Kilo Gramms 1 Ibs 0 45 kg Local Area Network Light Emitting Diode Loss Of Frame Loss Of Signal Mega used to express 1 000 000 Milli used to express 0 001 or meter MAnagement Card Manual amp Automatic Direct Digital Synthesis Management Information Base Major Alarm the medium severity level of alarm MilliMeters Man Machine Language Minor Alarm the lower secverity level of alarm Master shelf Maximum Time Interval Error Non Available or Non Applicable Network Element Network Equipment Building Systems Not Connected Next Generation OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 VI SASE SNMP SONET SSM SSU STU T1 TCC NTP TCP IP TDEV THC TID TSO TIE Tip amp Ring TL1 TNC SSU Glossary Non Volatile Random Access Memory Oven Controlled Crystal Oscillator Out Of Limit alarm Oscilloquartz SA OUtput Card OUTput Phase Locked Loop Performances Measurement Parts Per Million Pulse Per Second Primary Reference Clock Primary Reference Source PoWeR Quality Level Quality Of Service Random Access Memory Return Authorization Number also cal
63. LEDS and the cards operating in stand by mode a regular once a year preventive maintenance is recommended 8 1 1 LEDs Test The following is a LAMP test procedure to be done physically on the shelf and or via software STEP ACTION 1 Push the switch labeled LAMP TEST on the POWER A card and check that 1 The test lasts about 10 seconds 2 All LEDs have lit during all the test duration 3 The bicolor LEDs have lit in RED during 5 seconds and then GREEN during the remaining 5 seconds 2 Repeat the lamp test after sending the following TL1 command OPR LEDS I i0IAG Procedure 8 1 LEDs Maintenance Test OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 3 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 1 2 Stand by Cards Test When the shelf has a complete card group e g INC 1 A amp INC 1 B which means that most of the time the slave card remains in stand by it is recommended to check it in order to ensure that it is still working correctly For that purpose use the following procedure STEP ACTION 1 Study the card configuration to check if it contains e 2x INC card in the same group e 2x GPS card e 2x THC card 2 If you get one or more of the above conditions you can swap the stand by card to become active with the following command SW DX INC 1 GPS THC CTAG 3 Check that the card which has became active is working like the previous one Allow for THC card settling time Procedure 8 2 Stand by Cards Ma
64. Network Manager Figure 2 54 Sync View PLUS Network Manager version Synchronization Network General View example OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 76 Product Overview 2 6 2 SyncTerminal The SyncTerminal is a terminal Interface enhanced with a TL1 tutor which assists the user with the syntax of any TL1 command for the OSA 5548C SSU The SyncTerminal can remotely access the shelf via TCP IP on LAN COMM port or locally via serial RS 232C on LOCAL COMM port Key features e Sending TL1 commands via local serial RS 232 connector as well as remote Ethernet connection e SyncTerminal assists with the TL1 commands and auto completes the commands as the user types them e All 5548C TL1 commands are provided in a tree like menu or sorted by alphabetical order e Quickly repeats past commands very efficiently without retyping them e Sends user preprogrammed TL1 commands scripts e Test an Ethernet connection with an embedded PING function e Ergonomical and customizable window interface e Command and response logging e Interfaces to many Oscilloquartz products with MML or TL1 E SyncTerminal Connected on 149 133 41 52 8023 Jotg Terminal Edit Tools Window Help tk Bll gmana nojo a W Commands List Connected on 149 133 41 52 8023 5548C TL1 Management Commands m connecting to 149 133 41 52 8023 7 Security Connected 1 Communication
65. OCXO SSU types I III IV or V Stability 1E 10 da Frequency accuracy for SSU type II Rb 1 6E 8 SSU types I and V Not Applicable Priority table SSM value Performance mask Manual selection The system accepts references according to e SSU type I OCXO 1E 8 e SSU type II Rb 1 6E 8 e SSU types III OCXO 4 6E 6 Exceeds ITU T G 812 9 2 EN 300 462 4 1 7 1 Exceeds ITU T G 812 9 1 EN 300 462 4 1 7 2 e MTIE and TDEV limit Exceeds ITU T G 812 8 1 EN 300 462 4 1 6 1 Exceeds ITU T G 812 10 EN 300 462 4 1 6 8 Exceeds ITU T G 812 8 3 1 EN 300 462 4 1 6 8 max 0 05 Ul Exceeds ITU T G 812 11 1 1 and EN 300 462 4 1 Exceeds ITU T G 812 11 4 EN 300 462 4 1 e SSU type II and Ill 1mHz e SSU type I 3mHz Table 9 3 Tracking Holdover Specifications OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 5 Specifications 9 4 Performance Measurement PM Resolution 1 DS Sampling rate 1s 1Hz Interval of 3 hours to complete a PM set measurement and calculation Type MTIE Maximum Time Interval Error TDEV Time DEViation Ym Factional Deviation PM default threshold MTIE and TDEV ITU T G 812 9 1 related to SSU type I YM 5ppm MTIE Algorithm according to ITU T G 810 Appendix II 5 TDEV Algorithm according to ITU T G 810 Appendix I1 3 Ym Algorithm according to Telcordia GR 1244 3 43 PM storage capacity 24 hours of
66. PAGE 90 PCND 7 PCNN 5 Parameter Default Possible Description name Parameter d Po Login or Username UID Any ASCII string Password excluding those characters that represent TL1 syntax of up to 10 characters 0000 9999 RS A list of up to 25 ports or channels FRONT RS REAR When a session initiation request is Each port separated received the NE checks the CID of with a amp the session request against the CID as stoerd in the NE i e in the format of RS FRONT is the RS 232 port on the 8023 amp 8024 amp RS FRONT MAC RS REAR is the RS 232 port on the Management tile Password Aging Intervall in days At the end of this intervall the user receives a prompt that the existing password has to be replaced with a new one 30 999 Password Aging Intervall in days At the end of this intervall the user receives a prompt that the existing password has to be replaced with a new one PCND 7 11 999 This is an intervall signifying the OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 41 Operating amp Provisioning name Parameter configurations number of days that a user can use the existing password before an update becomes mandatory It is typically 5 to 10 days This ts an integer signifying the number of times that an user can use the existing password before an update becomes mandatory Typically it is 3 to 5 times Password Obsolescence Intervall in days When a us
67. PM 8 PM sets the on going set Table 9 4 Performance Measurement PM Specifications 9 5 Outputs Connector CEI 1 0 2 3 SUB D 25 pins or BNC 50 Q Remote panel Label e OUT 1 10 and 11 20 E1 Ports Up to 60 providing 60x E1 outputs 1 1 protected when all OUtput Cards OUC are installed Configuration Up to 6 OUtput Cards OUC providing 3 groups in 1 1 protection E1 ITU T G 703 9 Level Nominal Impedance 75 Q ASYMM or 120 Q SYM Time Slot 16 structure CCS or CAS user selectable Supported Code AMI and HDB3 user selectable Output failure criteria Failed when the amplifier is detected as defective Shorted when the output line impedance is too low Connector CEI 1 0 2 3 SUB D 25 pins or BNC on Remote panel Label e OUT 1 10 and 11 20 f Ports Up to 60 providing 60x outputs 1 1 protected when all Output Cards OUC are installed Configuration Up to 6 OUtput Cards OUC providing 3 groups in 1 1 protection 2 048MHz e ITU T G 703 13 Level Nominal Impedance DUU ASYM Output failure criteria Failed when the amplifier is detected as defective Shorted when the output line impedance is too low OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 6 Specifications Connector BNC 50 Q female Label amp location PPS 1 amp PPS 2 located on the Management tile PPS Width 20 us Rise time lt 30ns Level 5V Impedance 500 Syn
68. Performance Measurement PM Report Refer to section 6 12 6 11 5 9 Retrieving all Autonomous Messages To retrieve a list of queued autonomous messages or a missing one use the following TL1 command Input Syntax RTRV AO ctag ATAGSEO atagseq MSGTYPE msgtype DBCHGSEQ dbchgseg Example RTRV AO MYCTAG MSGTYPE PM Output Syntax Sid date time M ctag COMPLD message OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 189 Operating amp Provisioning Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters ATAGSEQ This is the ATAG of the autonomous message to be retrieved Multiple or range values can be specified by using amp or amp amp notation This message can be used together with the MSGTYPE parameter It is not usable if DBCHSEQ is configured retrieved DBCHSEQ 1 99999 NULL Sequence number of DBCHG Database Change messages MESSAGE SA NSA NULL This is the autonomous message 6 11 5 10 Deleting Autonomous Messages It is possible to clear the entire automatic message log or any specified autonomous message contained in the log The following command is required Input Syntax INIT A0 saa OL Example INIT AO ALM MYCTAG Parameter Possible Description name configurations AID ALM EVT PM This is the type of autonomous message that you DBCHG SW ALL want to clear ALM Alarm EVT Events PM Performance Mea
69. THC signal and INC Dead no power is supplied to the card The SGC may be in trouble and should be returned for repair after a last unsuccessful firmware initialization GREEN The oe a and PPS signal function and hest action needed distribution are KN a correctly GREEN Flashing The 5548C is in Pass through mode the THC cards operation states RED Alarm on at least one of the Frequency and or The SGC may be in trouble and should be PPS signals distributed by the SGC card returned for repair after a last unsuccessful firmware initialization Bee and or PPS signal and INC returned for repair after a last unsuccessful firmware initialization Table 8 5 SCard Troubleshooting visible LEDs OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 15 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 2 1 6 OUtput Card OUC um see vesener atom STATUS GREEN The card is working correctly No action needed RED The card is currently not working or not delivering a valid signal During the power up sequence the LED can remain red for a short while If the LED stays in this status longer it means that the card is defective and should be returned for repair RED Flashing There is a firmware version error Download the correct firmware in the card with the command ACT DNLD after verified that the firmware is in the MAC card ORANGE A new card s firmware is being downloaded No action needed Dead no power is supplied to
70. The command will appear in the right bottom part with its description just OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 31 Operating amp Provisioning STEP ACTION above in the balloon help window 3 Copy the parameter as highlighted in boldface in the callout above the command area using the full colon character as a delimiter as shown in the example below Te se EPSON NG ReTRieYe HeaDeR amp i Ke Ee 4A For the TL1 handling terms and RTRV HDR TIDI CTAG SEN abbreviations please refer to the section 6 2 1 RTRV HDR 4 While the operator types the TL1 command sync terminal will move its callout window to assist the command completion MAC ACK 05 06 01 14 18 02 ReTRieVe ALarM Retrieve active alarms for the specified equipment RTR ALM TID PINS INGC 1TINC 2 GPS THOISGOMMUCNOLIC 1 OUC 10MMACSALL CT AG RTRV ALM MAT ACk 05 06 01 14 18 02 ReTRieVe ALarm gt Retrieve active alarms for the specified equipment RTRV SLM TID INC INC 1 INC 2 GPS THC SGC DUC OUC 1 0UC 10 MAC ALL RTRV ALM pl fr page SSE AE el Retrieve A ah Retrieve active alarms for the specified equipment RTRV ALM TID INC ANC 1INC 2 6PS THC SGCfOUCIOUC 1 BUC 10 MSC ALL CTAG RTRV ALM IN LOL at Wa Le ef Le Retrieve A ah gt Retrieve active alarms for the specified equipment RTRV ALM TID INCING LfINC 2 PS THCSGCfOUC OUC 1 OUC 10 MAC ALL CTAG RTRV
71. The communication via serial link is designed for RAW DATA with TL1 protocol 6 2 3 2 Serial Connection with Terminal Emulator STEP ACTION 1 Connect a null modem cable to one of the two RS 232 ports located on the front and the rear side and labeled LOCAL COMM Launch a terminal emulator HyperTerminal for example 2 i New Connection Hyper Terminal _ La e a 4 Connection Description WE New Connection Enter a name and choose an icon for the connection Name Icon Disconnected Auto detect Auto detect OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Operating amp Provisioning STEP ACTION Connection Description Enter name and choose an icon for the connector Name SN 1002 55490 Icon Connect To es SM 1002 5548C Enter details for the phone number that you want to dial Country regione Connect using OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 13 Operating amp Provisioning STEP ACTION 3 Set the corresponding communication parameters as shown below COMT Properties Hot Settings Bits per second 19200 vi Data bits E vi Parity None vi Stopbis 1 O ooo o Flow control Restore Defaults 4 At this stage it s necessary to log on Please create a txt file and insert ACT USER OSCI LLOQUARTZ CTAG OSA Select send text File and select th
72. There are two ways to send commands from the SyncTerminal To assist the operators who may be unfamiliar with the TL1 command set for the 5548C use these steps described in the following procedure For those familiar with TL1 command set the interface allows operators to type the command line directly into the bottom right area of the terminal screen STEP ACTION 1 The operator can launch the SyncTerminal and proceed to the 5548C connection refer to the section 6 2 2 2 The operator can select the command to send in the left part of the window as in the following example E SyncTerminal Connected on 149 133 41 49 8023 Terminal Edit Tools Window Help S a gt ai P H gt a RP DEE E k o Ia gt 0 es Ee Commands List Connected on 149 133 41 49 8023 E 5548C TL1 Management Commands connecting to 149 133 41 49 8023 connected A Security Communication 0 Equipment 2 62 System i INIT SYS INITialize SYStem SET SID SET Source IDentifier RTRV HDR ReTRieVe HeaDeR RTRV NETYPE ReTRieve Network Element TYPE ED DAT EDit DATe RTRV PTHRGH ReTRieve Pass THRouGH SET CCALIGN SET CC ALIGN RTRY CCALIGN ReTRieve CC ALIGN OPR LEDS OPeRate LEDS ES RTRY LEDS ReTRieve LEDS ENCAP CMD ENCAPsulate CoMmanD ReTRieYe HeaDeR Ca Fault Retrieve command header 44 H Performance RTRV HDR TID CTAG GE KA H 0 ssm l e 06 01 12 18 44 NA N P en Hu r H 0 Download Ra A RTRY HDR So mec he a
73. Used 2 EXPANSION 1 3 EXPANSION 2 4 EXPANSION 3 5 EXPANSION 4 Reboot Cold ar Me default parameters reboot completion Reboot Warm GE Bere ortler parameters reboot completion TDEV Alarm PRFTDEV MA 1 GPS The TDEV threshold has been Check and measure the stability crossed over by the current of the signal in question Performance Measurement Test Date PROGFLT MJ All The date when the card has been Unplug and plug in the card and Error factory tested is not correct if it doesn t resolve the problem return the card for factory repair Version Error PROGFLT MJ All The firmware version installed in Download the correct firmware in the card does not correspond oris the card with the command outdated compared the rest of the ACT DNLD after verified that shelf version the firmware is in the MAC card Wait To WTR N A INC 1 GPS The input line has been recovered No action needed however it is Restore and qualified by the system but will possible to initialize the WTR be available for selection only once time with the TL1 command the WTR time elapsed EE EE Warmup WARMUPSYNC MJ THC The THC internal oscillator is No action needed The THC warming up The time depends on oscillator must warm up before the type of oscillator Quartz or going in fast start mode Rubidium Wrong PROGFLT CR THC The MADDS Manual amp Automatic Download the correct firmware in MADDS Direct Digital Synthesis system the MADDS with
74. Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Inputs gt GPS Input gt Details gt General tab Satelies PPS Offset Elevation mask Apply Heirech OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 100 Operating amp Provisioning 6 7 3 2 Indoor Mode Using TL1 To enable or disable the Indoor mode send the following command Input Syntax ED EQPT GNSS GLN A ctag INDOOR indoor Example ED EQPT GNSS GLN A MYCTAG INDOOR ON To retrieve the position set send the following command Inout Syntax RTRV EQPT FPOS ctag Example RTRV EQPT FPOS MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M otag COMP LD lat deg min frac_min long deg min frac_min alt r OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 101 Operating amp Provisioning To edit the position send the following command Input Syntax ED EQPT FPOS ctag lat deg min frac min long deg min frac min alt Example ED EQPT FPOS ctag lat deg min frac min long deg min frac min alt Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters INDOOR ON OFF OFF Enable the GPS to track only one satellite instead of four In that case a fixed position must be programmed N 0 N Latitude o Degrees gt 0 Minutes S 59 0 0999 DEG o0 In Dees MIN 0 88 In Magie
75. Verify the revertive mode if a line has been lost in non revertive mode it will not been reselected Control that no lines are being in Wait To Restore time mode Ifthe SSM mode is enabled control that the input reference DS1 got an higher quality level than the one configured for the holdover mode HOLDOVER RED _ HOLDOVER RED Flashing FAST START before entering in normal No action needed Usually this status FAST START before entering in normal No action needed Usually this status OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 us 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 13 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Description es fast tracking mode is used to quickly remains approximately 1 minute reduce the frequency offset between internal ME and input reference The system is correctly driven by the input No action needed except if the STATUS reference with to the bandwidth specified LED is extinguished RED Weed WARM UP the THC is in warm up condition No action needed EN du the oscillator s heating period after Power on The Oscillator has reached its normal No action needed except if the STATUS operating temperature LED is extinguished Table 8 4 Tracking Holdover Card Troubleshooting visible LEDs OSCILLATOR RED OSCILLATOR FAILURE the system has The active THC should have switched on detected a failure on the internal oscillator the second one if 1 1 protecte
76. a SUB D 25 Female wired with respect to the Figure 4 12 External Input Alarm Connector 3 Tighten the two fixation screws 4 Verify that the connections have been correctly effected Procedure 4 12 External Alarm Input Connection AN CAUTION Do not supply power into the IN pin or a voltage offset between IN pin and GND pin only a dry contact closure or opening can be connected Please read the specifications in section 9 6 2 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 26 4 6 2 Equipment Installation Output Alarm Groups The OSA 5548C SSU unit presents two groups of electrical output alarms ALARM OUT 1 2 as shown in Figure 4 11 Each group includes 3 levels of alarms e Critical Alarm e Major Alarm e Minor Alarm Each alarm contains three connections allowing the user to connect alarms as Normally Open NO or Normally Closed NC Alarm Output Groups SUB D 9p female ALARM OUT GROUP 1 1 e ALARM OUT GROUP 1 SEVERITY NO C NC 9 CRITICAL 1 6 2 5 MAJOR 7 3 8 G MINOR 4 9 5 female ALARM OUT GROUP 2 ALARM OUT GROUP 2 1 6 SEVERITY NO C NC CRITICAL 1 6 2 5 9 MAJOR 7 3 8 MINOR 4 9 5 female Figure 4 14 Output Alarm Connection A Note One connector set can be reserved for Visual Alarms while the other is reserved for Audible alarms OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 27
77. activated deactivated or in alarm SYS MODE MST EXP INV MST 5548C system mode MST MASTER shelf EXP EXPANSION shelf INV Invalid OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 62 Operating amp Provisioning 6 5 3 Input connector to Input Line IL description The OSA 5548C allows configuration of up to 5 inputs from two groups of 4 inputs plus 1 input from any of the GPS input ports INC 1 A A2 INC 1 B A3 IL 1 1 1 mia JB IL 1 3 3 IL 1 4 4 GPS A A4 GPS B A5 Group 1 GPS G gt O ANTENNA Ch de O Figure 6 11 Input Connector Assignment The arrows on the above figure are the Input Lines IL which are virtual lines between connectors and INput Cards INC The IL are configurable with TL1 commands Each INC can be configured to connect to any of the 8 ports within that group through the IL Example The operator can assign IL 1 2 which is the second IL of the INC group 1 to Input connectors E1 1 to 4 or input connectors FREQ 1 to 4 A Note Although multiple logical inputs can be mapped to the same physical one user shall be aware that the physical configuration is unique In other terms if two or more logical inputs share the same physical connector only one configuration is possible For example if IL 1 1 and IL 1 2 are both mapped to use the entry E1 1 then the SSM configuration MUST be the same OSA 5548C SSU E60 Us
78. address username and password access of that server are required 6 13 2 2 Firmware Files Before gaining FTP server access from the 5548C the firmware files are placed in a folder in the FTP root of the server The complete files contain 1 file per card type 4 files for the MAC cards and 1 catalog CATALOG CAT file 6 13 3 Firmware Download and Installation 6 13 3 1 FTP Parameters Configuration The first step in the download procedure is to configure the FTP client parameters in the OSA 5548C SSU The following parameters can be configured in the OSA 5548C SSU e IP Address FTP This is the external FTP server s IP address e Source Path SRC_PATH This is the path to the directory where the firmware files are located from the root of the external FTP server e User USER This is the user identification to access the external FTP server e Password PWD This is the password identification to access the external FTP server AN IMPORTANT The password must contain only uppercase characters A Z Spaces and numbers 1 9 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 203 Operating amp Provisioning Using TL1 To set the FTP server parameter in the OSA 5548C the following command is required Input Syntax SET DNLD ctag ftp src path user pwd Example SET DNLD MYCTAG 149 133 41 52 5548C V2 USER20 PWD99 To retrieve or to check the configuration use the following co
79. amp Events log 254 items in a FIFO sequence capacity Table 9 8 General Alarms Specifications 9 6 2 Input Alarms Connector SUB D 25p male with 10x pairs of pins IN and GND Label amp Location EXT ALARM INPUTS located on the rear side on the Management connector tile Alarms Severity Port 1 to 3 CR Critical Port 4 to 46 MJ Major Port 7 to 9 MN Minor Port 10 Non alarm condition Table 9 9 Input Alarms Specifications OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 8 Specifications 9 6 3 Output Alarms Relays Connector 2 SUB D 9p female connectors providing 2 groups splitted in 3 rows of pins for CR Critical MJ Major and MN Minor alarm level status Each row is splitted in 3 pins such as NO Normally Opened C Common NC Normally Closed Label amp Location ALARM OUT GROUP 1 and ALARM OUT GROUP 2 located on the Management connector tile Voltage Maximum 60 VDC Current Maximum 1A Voltage Maximum 125 VDC Power Maximum 60 VA Current Maximum 1A Table 9 10 Output Alarms Relays Specifications 9 7 Power Supply Connectors Redundant connectors POWER A and POWER B Each contains one and one connectors and two Grounding GND studs Label amp location POWER A located on the rear right of the shelf and POWER B on the rear left of the shelf Input Voltage 40 to 60 VD
80. and SGC cards Instead in the SGC slot position it is required to insert EGC cards OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 68 Product Overview 2 5 17 INPUT Tile 4 Frequency BNC connectors are available for 2 048 5 or 10 MHz frequency input and 4 E1 BNC connectors are available for up to 4 E1 input Among these 8 BNC connectors 4 can be used to feed the 5548C with signal This tile is located in position A22 on the top range of the shelf Input Grou INPUTS H H FREQ INC A INC B Input type to connector E1 1 E1 2 E1 3 E1 4 FREQ 1 FREQ 2 FREQ 3 FREQ 4 GPS A GPS B Antenna GPS 1 Antenna GPS 2 Table 2 20 Input Types and Connections Figure 2 45 Input Tile A Note e For detailed Input Connection instructions refer to section 4 5 1 and for GPS antenna refer to section 4 5 1 4 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 69 Product Overview 2 5 18 OUTPUT Tile The OSA 5548C SSU unit can be delivered with different types of output tile sets e Output tile with 20x Symmetrical outputs e Output tile with 20x Asymmetrical outputs e Output tile with 20x Asymmetrical outputs for Remote panel Each Output Tile has 2 Output Groups OG of 10 Outputs Lines OL OG 1 supplies OL 1 to 10 and OG 2 supplies OL 11 to 20 2 5 18 1 Output Tile with 20x CEI 1 0 2 3 connectors 20x ASYMMETRICAL with CEI 1 0 2 3 75ohms OG el Figure 2 46 ASY
81. and provision the OSA 5548C SSU Establishing Communication 7 2 2 1 Serial Connection amp Login STEP ACTION 1 Connect one serial cable end to the front or the rear LOCAL COMM Port 2 Connect the second serial cable end into the serial port of your computer 3 Start the SyncView software 4 Connect the 5548C via RS 232 using the default login and password I Use default Name Password mene Cancel OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 4 Commissioning STEP ACTION 5 Launch the SyncTerminal interface A new window on the right where it should be written Connecting to COML or COM2 Connected Procedure 7 1 Serial Connection 7 2 2 2 Ethernet Configuration J Note For the first time you need to configure the Ethernet network parameters via serial connection STEP ACTION Enter the following TL1 command in one single line ED COM SYS CTAG IPADDRESS AAR GT NETMASK HHH GWLADDRESS I HE GWLNETMASK Sei HHH GWZ2ADDRESS HI HEF GW2NETMASK Ba HHH ETHER _SPEED 10 100 Follow what the SyncTerminal prompt to set the parameters and press enter 2 Then if the configuration has been settled correctly you should be prompted with the following answer SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD 7 3 Then it is necessary to reboot the MAC card with the following command INIT SYS MAC A CT
82. are nine different SGC EXTRACTED INIT group states DOWNLOAD OK EMPTY The group slots are ALARM empty DEGRADED EXTRACTED The group has TESTERROR DEAD been extracted from its respective slots INIT The group is being restarted DOWNLOAD The group firmware is being downloaded OK The group is running correctly ALARM The group is in alarm DEGRADED The firmware version is not the same as the rest of the shelf TESTERROR Invalid testing date DEAD The MAC group is not able to communicate enabled or disabled This is the SSM quality level PRC SSU_A supplied by the SGC This is also SSU B SEC DNU I J h FAILED DISABLED Ag quality supplied by the SYS MODE MST EXP INV MST 5548C system mode MST MASTER shelf EXP EXPANSION shelf INV Invalid OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 126 Operating amp Provisioning Parameter Possible Default This is the state of the OK FAIL SQLCH configuration nr 1 of the E1 PTHRGH generated for OUCSs This is the state of the OK FAIL SQLCH configuration nr 2 of the E1 PTHRGH generated for OUCs This is the state of the E1 E1 EXP_A OK FAIL SQLCH generated for expansion shelf A PTHRGH LINK A TA is the state of the E1 E1_EXP_B e FAIL SQLCH generated for expansion shelf B PTHRGH LINK B OK FAIL SQLCH This is the state of the Frequency PRS PTHRGH line nr 1 generated for OUCSs This is the state of the Frequency FREQ
83. clocks and two internal GPS cards or an external Cesium clock and an external GPS receivers etc External Tracking amp Signal Output eos niput carg Holdover Generator Amplifiers Clock 2 048 MHz amp 2048 Mbit s Outputs GPS antenna internal Tracking amp Signal Output GPS ie signal Holdover Generator Amplifiers Receiver Figure 2 12 The 5548C with an external Cesium clock 2 15 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Product Overview 2 2 3 2 The 5548C as a Synchronization Supply Unit The OSA 5548 SSU configured as shown in Figure 2 13 functions as a true Synchronization Supply Unit in the sense of and compliant with ITU T Recommendation G 812 The SSU terminates up to eight synchronization input signals and selects one of them as the active reference The internal oscillator is normally phase locked to the active reference The Phase Locked Loop removes jitter and wander from the signal and fans out the cleaned up signal to up to 60 output ports If all input signals are lost the SSU enters holdover mode and maintains synchronization output signals which are of adequate quality for a limited period of time dt Tracking amp edel Output Receiver Hold ver SGC Amplifiers 2 048 MHz amp 2 048 MHz amp 2048 Mbit s Outputs Internal Signal Tracking amp GPS Holdover Generator Output Amplifiers Receiver SGC Figure 2 13 The 5548C as Synchronization Supply Unit
84. connector tiles ITT IUR 4 32 Turn up Procedure Chapter 5 Turn up Procedure Including Overview Power up Card Start up Sequences OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 5 1 Turn up Procedure This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 5 2 Turn up Procedure 5 1 Overview R Recommendation The chapter 4 entitled Equipment Installation must be carefully read prior to this chapter This chapter describes the power up procedure and the behaviors shown by each single card inserted in an already powered shelf It does not include the Downloading description Many different scenarios can be shown if the shelf has already been configured and provisioned This section is divided into the following sections Power Up procedure section explains the instructions amp the precautions to Turn up the shelf as well as its behavior during this procedure Cards Turn up sequence section describes the LEDs and behaviors during card start up process after insertion 5 2 Power up J Note The OSA 5548C SSU does not include a Power switch to switch it on It is controlled by the insertion removal of two fuses T 6 3A L 250V on the POWER A and POWER B card respectively or by the insertion removal of the two POWER cards At this point voltage amp polarity checks are complete STEP ACTION 1 Install the fuse into
85. figure shows how the GPS satellite segment conveys time and synchronization information from the distant GPS System PRC to the GPS receiver card where the information is decoded The OSA 5548C SSU equipped with a GPS receiver card now acts as a virtual network PRC in the sense of ITU T Recommendation G 811 Often however telecommunication networks have their own physical PRC system and synchronization reference signals must be transported from the PRC to all SSUs in the network This is done via a sometimes complex synchronization distribution network Figure 2 8 to Figure 2 10 illustrate the transport mechanisms that are used Figure 2 8 shows the case of SDH and SONET Here the aggregate STM n or OC n signal acts as the synchronization carrier In the SSU site the SDH network element extracts the synchronization from the STM s signal and redirects it to the SSU OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 12 Product Overview Digital Digital Switch Switch OSA 5548C SSU Figure 2 8 Synchronization transfer in SDH amp SONET In PDH things are quite different as can be seen in Figure 2 9 Since in PDH signal mapping and demapping are perfectly transparent for the timing of the tributary signals E1 tributaries originating in a synchronous network element are used to transport synchronization to the other end There a passive timing extractor redirects a small part of the signal power to the SSU Digital Di
86. for a while If the LED stays in this status longer it means that the card is defective and should be returned for repair RED Flashing The firmware version installed in the card does Download the correct firmware in the card not correspond or is outdated compared the with the command ACT DNLD after rest of the shelf version verified that the firmware is in the MAC card ORANGE A new card s firmware is being downloaded No action needed ee Dead no power is supplied to the card Test the THC s fuse and replace it if necessary or return the card for repair GREEN sand The line is in Wait to restore time and will be Wait until the WTR time has elapsed or initialize it with the command INT HIR make it available for reference No or not enough GPS signal available PPS input not available This state is present during about 5 min after powered on the card OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual RevisionP October2013 gg 8 9 1 Check that the GPS antenna has a clear view of the sky and respects the conditions described in section 3 5 2 Check that a in line amplifier is mounted if the cable length is longer than 70 meters Maintenance amp Troubleshooting When only the GPS LED is flashing 1 Check that the GPS antenna cable is correctly connected to the antenna to the EMP arrestor and to the 5548C Check that the EMP capsule is not blown Measure the GPS antenna cable on the antenna side and check that there is abou
87. fred VISIBLE visible TRACKED tracked r To edit all the parameters send the following command Input Syntax ED EQPT GPS ctag PPS OFFSET pps offset ADM STATE adm state INDOOR indoor ELEVATION elevation FRCD fred Example ED EQOPT GPS MYCTAG PPS OFFSET 274 ADM STATE ENABLED INDOOR OFF ELEVATION 15 FRCD NONE name configurations parameters OPSTATE OK ALARM Depends on GPS Operation state PERFALARM state OK The system works correctly ALARM GPS reception in alarm PRFALARM Performance crosses the quality threshold PRC SSU A PRC when SSM quality supplied by the GPS SSU B SEG locked DNU group DNU NONE when DISABLED unlocked PPS OFFSET 999 999 999 999 0 PPSoffset o ADM STATE ENABLED ENABLED Administrative state of the line MONITORED ENABLED the line can be DISABLED selected MONITORED the line is measured but ignored for selection DISABLED The line is deactivated OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 85 Operating amp Provisioning Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters INDOOR ON OFF OFF Enable the GPS to track only one satellite instead of four In that case a fixed position must be programmed Elevation mask in degrees Satellites below this mask are not taken into account SSU B SEG DNU NONE VISIBLE 10 12 10 Number of available satellites TRACKED 0 12 O Number of tracked satellites
88. in fast start mode No action needed leave the in order to synchronize its system THC ending their fast start against the input signal selected procedure rapidly FRNGSYNC MJ THC The THC card has not been fed If this behavior was not with input signal reference since it excepted follow this procedure has been powered up 1 Check the INC cards OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 31 Initialize the card in question Pull it out and reinsert it If the above action did not Alarm EXT 10 Condition Description General failure redundant ko General failure redundant ok GPS OCXO Failure GPS Receiver Cond Type i GPSOCXO GPSRCVR All A general failure has been detected on a card and its redundant card is not OK A general failure has been detected on a card but its redundant is OK GPS A Not enough satellites are received Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Cards in RE Description cause configuration and operation Check the Input Line configuration Check the input lines connected to the shelf Verify the status of the card Initialize the card in question Pull it out and reinsert it If the above action did not clear this alarm return the card for repair Check the status of the card Initialize the card in question Pull it out and reinsert it If the above action did not clear this alarm return the card for repair The GPS card s internal Oscilla
89. is described in the table below Ym time Ym Ym 60S 1 Ym 540S 1 Ym 15M 1 Ym 1H 1 Ym 2H 1 Ym 3H 1 Table 6 23 Default Ym Threshold df F mean 1 2E 5 1 0E 5 8 0E 6 6 0E 6 4 0E 6 2 0E 6 2E 5 2E 5 12ppm 2E 5 12ppm 2E 5 12ppm 12ppm 2E 5 12ppm 2E 5 12ppm 0 2 0E 6 4 0E 6 6 0E 6 8 0E 6 1 0E 5 1 2E 5 3000 4000 5000 2000 0 1000 Figure 6 23 Default Ym Threshold 6000 7000 8000 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 10000 11000 Ym 3H Time s 9000 6 200 Operating amp Provisioning 6 12 6 4 Editing the PM threshold The PMthreshold can be modified by the user for any input line The following command is required to retrieve the actual mask Input Syntax RTRV PM TH aid ctag kind Example RTRV PM TH IL 2 3 MYCTAG TDEV The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD aid kind pointl1 point2 point3 point4 point5 point6 To set a threshold the following TL1 command is necessary Input Syntax ER v TH aid ctag kind pointl1 point2 point3 point4 point5 point6 Example ED PM TH IL 1 2 MYCTAG YM 5 2E 6 5 2E 6 5 2E 6 5 2E 6 5 2E 6 5 2E 6 name configurations parameters AID IL 1 1 IL 1 4 GPS This parameter is the input line for which you want to retrieve or edit the mask KIND MTIE TDEV YM 1 This is the type of mask For TDEV TDEV_1S
90. must be configured before attempting to access any equipment It is necessary to configure the communication protocol i e TL1 MML etc the equipment commands type file i e 48CTL1SSU dat and the connection type Remote or Local J Note When running SyncTerminal from the SyncView PLUS software do not follow this procedure The software automatically sets the SyncTerminal to connect the 5548C The following procedure configures the SyncTerminal in order to access the OSA 5548C SSU A Note Please read section 6 2 1 and following before attempting to connect to the OSA 5548C SSU STEP ACTION 1 Launch the SyncTerminal software 2 Go in the Tools menu and select Option EJ Sync Terminal Window Help Lock Terminal Ctrl Alt L Ping current connection Ping specific address 7 Communication 7 Equipment 0 System 7 Fault m r 3 Click on the tab labelled Protocol OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 27 Operating amp Provisioning STEP ACTION Scripts H Display Select Shelf E Use MML Protocol Select MML management commands for the selected Shelf DD Use TL1 Protocol Select TL1 management commands for the selected Shelf C Program Files Oscilloquartz SyncT erminal 2 Eg 4 Select the 5548C in the Select Shelf list Scripts N Display Protocol 3 selected Shelf Use TL1 Protocol Select TL1 management
91. ports are terminated with their corresponding loads or squelched if not used to avoid these false output failure alarms OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 16 Equipment Installation The sections below present different available types of Output tiles with their procedure of connection Each tile provides twenty outputs signals either Symmetrical or Asymmetrical A Note The maximal cable length from the output port of the 5548C to another device depends on the cable used To calculate the maximal length use the following information e the output signal level specification from the section 9 5 e the manufacturers cable loss per meter specifications at the frequency used i e 2 048MHz e the minimum signal level allowed by the device to synchronise 4 5 2 2 Cabling Output Tile with 20x CEI 1 0 2 3 connectors 20x ASYMMETRICAL with CEI 1 0 2 3 75 ohms STEP ACTION 1 Locate the connector tile corresponding to the group required to cable Refer to the 5548C drawings on Figure 4 8 OUC Groups amp Tiles Location for card and connector tiles slot references OUTPUTS ASYM 11 e ei O gt 2 Select a connector which will be configured with the signal desired The output port configuration is done by software as described in section 6 9 OD O 3 Use a 75 ohms coaxial cable with CEI 1 0 2 3 male connector el O ei 4 Plug the connect
92. sequence the LED can delivering a qualified signal remain red for a while If the LED stays in this status longer it means that the card is defective and should be returned for repair RED Flashing The firmware version installed in the card does Download the correct firmware in the card not correspond or is outdated compared the with the command ACT DNLD after rest of the shelf version verified that the firmware is in the MAC card YELLOW A new card s firmware is being downloaded No action needed Noactionneeded OFF Dead no power is supplied to the card Test the GPS s fuse and replace it if necessary or return the card for repair Noactionneeded oo GNSS GREEN GPS and or Glonass signal is received No action needed GREEN Flashing The line is in Wait to restore time and will be Wait until the WTR time has elapsed or recovered once the time elapsed initialize it with the command INIT WTR YELLOW The GNSS input is being monitored No action needed Select the line enable to make it available for reference 1 No or not enough GPS signal available PPS Check that the GNSS antenna has a input not available This state is present during clear view of the sky and respects about 5 min after powered on the card the conditions described in section 3 5 and in the GNSS installations documentation Check that a in line amplifier is mounted if the cable length is longer than 70 meters loss depend of cable used OSA 55
93. serious likewise if insufficient time is provided for repair or replacement The customer will not be entitled to other warranty claims Oscilloquartz is not liable for consequential damage OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 1 8 1 5 Introduction Certification EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATION Oscilloquartz equipment is tested according to well defined procedures Appropriate testing and inspection takes place at the component board equipment and system levels The company maintains in house cesium standards that are continuously compared to UTC Before any equipment is released it must satisfy the relevant tests and inspection schedules The equipment is then issued with a Certificate of Conformity that guarantees its conformance with the relevant performance criteria The OSA 5548C SSU is designed to be compliant to ITU T e ETSI EMC e CE A variety of Oscilloquartz products are certified world wide For details please refer to our web site at www oscilloquartz com COMPANY CERTIFICATION e Certified since 1987 by the Swiss Accreditation Service as an accredited laboratory for time and frequency e Certified ISO 9001 since 1994 and ISO 14001 since 2000 by The Swiss Association for Quality and Management Systems SQS OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 1 9 Introduction This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revis
94. signals validation to collocated or downward network elements OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 3 Product Overview At a glance some of the key features of the 5548C SSU including a number of unique functions are summarized below Up to 8 inputs selectable on input cards Automatic input frequency validation Plug in single or dual GPS receiver card Universal input output card design Innovative signal processing and distribution 20 user ports per card software selectable per group of 10 Up to 60 outputs protected 1 1 user selectable Modular connector tile sets for inputs outputs Fully redundant architecture with 1 1 protection Pass through functionality Remote download of firmware and software release Compact 6U ETSI 19 mountings Internal high stability Quartz crystal oscillator or Rubidium oscillator State of the art DDS technology TL1 commands with SyncTerminal and easy graphical pull down menus Performance measurements on all inputs User selectable SSM decoding and encoding Auto detection of redundant card function and firmware version Firmware detection and upgrade upon redundant card insertion NGN ready for maximum flexibility Unique design for master or expansions shelves Upgrade for other interface options such as re timing RTU and time of day distribution NTP PTP Ports for the addition of Expansion Shelves for increased number of outputs OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Man
95. synchronization TOD UTC GPS received GREEN Solid NTP worked properly GREEN flashing TOD UTC GPS lose NTP is waiting locked ORANGE when the NTP module is being downloaded GREEN Solid Ethernet cable connected OFF Ethernet cable disconnected OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 51 Product Overview 2 5 9 2 Main Features TCC NTP Stratum 1 NTP server Configuration by DHCP or Fixed IP 64 MD5 Message Digest Algorithm Plug and play installation Can be inserted in any of the OUC slots Remotely software upgradeable 2 5 9 3 Operation The NTP card receives a signal from the SGC group and from the GPS group There are two modes Needs a GPS card and PPS signal from SGC card to power up and to synchronize the UTC time Generates a minor alarm if the Time Of Day TOD disappears although the performance will be affected more than 1 year later e Generates a major alarm if the PPS from SGC card disappear OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 52 2 5 9 4 TCC NTP Block Diagram Product Overview Ethernet NTP Front panel RJ45 Ethernet Rear Connector 8625 g
96. the POWER B card 2 Install the fuse into the POWER A card 3 Now both POWER cards A amp B should show their STATUS LED as GREEN and solid after been very shortly RED Focus on the MAC card located in slot A16 During the start up sequence it should show the following STATUS LED illuminates in solid GREEN STATUS LED flashes in GREEN 20s All LEDs light very shortly MST LED lights in solid GREEN RMT illuminates in solid GREEN shortly CR MJ and MN LEDs light in sequence one after the other ae en OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 5 3 Turn up Procedure STEP ACTION 7 MST LED Blinks in GREEN 8 Once the MAC MST LED has turn into GREEN solid the communication with the 5548C is possible 5 Except THC Cards all cards should show their STATUS LED in GREEN solid The THC cards remain with a RED STATUS LED until they are able to supply a proper sync clock to the rest of the shelf It is therefore recommended to allow the THC cards ending their warm up procedure which takes up to 30 minutes 6 Once all the cards are showing their STATUS LED in GREEN the 5548C is ready to be provisioned Detailed TL1 commands to provision the 5548C are described in the chapter 6 Advanced users can go to chapter 7 where they can find quick commissioning procedures with fewer details About warm start or restart of each card please refer to the next section Procedure 5 1 Power up OSA 5548C SSU
97. the card Test the OUC s fuse and replace it if necessary or return the card for repair E1 distributed correctly An alarm has been detected on at least one of Verify that the output lines connected are the 10 outputs 1 to 10 not shorted if you have enabled this alarm detection Measure each output ports and check that the level and shape are correct If the card is protected 1 1 and the second card does not show any alarm it is recommended to return this card for repair RED Flashing No E1 signal is received to be processed and During the turn up procedure it is normal to distributed by the OUC card get such alarm until the shelf is able to provide OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 16 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Deseriptlon eten a valid signal to the OUC cards However if this status remains longer follow this procedure Verify the SGC cards operation and configuration Verify the THC cards operation and configuration Verify the INC cards operation and configuration Verify the input lines configuration Verify the input ports cabling OFF The output line group is not configured as E1 or no output tile is installed if the f LED is also E If the description does not correspond to the behavior currently shown by the shelf follow OFF the next 1 Verify that output configuration is correct 2 Verify that Output Tile is present SL OUT 1 10 GREEN The
98. the command version embedded in the THC got a wrong ACT DNLD after verified that version compared to the release the firmware is in the MAC card OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 38 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Condition Cards in m PF version version of the shelf sd the shelf version of the shelf ou Ate Alarm SET 1 GPS The YM threshold has been Check and measure the stability crossed over by the current of the signal in question Performance Measurement Table 8 13 Troubleshooting visible with Software OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 39 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 40 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 3 Cards amp Tiles Replacement or Addition 8 3 1 8 3 2 Overview The modular flexibility of the OSA 5548C SSU prevents major service availability malfunction the system increasing the OSA 5548C SSU reliability All cards and rear tiles can be replaced without affecting the other groups of cards or tiles Each slot has a specific number A1 to A17 a DIN connector and a locating tooth to avoid incorrect slot insertion The OSA 5548C is able to detect hot module insertion or extraction All cards are hot plug and play which means that you can add remove or replace a card at any time under power w
99. the complete list of all available alarms and events please refer to Alarm List Document OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 169 Operating amp Provisioning 6 11 1 Buzzer Alarm Cutoff ACO and MAC State The MAC cards slots A16 have various LEDs on their front panel This section concentrates on Alarm levels and cutoff function Alarm level CR CRITICAL MJ MAJOR MN MINOR Alarm cutoff ACO ALARM CUT OFF ACO switch CUT OFF current active alarms 6 11 1 1 Retrieving MAC Configuration and State To retrieve the current MAC configuration and status the following command is required Input Syntax RTRV EQPT MAC ctag The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M Eeg COMPILED opstate BUZZER buzzer ALMESC almesc ACO aco SYS MODE sys mode EXP_NR exp_nr OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 170 Operating amp Provisioning Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters OPSTATE OK ALARM There are nine different MAC DEGRADED TESTERROR trigger the MAC Card buzzer group states OK The card is running correctly BUZZER OFF CR MJ MN sound ee 2 BOTH NONE This is the parameter to choose for applying the cutoff on the range 1 2 both ranges or none G f E This parameter is the level to INV INVALID MST MASTER EXP EXPANSION When the system is an EXPANSION shelf this paramet
100. tile Hed First Power source connection and grounding FN Input tile INC group Input ports are split in two types of connectors 4 for the Frequency and 4 for the E1 references from which the user can cable and use 4 lines A second group of two BNC connectors are available for GPS antenna connection Output tile A10 amp A11 Provides 20 output synchronization ports Ge Output tile A12 amp A13 Output tile A14 amp A15 Management tile MAC SGC Ethernet LAN Local RS 232 Expansion shelves groups link alarms IN and OUT and PPS output connections A27 Power B POWER B Second power source and grounding connection connector tile card Table 2 14 Connector Tile Locations OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 61 Product Overview 2 5 14 Tile Description The connector tiles have almost the same architecture such as shown in the figure below 14 19 LOCKING SCREWS Figure 2 40 Connector Tile Description LOCKING SCREWS 4 screws are used to fix the tile onto the shelf OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 62 Product Overview 2 5 15 POWER Connectors Tile Power supply connectors for POWER A amp B cards are located on two separate POWER connectors tiles A21 for POWER A and A27 for POWER B Each one includes two grounding studs POWERA vi W VDC RETURN VDC BATT 40 60V DC 6 3A SS POWER GROUND GND OSCILLOQUARTZ
101. to 3 AN Note The command response refers to the OUC group status and not to individual OUC card status A Note For OUC cards and Output Tile correspondence refer to section 6 9 1 2 For Output Group information refer to section 6 9 1 3 Input Syntax RTRV EOPT 0UC taid Ctad Example RIRV EOPT QUC 1 J JE The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD aid opstate SHORTED shorted Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters This is the card group on which you want to retrieve or to edit the configuration OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 128 Operating amp Provisioning Parameter Possible Default OPSTATE EMPTY OK There are nine different OUC EXTRACTED INIT group states DOWNLOAD OK EMPTY The group slots are ALARM empty DEGRADED EXTRACTED The group has TESTERROR DEAD been extracted from its respective slots INIT The group is being restarted DOWNLOAD The group firmware is being downloaded OK The group is running correctly ALARM The group is in alarm DEGRADED The firmware version is not the same as the rest of the shelf TESTERROR Invalid testing date DEAD The MAC group is not able to communicate When ON OUC group detects and generates an alarm if any of SHORTED ON OFF its output lines are shorted short circuit when no cards are active 6 9 4 Output Signal Typ
102. to IL 1 1 to IL 1 4 and G corresponds to GPS Note If the new selected line has a WTR time configured wait until that the delays has elapsed or initialize the WTR with the following TL1 command before disabling the next input line INIT WTR 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 CTAG Enable the lines to restore them as per their initial configuration status ED EQPT IL IL 1 1 IL 1 2 IL 1 3 IL 1 4 GPS CTAG ADM STATE ENABLED Procedure 7 31 Input Line Priority Configuration Test OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 32 Commissioning 7 3 8 Redundant Card Stand by Test Procedure When there are two cards in the INC group in the GPS group or in the THC group one of the cards is in active mode and the second in stand by Follow the below procedure to test if the stand by card is working properly STEP ACTION Send the following TL1 command selecting the group you want to l swap the cards SW DX INC 1 GPS THC MAC CTAG Verify that you have received an autonomous message such as below 2 SID DATE TIME A ATAG REPT SW new active card previous active card 3 You should see on the shelf that the new active card is working like the same status as the previous active one Just allow sometime to the THC card to complete its stating sequence 4 Once the test done reconfigure the A card as the active one with the same command SW DX INC 1 GPS THC MAC CTAG Procedure 7 32 Redundant Card stand by Test O
103. types available for the INC group are e 4x EI BNC 75 ohms connectors asymmetrical e 4x Frequency BNC 75 ohms connectors asymmetrical There is the possibility to install an adapter 120 75 Balun to get the symmetrical option It is possible to configure each input reference as ENABLE to make it available for selection by the 5548C when qualified by the INC MONITORED in order to measure its performances without allowing the 5548C to select it or DISABLE to disallow the 5548C to select it and to avoid reporting alarms about it In cooperation with the THC group the INC can also disqualify an input reference if it crosses a user defined Performance Threshold OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 33 E IN1 E IN2 _ El IN3 E IN4 Freq IN1 Freq IN2 __Freq IN3 __Freq IN4 C 48 Product Overview The INC card delivers up to 4 input signals to the THC group When at least one input has been configured as E1 or 2 048MHz among the 4 input references it provides also a clock to the SGC group in case of Passthrough mode when both THC cards are removed or being in warm up or failure 2 5 3 4 Input gt N IN Interface Monitoring AR Input gt N Interface Monitoring DC DC current limiter Interface Monitoring Input Interface Monitoring Input Interface Monitoring Input Interface Monitoring Input Interface Moni
104. 1 7 1 Ta gel Oh WE 7 3 7 1 1 OE eege 7 3 PRE EE 1 3 7 1 3 Requirements rranrnarnnrrnnrnnnrnnrnnnrnernannnnennnnanenernannnnenunnnrnasnnnnnnenunnneennssnnee 1 3 7 2 Configuration amp Provisioning Procedures rrennnuurrnnnnunnvnnnnuuvennnnunennnnnnnennnnnnuernnnnnr 7 4 7 2 1 OCU CIOT NEE 1 4 7 2 2 Establishing Communication 1 4 7 2 3 Firmware Upgrade Procedure by SyncTerminal aanannnannannnnnnnnnnnnnnnne 7 10 7 24 FPGA Upgrade Procedure by Gvpnclemmmal 7 11 7 2 5 TopSync Upgrade Procedure by SyncTerminal ccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 11 t26 General COMMOUPAUON E 7 12 TNS 1 14 TPM 7 17 7 2 9 Input Line Switching Selection amp notes 7 18 7 2 10 Output Line Configuration arrrarernnrrrnnrrrareranernnrrvnnennnrnnnnrrnannnanennnennnsennee 7 20 7 2 11 SSM Configuration s sersem arina E T EEEE AEAEE NESNE 7 22 7 2 12 Restoring Factory Parameters rrrnnnrnnnnnnnnnnrnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnennnen 1 27 7 3 Test and Verification Procedure nnxxrnnnnvnnnnnnnnnnnnvennnnnennnnnernnnnvennnnnvnnnnnvennnnnennnnunen 7 28 7 3 1 Introduction ME 1 28 7 3 2 Serial Connection Test Procedure ccccccccsecccsecceeceeeeceeeeseeeseeeeaeeesaees 7 28 7 3 3 Ethernet Connection Test Procedure rrrurrnnnarnnrnranennnrnnarnranennnnernnennnennnne 7 29 7 3 4 Verifying Shelf Inventory cece cc eccceeeece cece cece eeseeceseeeeueeseeeeseeeaaeesaees 7 30 7 3 5 Veri
105. 1 10 SYM a e S 11 20 SYM Ej 12 G Ol E fe ht Ki LAN comm port Figure 4 18 LAN Comm Port Location OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 31 Equipment Installation 4 8 Installation Check List This table is designed to help you in verifying that all required tasks have been done before powering up the shelf as described in the chapter 4 Hem Tasks 1 Unpack the shelf carton and inspect the material according to the order acknowledgement or the packing list o Confirm that all the intended cards and tiles are inserted correctly and tightened in the shelf 3 Confirm that the shelf s ears are adjusted according to the width required Confirm that the shelf is mounted in a rack with at least 1 RU 1 79 45mm of 4 clearance below the shelf 5 Confirm that the external input and or output Alarms connectors are cabled accordingly 10 Confirm that the remote LAN COMM and or local serial LOCAL COMM connector s are cabled Table 4 5 Installation Check List OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Confirm that the shelf is grounded from the grounding studs to a reliable earth point in the rack 6 Confirm that voltage and polarities on the two power cables are compliant 7 Confirm that the power cable is connected to both POWER A and POWER B connector tile Confirm that the input and or output connectors is cabled to the corresponding
106. 1 3 Requirements To make configuration and tests the following material and elements are required For basic tests and configuration The OSA 5548C SSU has already powered up and the MAC card has ended its starting procedure as per described in chapter 5 A computer or laptop with the SyncTerminal or SyncView PLUS software installed A serial NULL MODEM or AT LINK cable with SUB D 9 pins RS 232C terminations A multimeter and an oscilloscope bandwidth of at least 30 MHz A flat screwdriver For remote Ethernet connection A LAN WAN Ethernet network A 10 Base T cable with RJ 45 terminations A computer with Ethernet card embedded An IP address for the OSA 5548C SSU itself the Mask address of the LAN WAN the eventual Gateway IP addresses and mask addresses Optional It is also possible to use a cross connected 10 Base T cable with RJ 45 in order to make direct connection between your computer and the OSA 5548C SSU without passing through a LAN OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 3 Commissioning 7 2 Configuration amp Provisioning Procedures 7 2 1 7 2 2 Introduction 7 2 1 1 Overview This section describes the main procedures to make the OSA 5548C working as required 7 2 1 2 Requirements The user should have a basic knowledge of TL1 command format and rules such as described in chapter 6 The SyncTerminal should be used to send TL1 commands as the most efficient way to configure
107. 10 MHz input references A 120 75 ohms converter Balun can be installed for the symmetrical option 2 4 3 C INput Cards INC The 5548C SSU E60 can be equipped with a group of up to 2 INC cards The INC group can be protected when the second card is inserted in the adjacent slot INC group allow introducing up to 4 input references in the OSA 5548C SSU Depending on user configuration the input signals can be e 2 048 Mbit s E1 e 2 048 MHz 5 MHz or 10 MHz The INC cards condition and qualify the input references Input Lines They are also able to make phase measurement between the input signal and Tracking amp Holdover Cards THC output signal to provide Maximum Time Interval Error MTIE Time DEViation TDEV and Fractional Frequency Deviation Ym 2 4 4 B GPS Inputs There are 2 GPS inputs connectors to connect two GPS antennas to the 5548C These GPS inputs make the 5548C to get 2 redundant PRS quality references when GPS cards are locked The GPS inputs are considered by the system as a single IL such as described in section A Input Lines 2 4 5 D GPS cards GPS 1 or 2 redundant GPS cards can be installed to condition and qualify the GPS signal coming through the GPS Inputs 2 46 D GNSS cards GPS GLONASS 1 or 2 redundant GNSS cards can be installed to condition and qualify the GNSS signal coming through the GNSS Inputs OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 23 Product Overview 2
108. 107 Operating amp Provisioning 6 7 5 GPS Time To retrieve the GPS time send the following command Input Syntax RTRV EQPT GPSTIME ctag Example RTRV EQPT GPSTIME MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sad date time M ctag COMPLD WEEK week SEC sec Parameter Possible Default name configurations parameters WEEK 0 3182 Week number since 6 January 1980 0 604799 Degrees gt OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 108 Operating amp Provisioning 6 8 Line Switching Tracking amp Holdover THC Signal Filtering and Processing This section includes information on what and how the 5548C can do with the signal processed by the INCs as per the previous section 6 5 and the SGCs amp OUCs in section 6 9 according to the following points e THC state e MADDS state e The selection mode to configure the input line selection mode Automatic Manual e The input line priorities to program the input selection to the user preferences e The pass through mode 6 8 1 THC Group State A Note The command response refers to the THC group status and not to individual THC card status The THC cards handle the input line switching signal processing and filtering For retrieving the current THC status use the following command Input Syntax RTRV EQPT THC ctag The response is formatted as below The following description will focus onl
109. 10s MTIE TDEV and YM Performance Threshold BNC 50 Q female FREQ 1 to 4 Up to 4 providing 4x FREQ inputs 1 1 protected Up to 2 INput Cards INC providing a groups in 1 1 protection when all INput Cards INC are installed 2 048 5 or 10 MHz 50 ppm automatic detection e Sinusoidal or Square min 0 4 Vrms Sinus max 2 Vrms Sinus max 5 Vpp Square 2 15dB 50 Q 10 Loss Of Signal LOS Out Of Limit OOL when f f gt 50ppm 9 4 Connector Label Ports Configuration GPS Channels Antenna Type Configuration Best performance Holdover Freerun Input selection Pull In Hold In Jitter tolerance Wander tolerance Wander Generation Wander transient Jitter generation Transient response Phase discontinuity Filtering Bandwidth Specifications BNC 50 Q female GPS 1 amp GPS 2 Maximum 2 providing 1x GPS inputs 1 1 protected when both GPS cards are installed Up to 2 GPS Cards providing 1 1 protection 12 satellites simultaneously tracked Active L1 antenna 1575 42 MHz Table 9 2 Input Specifications 9 3 Tracking amp Holdover Tracking and Holdover Card THC incorporating Direct Digital Synthesis DDS Up to 2 THC cards for 1 1 protection Exceeds G 811 reference with embedded GPS or external Cesium source THC with Rubidium Rb SSU Type II Stability 5E 11 month THC with Double Oven Controlled Quartz
110. 13 2 21 Product Overview 2 4 System Description 2 4 1 Introduction The OSA 5548C SSU is divided in different systems e The input signals qualification Part A B C and D e The signal reference selection tracking filtering and holdover capability Part E e The signal generation Part F e The output signal amplification and distribution Part G and H e The power distribution Part I e The communication and alarm management Part J Tracking amp Holdover Card THC Signal Input HAN Generator election d Card 20 Outputs E E E EES Pass through functionality Up to 3 slots 48 VDC A 48 VDC B Power distribution to all modules Ge Power distribution to all modules He aannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenn EE NTP SNTP server MAnagement Card MAC WI Hii ordleoliorconnelble Figure 2 17 System Description Diagram Up to 4 chained Expansion Shelves kuan OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 22 Product Overview 2 4 2 A Input Lines IL The IL is the link between input connectors and INput Cards INC and Tracking amp Holdover Cards THC A total of 4 IL can be assigned by software command to the 8 available input connectors e 4x BNC connectors for asymmetrical E1 input references A 120 75 ohms converter Balun can be installed for the symmetrical option e 4x BNC connectors for asymmetrical Frequency 2 048 5 and
111. 13 6 158 Operating amp Provisioning 6 9 6 9 VLAN configuration User can configure the VLAN setting for the PTP port by using the ED EQPT PTPC VLAN Both tag and priority bit are configurable TL1 Syntax ED EOPT PTPC VLAN tid aid ctag MODE mode TAG tag PRIO priority Example kD BOPI PIPCG VLAN S FIP 1 A MYCTAG MODE ENABLED TAG 1234 PRIO 7 Default ae Possible configurations Description Remarks PTP 1 A PTP 10 B Card position Enables disables the MODE ENABLED DISABLED DISABLED VLAN mode VLAN Id 4095 Priority bit according 0 7 to 802 1q The TL1 command RTRV EQPT PTPC VLAN can be used to retrieve the VLAN configuration OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 159 Operating amp Provisioning 6 10 Synchronization Status Message SSM 6 10 1 Introduction In addition to the timing E1 lines can carry Synchronization Status Messages SSM which is information about the timing quality level The ITU T G 781 Second Generation SSM norms define these messages The OSA 5548C SSU includes provisions for enhanced E1 interfaces with Synchronization Status Message detection and generation that e Select the best input line according to the SSM received e Allow the operator to force a defined quality level on an input without a SSM capable signal e Transmit the quality level received or defined on the 5548C s E1 2 048 Mbit s outputs Currently defined S
112. 1588v2 ALT INPUT ENABLE DISABLE DISABLE PTP UTC offset is valid TIME REFERENCE GNSS SYS NTP GNSS Inform the PTP card of it PTP time source Input Example ED EQPT PTPC PTP 1 A MYCTAG TIMESCALE PTP ALT INPUT ENABLED TIME_REFERENCE GNSS Output Syntax MY 5546C 04 06 14 23217246 M MYCTAG COMPLD Output Parameter s None Output Example Mr554180 04 06 14 25 17 46 M MYCTAG COMPLD r OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 147 Operating amp Provisioning 6 9 6 7 ED EQPT PTPC GMLIMITS Edit the Grandmaster limits configuration Input Syntax ED BOPT PTPG GMLIMITS tid aid ctag MAX SLAVE NUM max slave num SLAVE N UM ALM THRESHOLD slave num alm thresholdl Input Parameter s Possible Default er PTP 1 A PTP 10 B Card position Maximum number of supported slaves Exceeding the value shall set the GM SLAVE NUM EXC EEDED with severity CRITICAL MAX SLAVE NUM 0 128 _THRESHOLD MAJOR If the alarm is set and the number of slaves falls behind the threshold the alarm is cleared Shall be lower or equal to MAX_SLAVE_NUM Exceeding the value shall set the GM SLAVE NUM EXC SLAVE NUM ALM o MAX SLAVE NUM FEDED with severity Input Example BD BOPT PIPC GMGIMilTS PIPA A MYCTAG MAX SLAVE NUM 128 SLAVE NUM ALM THRESHOLD 120 Output Syntax Oe U4 06 14 25 11 46 M MYCTAG COMPLD 7 Output Parameter s None OSA 5548
113. 2005 29 01 00 36 43 NA7 Output faa lure code KE Critical Alarm condition CC 4 Major Alarm condition Minor Alarm condition A Non alarmed or cleared autonomous message CL or NA OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 185 Operating amp Provisioning 6 11 5 3 Message Format Given the message type definitions previously explained this is an example of message format Output Syntax sid date time almcde ctag REPT rept message 7 Possible configurations for rept ALM Alarm message EVT Event message PM Performance Measurement message SW Switching card message Note 7 To understand the message given in the autonomous message read the next chapters accordingly 6 11 5 4 Message encapsulated in Alarm ALM report This message is spontaneously reported by the OSA 5548C SSU when an alarm occurs Output Syntax sid date time almcde ctag REPT ALM aid ntfcncde condtype srveff ocrdat ocrtm locn dirn t mper conddescr aiddet obsdbhvr exptdbhvr dgntype tb lislt r OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 186 Operating amp Provisioning name configurations parameters THC SGC OUC report 1 3 OUC MAC ALL NTFCNCDE CR MJ MN NA NULL Notification code associated ME pO with the alarm conditions being retrieved CONDTYPE CONDTYPE NULL Type of alarm condition SRVEFF SA NSA NULL
114. 232 connection Compatibility RMU ESM REE Click on the tab named RS 232 and EE ee select your computer s serial port it is needed to use COM1 or COM2 to access the OSA 5548C Other parameters are automatically configured Conant zjx For Remote Ethernet connection TCPAP AS 232 IP Address Part Protocol Y ERR em eu Before attempting to access the 5548C shelf the first time remotely it is required configure its network parameters via local RS 232 management Go into the first tab labeled TCP IP and enter the IP address configured in the shelf and the corresponding port 10 Then click OK When the connection has been correctly established a new window should appear on the right part of the SyncTerminal window interface When no connection can be established via TCP IP a message Connection failed is prompted OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 30 Operating amp Provisioning STEP ACTION When no connection can be established via RS 232 although there is no connection it is written Connected as the SyncTerminal detects the computer serial port but it is not able to send command Procedure 6 5 SyncTerminal Communication Configuration and Set up 6 2 6 8 Typing TL1 commands A Note If the 5548C is being accessed for the first time please refer to the previous sections for connection procedure and parameters
115. 3 Ethernet Connection Test Procedure STEP ACTION 1 Start the SyncTerminal 2 If you were not able to communicate until now despite you followed the correct Ethernet connection procedure read the follow below information e If the IP address is already configured in the SyncTerminal Go in the menu TOOLS gt Ping Current Connection then check that the IP address answers e If the IP address is not yet configured in the SyncTerminal Go in the menu TOOLS gt Ping Specific Address gt Enter the IP address then check that the IP address answers If the connection cannot be established by the PING check that the 10 or 100 Base T Ethernet cable is OK and well connected If the problem persists contact an IT person to check that the network connection corresponds to the network rules 3 If it is possibe to establish the communication send the following command RIRV HDR Gla 4 The SyncTerminal should show you the following message SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD 7 Procedure 7 27 Ethernet Connection Test OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 29 Commissioning 7 3 4 Verifying Shelf Inventory STEP ACTION Enter the following TL1 command in one single line to retrieve the OSA 5548C type information RIRV NETYPE tC TAG 2 Then the SyncTerminal should prompts the following answer SID DATE TIME M CIAG COMP LD VENDOR MODEL TYPE RELEASE 3 To retrieve the serial number of the sh
116. 3 that describes point by point what the shelf is supposed to do 6 4 8 3 Lamp Test Sequence Once the LAMP TEST switch has been pressed or the command OPR LEDS has been sent the 5548C will react as follow The lamp test takes approximately 10 seconds Seq DESCRIPTION 1 All LEDs are lit and bicolor LEDs in RED for 5 seconds 2 The bicolor LEDs are Green for 5 more seconds while monocolor LEDs remain lit 3 All LED are restored on their previous state Table 6 10 Lamp Test Sequence OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 60 6 5 6 5 1 6 5 2 Operating amp Provisioning Input Line IL Properties amp INput Card ING Configurations Introduction The OSA 5548C has the capability to connect up to 4 Input lines among 8 input connectors 4 for E1 signal and 4 for Frequency There are also 2 connectors to connect up to two GPS antennas to get an additional PRS quality input line when GPS cards are locked on GPS signal The 5548C allows several customizable configurations for each IL and INC e Inut Card state To retrieve the current INC state e Input port s assignment To assign any port connector to an input line e Enabling Disabling or Monitoring a line To enable a new line to disable a line or to monitor an input signal without allowing the OSA 5548C to select it e Configuring a line as terminated or bridged To select the type of hardware connection e E1 signal configuration To conf
117. 38 6 3 5 Password Modification rarrnnnnnnrnnnrnnnrnnnrrnnernnernnennnenennnernnennneennenunenunenenen 6 39 6 3 6 User Account Management 6 40 6 4 General Parameters and Information rrannnennnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnennnnnennnnnr 6 47 6 4 1 SEL ING Eu EE 6 47 6 4 2 Time amp Date rrrarrrarrnaronnrrnnrrnnrrnnernnrnnnrnnnrnannnnsnnnsnnnennnennnennsennsnnnsenesenesenneenn 6 48 6 4 3 5548C Type Information and Inventory rrrrrrarernnrrnnrrvanrrnnrrrnnrnranennnennnne 6 49 6 4 4 Checking the Card Operation States cece ceccceeceeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeaeeseees 6 53 6 4 5 Card Deleting for Empty Got 6 55 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 vil 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 9 6 10 6 11 6 12 Contents 6 4 6 Switching the Active Card within a Card Group 6 55 6 4 7 Card Firmware Iotaltzaton 6 58 6 4 8 Testing all the Cards Es 6 59 Input Line IL Properties amp INput Card INC Configurations 000000 6 61 6 5 1 Mode 6 61 6 5 2 Retrieving General INput Card INC Group Status 6 61 6 5 3 Input connector to Input Line IL description rerarerarernrrnnrrnnrrnnennnrnnnrr 6 63 6 5 4 Input Line IL CGontguraton cc cccecccceecceeeeceeeceeeeseeeseeesseeeseeesaeeesaees 6 65 GPS Configuration ren 6 82 6 6 1 MOM 6 82 6 6 2 GPS Card GPS Group State NEEN 6 82 6 6 3 GPS Input Properties rrrnrnnnrnnrrnnnrvnnrvnnernneranenannran
118. 4 7 E Tracking amp Holdover Cards THC The THC can be protected by inserting the protection card in the adjacent slot In case that all OSA 5548C SSU input signals are missing or in failure the THC will continue to generate a frequency based on the internal oscillator operating in holdover mode Two THC types are available e With internal Rubidium Oscillator for SSU Type 2 holdover capability e With internal Oven Controlled Oscillator OCXO for SSU Type I amp V holdover capability These above THC types can be mixed together This card selects one of the input reference signals according to different configurable criteria to track the local high performance oscillator in order to filter and attenuate the phase time jitter such as e User defined priority table e Input signal alarms detection e Input signal performance measurements e Synchronization Status Message SSM The THC output signal is forwarded to the Signal Generator Card and consequently to the Output Card in order to distribute precise synchronization signals to all network elements connected to the OSA 5548C SSU unit When both THC are removed or in alarm condition the 5548C enters in pass through operation mode 2 4 8 F Signal Generator Cards SGC SGC card processes the reference signal from the Tracking Holdover Card THC and delivers 2 048MHz PPS and E1 signals to all of the output cards expansion shelves and PPS outputs The SGC should be protected
119. 48C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 11 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting When only the GNSS LED is flashing 1 Check that the GNSS antenna cable is correctly connected to the antenna to the EMP arrestor and to the 5548C Check that the EMP capsule is not blown Measure the GNSS antenna cable on the antenna side and check that there is about 5 Volts 4 Check the GNSS antenna When both GNSS and XO are flashing ensure that the threshold set is lower than G 811 requirements as the GPS line is not am RED Flashing No connection to the antenna The GNSS cable can be shorted or opened When both GNSS and XO LEDs are in RED flashing state this means that the input is ejected due to performance alarm filtered by the THCs at this point The GNSS input is set as disable or the GNSS card is in stand by mode OCXO GNSS card s internal oscillator failure The system has detected a failure on the internal repair oscillator RED Flashing The GNSS card is in pre tracking sequence No action needed This state takes about 200s When both GNSS and XO are flashing When both GNSS and XO LEDs are in RED ensure that the threshold set is lower than flashing state this means that the input is G 811 requirements as the GNSS line is not ejected due to performance alarm filtered by the THC sat this point OFF The oscillator is operating correctly The card No action needed can be in stand by if the GNS
120. 5V Figure 2 23 GPS Card Block Diagram OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Phase Measurement system gt 8kHz GPS Reference gt gt 2 048MHz GPS Reference gt gt PPS Reference gt gt GPS Pass through gt 2 37 Product Overview 2 5 5 GNSS Card 2 5 5 1 Physical View DESCRIPTION Status GREEN Solid Card system is working properly RED Solid Card system is currently not working properly or GNSS card is in initialization phase RED Flashing Version error ORANGE Solid Card s firmware is being upgraded OFF Card is not working at all GREEN Solid GNSS signal reception is OK PPS input reference available RED Solid No or not enough GNSS signal available PPS input reference not available RED Flashing No connection to GNSS Antenna Either shorted or opened GPS antenna cable When both GNSS and OCXO LEDs have this status the input is rejected due to a performance alarm Yellow The GNSS input is OK but currently monitored OFF The GNSS input is disabled or the GNSS Card is in Stand by Figure 2 24 RED Solid Internal GNSS s OCXO failure or GNSS Card GLN Initialisation phase RED Flashing GNSS pre tracking sequence When both GNSS and OCXO LEDs have this status the input is rejected due to a performance alarm OFF Card is in stand by without XO alarm e For detailed GPS LED status description refer to section 8 2 1 e For ordering Infor
121. 7 CC zF F d i 2 NTP authentication adds a level of security to your NTP configuration You configure an NTP key string on each device The key is encrypted using a Message Digest 5 MD5 hashing algorithm and the encrypted key is passed in each NTP packet Before an NTP packet is processed the key is checked against the configured key on the receiving device GPS antenna STRATUM 1 5548C TCC NTP STRATUM 1 5548C TCC NTP OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 141 Operating amp Provisioning 6 9 6 Using the Time Code Card PTP TCC PTP Configuring a network to use the TCC PTP card basically consists of the following steps e IP configuration e PTP parameters configuration on the Grandmaster e PTP parameters configuration on the slaves if any 6 9 6 1 PTP Port The SFP connector cage on the front panel hosts the SFP transceiver corresponding to the network in use electrical or optical Oscilloquartz supplies SFP transceivers upon request The user may optionally integrate his own transceivers but without any warranty on the performances The TCC PTP has only one PTP port Thus the port number asked by several TL1 commands shall always be 1 6 9 6 2 IP Configuration Configuring the PTP port IP settings is possible with the ED EQPT PTPC IP TL1 command These settings are used when the PTP transmission protocol is configured to use UDP IP TL1 Syntax ED
122. 823 This is achieved by two measures First all exchanges in a network are synchronized to a Primary Reference Clock PRC Secondly SSUs are deployed in exchange nodes in order to minimize the detrimental effects of loosing traceability to the PRC due to link or equipment failures An SSU which looses all PRC traceable reference input signals goes into holdover mode An SSU in holdover mode is capable of delivering a synchronization signal of near PRC quality for a few days 2 2 1 2 SDH Network Elements The quality of synchronization for SDH network elements has a direct influence on the wander introduced to 2048 kbit s traffic signals E1 that are transported over the SDH network VC 12 pointer adjustments create wander on the E1 signals This wander becomes apparent when the E1 signals are demultiplexed or dropped from the SDH signal In order to limit this effect the maximum acceptable wander for SDH signals and for signals synchronising SDH network elements must not exceed so called Network Limits as specified by ITU T Recommendations G 825 and G 823 A set of network planning rules must be followed in order be within the Network Limits in particular three rules about clock chains G 803 The first rule says that the synchronization signal should be regenerated by the insertion of SSUs in the chain of clocks There should never be more that 20 SDH Equipment clocks SEC between two SSUs or between the PRC and the first SSU In practice o
123. A 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 80 Pre Installation Considerations Chapter 3 Pre Installation Considerations Including Overview Site Survey ElectroMagnetic Interference EMI Prevention Rack Preparation GPS Antenna Mounting OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 3 4 Pre Installation Considerations This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 3 2 Pre Installation Considerations 3 1 Overview This chapter provides guidelines and requirements needed before ordering and installing the OSA 5548C SSU It is divided into the following sections e Site survey section provides instructions before installing the OSA 5548C SSU e Rack preparation section presents the size of the shelf and power cable requirements e GPS Antenna Mounting referral to separate installation guide describes how to mount and cable the GPS antennas in order to prepare the connection to the OSA 5548C e Remote communication section describes the information required to configure the OSA 5548C SSU to be remotely manageable e Required Tools and Material consists of a list presenting the basic tools and instruments necessary to install and configure the OSA 5548C SSU A Note Installation amp cabling instructions are presented in chapter 4 3 2 Site Survey Plan the following prior installing the OSA 5548C e A loc
124. A 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 90 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 2 1 7 Time Code Card TCC NTP am rom e O STATUS The card is currently not working or not During the power up sequence the LED can delivering a valid signal remain red for a short while If the LED stays in this status longer it means that the card is defective and should be returned for repair RED Flashing There is a firmware version error Download the correct firmware in the card with the command ACT DNLD after verified that the firmware is in the MAC card necessary or return the card for repair NTP SYNC Check the server availability check if the mode wait TOD UTC GPS or server failure GPS card is working fine already received Table 8 7 Time Code Card NTP Troubleshooting visible LEDs OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 21 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting A Note The following procedure is shown when a valid and well NTP server and RJ45 cable is connected to the related input connector Seq STATUS __NTPSync Ethernet DESCRIPTION received or valid NTP server available 6 GREEN GREEN GREEN _ NP worked properly Table 8 8 Time Code Card NTPTurn up Status OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 22 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 2 1 oe Time Code Card TCC PTP STATUS DE The card is working correctly No action needed RED Th
125. ADDRESS NETMASK HFE EH fit GATEWAY Hit tt HEH fir DHCP MODE ENABLED ETHER_SDEF MANUAL ETHER_SPEE D 1000 DUPLEX MODE FULL OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 143 Operating amp Provisioning 6 9 6 3 PTP Configuration The ED EQPT PTPC PTP TL1 command can be used to configure the PTP parameters TL1 Syntax ED EPT PIPG PIP ITIL Net B CTAG PORT 1 2 ADM STATE ENABLED DISABLED ADDR MODE UNICA ST MULTICAST MIXED DOMAIN 0 99 PROTOCOL UDP ETHERNET TWO STEP NO YES MASTER STATE ENABLED DISABLED SLAVE STATE ENABL ED DISABLED ALTERNATE MASTERS 0 255 Example ED EOPT PIPC PIP UE Che Ee gt PTPU B MYCTAG PORT 1 ADM STATE ENABLED ADDR MODE MIXED DOMAIN 5 PRO TOCOL UDP MASTER STATE ENABLED SLAVE STATE DISABLED ALTERNATE_MASTERS 1 Parameters descriptions Default oe Parameter name Possible configurations parameters Description Remarks AD PTP 1 A PTP 10B Card position The PTP port may be administratively ADM STATE ENABLED DISABLED Enabled disabled In that case no PTP traffic will be generated In MIXED mode both UNIGAST UNICAST and ADDR MODE MULTICAST UNICAST MULTICAST packets MIXED are sent to through the PTP port PTP domain as DOMAIN specified by IEEE 1588v2 PROTOCOL ETHERNET UDP UDP Transmission protocol Two step mode makes use of FollowUp messages It can be TWOSTEP NO YES NO used if the slave doesn t s
126. AG WARM 4 Wait until the MAC has ended its reboot cycle Procedure 7 2 Ethernet Configuration OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 5 Commissioning 7 2 2 3 Verifying the Ethernet Configuration STEP 1 ACTION To check if the Ethernet configuration has been done correctly send the following TL1 command RTRV COM SYS CTAG Then if the configuration has been settled correctly you should be prompted with the following answer SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD Here are the parameters you have configured 7 If the OSA 5548C is already connected to an Ethernet network you can send a PING START gt RUN gt CMD gt write PING XXX XXX XxXxX xxx replacing the x with the IP address from any computer or device connected in the same network to query the connection Procedure 7 3 Verifying the Ethernet Configuration 7 2 2 4 Ethernet Connection STEP 1 ACTION Connect a 10 or 100 Base T cable with RJ 45 terminations into the connector labeled LAN COMM and the other end plugged into the Ethernet network LAN WAN If not yet done connectyour computer to the same Ethernet Network and control that your IP address Subnet Mask address as well as the Gateway setting are correctly configured to work within the LAN Run the SyncView software OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 6 Commissioning STEP ACTION 4 Connect the 5548C via TCP IP u
127. ATE TIME M CIAG COMPLD r a To edit the name enter the following TL1 command in one single line SET SID CTAG MY5548C Replace MY55480C with the name you want and press enter 3 Then if the configuration has been settled correctly you should be prompted with the following answer The name should be shown instead of MY5548C MY5548C DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD 7 Procedure 7 7 Setting the OSA 5548C SSU Name SID OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 FAD Commissioning 7 2 6 2 Setting the Date and Time STEP ACTION 1 Retrieve current Date and Time set in the 5548C shelf RTRV HDR SSL TAG And the answer should be shown as below SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD oa Enter the following TL1 command in one single line ED DAT CTAG YYYY MM DD HH MM SS HH MM Replace YYYY MM DD by the date Replace HH MM SS by the time on 24 hours Replace HH MM by the UTC offset from 12 00 to 12 00 Example ED DAT MYCTAG 2006 02 18 09 30 00 02 00 3 Then if the configuration has been settled correctly you should be prompted with the following answer with the date and time you have set SID YYYY MM DD HH MM SS M CTAG COMPLD Procedure 7 8 Setting the Date and Time 7 2 6 3 Disabling Empty Unused Slots To avoid receiving alarms e g IMPROPER REMOVAL from empty slots we recommend disabling delete the empty slots STEP ACTION 1 Locate the empty slot s a
128. Add TCC NTP card with NTP output on the front panel Add ethernet speed management setting 25 10 2010 Add note for PPS offset in GPS module Delete address for OSA USA J 16 11 2010 Update serial connection with Terminal Emulator procedure K 29 09 2011 Add TCC PTP card L 29 11 2011 Update TCC PTP drawing and descriptions M 18 09 2012 Add GNSS GLN Car Add a warning note for output terminations in section 4 5 2 N 25 10 2012 Update step 5 in Grounding amp Power Connection procedure in section 4 4 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 IX Document History REVISION DATE CORRECTIONS O 25 02 2013 Add supported slaves at 64 Sync s in TCC PTP card feature Add RS 232 AT LINK serial cable drawing Update overall drawings P 09 10 2013 Update TL1 TCC PTP command release 1 57 Add Input Line remark in chapter 6 5 3 Add TCC PTP setting Add Unicast capability OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 X FRONT VIEW DRAWING INPUTS FREG 1 10 SYM EDA EDOTEDARE 11 20 SYM E E E EEEn ERB bk FENE EEEN TERNS F E OSCILLOQUARTZ 3948C SSU ETATUB oO ef osciLLATOR H 1 SELECTED POWER AI INC me Le Al A2 AZ A4 AS AG OG OUTPUTS ASYM GH F el Q A G E e e E ei GI E E OSCILLOQUARTZ SEI SS 0 HOLDOVER QO cscaTor q i A7 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual R
129. B3 Configure the Wait To Restore time WTR which is a configurable delay to make the 5548C waiting before selected a line recovered The delay can be disabled or configured between 1 and 12 minutes ED EQPT IL input_line CTAG WIR 1 12 DISABLED If necessary attribute a tag to the input line using the following command ED EOPT IL input line CTAG TAG V My Input Line Tag Once the configuration finished you can check it with the following command RTRV EQPT IL input line CTAG OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 14 Commissioning STEP ACTION 9 Then the SyncTerminal should show the following message in one single line where you can check the bold blue parameters SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD input line O0K ENABLED DISABLED MONITORED PRC SSU A SSU B SEC DNU NONE DISABLED INPUT EBl connector ADM STATE ENABLED DISABLED MONITORED TERM TERMINATED BRIDGED CODE B8ZS AMI WTR 1 12 DISABLED FRCD PRC SSU_A SSU_B SEC DNU NONE OOF DETECTION DISDABLED ENABLED 10 4 10 3 10 2 CRC4 DETECTION DISDABLED ENABLED 10 4 10 3 10 2 BPV DETECTION DISDABLED ENABLED 10 4 10 3 10 2 SA4 OFF ON SSM SA5 OFF ON SSM SA6 OFF ON SSM SA7 OFF ON SSM SA8 OFF ON SSM FREQ 2 048M TAG My Input Line Tag On the active INC card of the corresponding group the LED related to the Input Line you configured should either flashes in Green due to Wait To Restore time or lights permanently in Gree
130. C 48 VDC nominal Power Consumption Fully loaded with THC Rubidium Warm up max 117W Steady state max 90W Fully loaded with THC Quartz Warm up max 92W Steady state max 72W Fuse types 2x T 6 3A L 250V 5x20mm size located on the front panel of the POWER A and POWER B Cards Table 9 11 Power Supply Specifications OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 9 9 8 Mechanical achanic Mounting Size HxWxD Weight Specifications ETSI or 19 rack mounting Vertical rack size 26 6 cm 10 5 inches 6U Depth rack size 24 60 cm 9 7 inches Width rack size 53 3 cm 21 inches ETSI or 48 26 cm 19 0 inches 19 SSU 10 kg 22 Ibs fully loaded with THC Rubidium type cards embedded Remote Panel 1 75 Kg 3 85 lbs 10x flat cables Management Panel 1 6 Kg 3 52 Ibs Table 9 12 Mechanical Specifications 9 9 General Architecture Long term frequency accuracy Input reference Output signals Synchronization Status Messages SSM Expansion shelves Main OSA 5548C SSU E60 fully loaded 2X INC cards 2X GPS cards 2X THC cards 2X SGC cards 6x OUC cards 1X MAC card 2X POWER cards ITU T G 811 G 811 PRC E1 2 048 5 10 MHz GPS E1 2 048 MHz PPS ITU T G 703 Up to 4 expansion shelves providing 200 more 1 1 outputs each one for a total of 860 1 1 protected outputs Contact Oscilloquartz for availabili
131. C LED Description INput Card INC Note e For detailed INC LED status description refer to section 8 2 1 e For ordering Information refer to 0 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 32 Product Overview 2 5 3 2 Main features The INC card is designed to provide the following functions e Input signal processing and provisioning e Input signal distribution to the THC cards or to the SGC cards when the pass through function is enabled e Performance Measurement and reference disqualification when Performance Thresholds are defined e Input signal and card 1 1 protection e Up to 4 inputs processing up to 4x E1 or 4x Frequency such as 2 048 5 and 10 MHz e Wait To Restore WTR time function e Synchronization Status Messaging SSM decoding and processing e Remotely software also called firmware upgradeable 2 5 3 3 Operation The user can insert in the shelf e 1 INC which makes the shelf available for 4 input references without INC card protection e 2INCs which makes the shelf available for 4 input references with INC card protection When two INC cards are installed in the same group the active one is the card which shows status on any of its IN1 4 LEDs the stand by one has its IN1 4 LEDs extinguished The 4 Input references of each INC group can be configured by software or via TL1 commands to any of the 8 available connectors on the Input tile The input connector
132. C OFF The related outputs are not configured to supply 2 048 MHz clock to Output ports 1 to 10 OUT 11 20 GREEN Solid E1 distributed properly to Output ports 11 to 20 E1 RED Solid No E1 distribution to Output ports 11 to 20 RED Flashing No clock signal received by the OUC OFF The related outputs are not configured to supply E1 clock to Output ports 11 to 20 OUtput Card OUC OUT 11 20 GREEN Solid 2 048 MHz distributed properly f to Output ports 11 to 20 RED Solid No 2 048 MHz distribution to Output ports 11 to 20 RED Flashing No clock signal received by the OUC OFF The related outputs are not configured to supply 2 048 Figure 2 30 MHz clock to Output ports 11 to 20 Table 2 7 OUput Card OUC LED Description Note e For detailed OUC LED status description refer to section 8 2 1 e For ordering Information refer to 0 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 47 Product Overview 2 5 8 2 Main features The OUC card is designed to provide the following functions e Selection of the output signal to be distributed according to the user configuration e Distribution of 2 048 MHz frequency ITU T G 703 13 and or E1 signal ITU T G 703 9 to 20 output ports e Card and output 1 1 protection e Manual output squelching e Output circuit short detection e Remotely software also called firmware upgradeable 2 5 8 3 Operation The user can insert one or two OUC cards in each of the OUC gr
133. C Table 2 6 SGC Card LED Description A Note e For detailed SGC LED status description refer to section 8 2 1 e For ordering Information refer to 0 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 44 Product Overview 2 5 7 2 Main features The SGC card is designed to provide the following functions Generation of 2x E1 2 048MHz and 1 PPS signals Two E1 options with different code and frame HDB3 or AMI CRC 4 and CCS or CAS are user configurable allowing 2 different E1 format selectable on output connectors Distribution of signals to the OUC cards Receiving signal from the INC cards in case of pass through mode SSM generation 1 1 card protection Remotely software also called firmware upgradeable 2 5 7 3 Operation The user can insert one or two SGC cards in the SGC group depending on protection requirements When two SGC cards are installed both are active The SGC card receives a signal from the THC group or from INC when the 5548C is in pass through mode When no signal is detected it squelches its outputs to prevent any signal to the rest of the shelf The SGC generates all signals types for OUC NTP PTP cards Expansion shelves and PPS outputs such as Two independent E1 2 048MHz PPS OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 45 2048kHz THC A 2048kHz THC B Pass Throug PPS GPS A PPS GPS B Figure 2 29 Signal Generator Card B
134. C NTP card TCC A OUC NTP PTP OUC 1 NTP 1 PTP card PTP 1 OUtput Card B OU A12 OUtput Card TCC NTP card TCC A OUC NTP PTP OUC 2 NTP 2 PTP card PTP 2 OUtput Card B JOUL gt A14 OUtput Card TCC NTP card TCC A OUC NTP PTP OUC 3 NTP 3 PTP card Grp OUtput Card B Ion MAnagement Card A17 PowerB CEB PWRB A Master card amp B Slave card protection card Table 2 1 Card Locations OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 29 Product Overview 2 5 2 Card Description The overall physical layout is similar for all cards LOCATING TEETH DIN CONNECTOR SERIAL NUMBER LOCKING SCREWS Figure 2 19 Physical Card Description e Front panel This is the metallic panel where LEDs and some of the following components are on e Locking screws These 2 screws are necessary to tighten the card into the shelf It is important to tighten the card in order to avoid any instability e Bail handle The bail handle permits removal of the card from its slot by pushing down while extracting the card e Card abbreviation This is the abbreviation name of the card i e OUC for OUtput Card e Fuse This easily removable component protects the card against over voltage and or short circuit it is usually located near the DIN connector at the rear of the card OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 30 Product Overview A Warning Do not remove the fuse without
135. C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 148 Operating amp Provisioning Output Example Mr5518 04 U6 14 23717 4606 M MYCTAG COMPLD 6 9 6 1 PTP card reference Source State Retrieves the PTP card Reference Source State Input Syntax RIRV EOPI PFIPCG REF SIME tid aig ANNAT Input Example RIRV EOPI PIFC REF SIAIE PIP 1L A MI CITAG I REFS Output Syntax sid date time M otag COMP LD PIP Aen A REF ref IS TAI is tai CLOCK CLASS clock class TIME SOURCE tim e source ACCURACY accuracy LOG VARIANCE log variance r OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 149 Parameters descriptions Parameter name IS TAI TRUE FALSE ATOMIC CLOCK GNSS TERRESTRIAL RADIO TIME SOURCE NTP HANDSET GNSS OTHER INTERNAL OSCILLAT OR 25NS 100NS 250NS 1US 2 5US 10US 25US 100US 250US 1MS 2 5MS 10MS 25MS 100MS 250MS 1S 10S GT10S LOG VARIANCE 0 65535 Output Example ACCURACY My So43C 04 06 14 23217246 M MYCTAG COMPLD Pipl Possible Default configurations parameters 65535 Operating amp Provisioning Description Remarks TCC PTP user shall enter 1 Clock Class Time source PTP accuracy as defined by Table 6of IEEE 1588v2 OffsetScaledLogVaria nce as per IEEE 1588v2 A REF 1 1IS TAI FALSE CLOCK CLASS 21 TIME SOURCE ATOMIC CLOCK ACCURACY 100NS LOG VARIANCE 65535 d OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P
136. C should be routed or installed in such a manner to protect it from being walked on or pinched The unit should be powered down completely before connecting or disconnecting the power cable The power cord should be removed before moving the unit The power cord must be placed near an easily accessible unobstructed socket outlet A CLEANING Connected and running equipment can only be dusted using a soft dry cloth ONLY WITH AUTHORIZED PERMISSION OUT OF SERVICE amp UNPLUGGED equipment can be cleaned with a soft cloth slightly moistened with a mild detergent solution Do not use liquid cleaners aerosols abrasive pads scouring powders or solvents such as benzine or alcohol Ensure the surface cleaned is fully dry before reconnecting power AN SERVICING AND MODIFICATIONS To avoid dangerous electric shock do not perform any servicing or modifications other than what is recommended in this User Manual Do not attempt to gain access to areas of the unit where dangerous voltages are present Refer servicing to qualified service personnel AN DAMAGE REQUIRING SERVICE e Refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following conditions e When the power supply cord is damaged e If liquid has been spilled into the enclosure of the unit e If the product does not function normally by following the instructions in the User s Manual Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions Improper adjustmen
137. Clock class value sent in the Announce messages when the shelf and the TCC PTP card are locked DEI AY LOG2P ERIOD E election mf Clock Quality Configuration The ED EQPT PTPC PRIO TL1 command allows configuring several parameters concerning the PTP clock quality TL1 Syntax ED EOPF PIPG PRIO TID PIP LAG PPT BiILTAG REF 1 42 PRIO1 0 234 PRIOZ 0 254 TRACKED CLOCK LASS 0 254 HLDVR CLOCK CLASS 0 254 FREERUN_CLOCK_CLASS 0 ee Example ED EOPT PTPC PRIO PTP 1 A MYCTAG REF 1 PRIO1 127 PRIO2 127 TRACKED CLOCK CLASS 6 HLDVR _CLOCK_CLASS 7 FREERUN_CLOCK_CLASS 52 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 152 Operating amp Provisioning Parameters descriptions Parameter name Possible configurations sd Description Remarks parameters PTP 1 A PTP 10 B Card position Used by the Best Master Clock Algorithm for master election Used by the Best Master Clock Algorithm for master election Clock class value sent in the Announce messages when the shelf and the TCC PTP card are locked Clock class value sent HLDRV_CLOCK_CLA in the Announce A messages when the shelf is in holdover Clock class value sent in the Announce messages at startup or if the PTP card as never been locked TRACKED_CLOCK_ CLASS FREERUN_CLOCK_ CLAA The Clock Quality configuration can be retrieved by the RTRV EQPT PTPC PRIO command TL1 Syntax RTRV EQPT PTPC PR
138. DESCRIPTION Status e RED Solid The card system is currently not working properly or may be in failure e RED Flashing Version error e ORANGE Solid Card s firmware is being upgraded e GREEN Solid Card system is working properly e OFF Card is not working at all MST e GREEN Solid Indicates that this isa MASTER shelf RMT e This LED is unused in the OSA 5548C SSU version EXP e GREEN Solid Indicates that this is an EXPANSION shelf Alarm USC e YELLOW Solid Indicates that at least one user Cut Off is logged button CR e RED Solid Indicates that there is at least one alarm with a CRITICAL severity MJ e ORANGE Solid Indicates that there is at least one alarm with a MAJOR severity E MIN e YELLOW Solid Indicates that there is at least MAgagement Card MAC one alarm with a MINOR severity ACO e RED Solid Indicates that at least one alarm has been cut off Table 2 11 MAnagement Card MAC LED Description e For detailed MAC LED status description refer to section 8 2 1 e For ordering Information refer to 0 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 57 Product Overview 2 5 11 2 Main features The MAC card is designed to monitor and manage the OSA 5548C SSU its main features are e Gathering the status of all cards e Management of external output and input alarm e Management of front panel cards LEDs information e Internal card management and communication e Expansion shelves management and
139. E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 5 4 Turn up Procedure 5 3 Card Start up Sequences When the system is powered up the LEDs of each card embedded in the OSA 5548C SSU should show the sequences described in this chapter R Recommendation Do not remove any card until all the cards have finished their own turn up sequence The THC performs the longest sequence A CAUTION Prior inserting any new card verify that currently inserted cards are well inserted in their respective slot and that they have their locking screws well tightened 5 3 1 PWR Power Card Al A2 A3 A4 AS A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 Figure 5 1 Power Card Turn up Both POWER A A1 amp POWER B A17 cards have the same behavior SES STATUS DESCRIPTION Once the card is inserted the STATUS LED lights in GREEN If any LED lights in RED check the Voltage fed into POWER Connectors and its fuse refer to section 8 4 4 1 Table 5 1 Power Card Turn up Status OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 5 5 Turn up Procedure 5 3 2 MAC MAnagement Card A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 Figure 5 2 Management Card Turn up Extinguished Flashing Auto test process 1 2 3 Any of these if Establishing any alarm communication GREEN MST in GREEN OFF detected GREEN MST in GREEN OFF Any of these if Ready to solid any alarm communicat
140. ED The firmware version is not the same as the rest of the shelf TESTERROR Invalid testing date DEAD The MAC group is not able to communicate When ON OUC group detects and generates an alarm if any of its output lines are shorted short circuit when no card is inserted Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Outouts gt Group 1 3 Details OUC Group 2 Details A12 amp A13 From DB OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Check the Shorted Checkbox to enable the Shorted alarm detection on all the 20 output lines related to the OUC group 6 138 Operating amp Provisioning 6 9 5 Time Code Card NTP TCC NTP State Depends on network configuration the NTP signal can be supplied by an NTP server or directly form the GPS card available in the 5548C Usually the TCC NTP card is plugged in one of the OUC OUtput Card group slot The NTP Output connector can be in front panel card access on the front tile set or on the output remote panel for E200 Each TCC NTP provides one NTP output This section describes how to configure the 5548C to supply the NTP signal First of all the general settings must be configured in correspondence to the network IP Address Net Mask Gateway DHCP mode Ethernet Speed Selection Ethernet Speed Duplex mode Using TL1 To retrieve current setting of the TCC NTP Input Syntax RIRV EPI IC tte ota Example
141. EER E E E e Am e ob 21583 Mod 5548C No XXX wen n re uon com v re amp 2 1 S 1 NE Order ref AOXXXXX asas oe ca ca caj or co caj oo edge O VAS FE de PS lef JE Se ees Figure 6 7 5548C SSU Physical Type Information Using TL1 Retrieve information about the product using the following command Input Syntax RTRV NETYPE ctag An answer similar to the following should be responded Output Syntax sid date time M SEET GOMP iD vendor model netype sw Parameter Range Description name VENDOR OSCILLOQUARTZ This is the equipment vendor s name MODEL 5548C This is the equipment model s name NETYPE This is the equipment type 01000 99999 This is the software release of the shelf Table 6 9 5548C Type Information OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 49 Operating amp Provisioning To get the serial number of the shelf the following command is required Input Syntax RIRV IMT E EE eg The response should be Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD serial shelftype SERIAL 100 4294967295 This is the equipment serial number SHELFTYPE SSU_L SSU_S OSA 5548C SSU type SSU_S OSA 5548C SSU E60 SSU_L OSA 5548C SSU E200 6 4 3 2 Inventory Physically Inspection Find the inventory of every single card at the following locations illustrated below Serial Number STATUE Article Number
142. EQOPT GPS MYCTAG FRCD PRC Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters PRC SSU A PRC when SSM quality supplied by the GPS SSU_B SEC locked DNU group DNU NONE when DISABLED unlocked FRCD PRC SSU A NONE Forced SSM quality SSU_B SEC DNU NONE Using SyncView Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Inputs gt GPS Inout gt Force SSM Quality ITU T Option I ETSI GL PRC GL SSU A GL SSU 8 GL SEC GL DNU Don t Force SSM Gualit Cancel Apply Refresh OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 164 Operating amp Provisioning 6 10 2 4 SSM Configuration The OSA 5548C SSU allows editing of various parameters to configure the SSM operation Unknown UNK quality The Unknown quality message UNK is the quality supplied when the system cannot recognize the SSM quality on inputs The factory default SSM quality is SEC Forced FRCD quality The OSA 5548C can be configured to force a SSM quality on its outputs Using TL1 To retrieve the current SSM configuration the following command is required RIRV 5S EE Then you should be prompted as below Sid date time M Gtag COMPLD HLDVR hdlvr UNK unk FRCD fred To configure the SSM parameters this command is required Input Syntax ED SSM ctag UNK unk FROD fred Example ED SSM MYCTAG UNK DUS Parameter Possible Default De
143. EXP A FAIL SQLCH generated for expansion shelf A HRGH LINK A This is the state of the Frequency FREQ_EXP_B GE ER la generated for expansion shelf B RGH LINK B OK FAIL SQLCH This is the state of the PPS BESSE PTHRGH generated for internal 5548C use OK FAIL SQLCH This is the state of the PPS PPS_TIMING PTHRGH generated for OUCs NTP PTP This is the state of the PPS PPS EXP A OK FAIL SQLCH OK generated for expansion shelf A PTHRGH LINK A on is d state of the PPS PPS EXP B Gg FAIL SQLCH generated for expansion shelf B PTHRGH LINK B This is the state of the PPS PPS OUT 1 OK FAIL SQLCH OK generated for the Management PTHRGH tile PPS output 1 This is the state of the PPS PPS OUT 2 a BEE OK generated for the Management HRGH tile PPS output 2 FREQ 2 OK FAIL SQLCH This is the state of the Frequency PTHRGH line nr 2 generated for OUCSs correct functioning on the generated signal oc This status is shown if any problem is encountered on the generated signal SQLCH if the system has cut the signal Usually when both the THCs havent ended their start up procedure PTHRGH ifthe system is in Passthrough mode The signal is provided directly to the SGCs without passing through the THC OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 127 Operating amp Provisioning 6 9 3 OUtput Card Group State OUC Send the following TL1 command to retrieve the current OUC card group status 1
144. Equipment Installation 4 6 2 1 Typical Application ET VDC ALARM MANAGEMENT MAC Figure 4 15 Output Alarm Application 4 6 2 2 Cabling Procedure AN CAUTION Before cabling please read and follow the specifications in section 9 6 STEP ACTION 1 Locate the connector ALARM OUT GROUP 1 or 2 on the Management tile See Figure 4 11 2 Select the SUB D 9 pins connector required 3 Connect a SUB D 9 pins male wired with respect to the Figure 4 14 4 Tighten the two fixation screws 5 Verify that connections have been done correctly Procedure 4 13 Output Alarm Connection OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 28 Equipment Installation 4 7 Cabling Communication Ports AN Recommendation In order to take full benefits of the 5548C SSU management possibilities we recommend installing and using the SyncTerminal and or SyncView PLUS software 4 7 1 Local Connection The OSA 5548C enables to communicate locally via two RS 232 serial ports It is possible to connect a computer or laptop to communicate with a terminal emulator software with the recommended software supplied with the OSA 5548C SSU The two communication ports can be used simultaneously Figure 4 16 Communication Port Location A25 A26 A27 L 4 EK 1 10 SYM dl RS 232 port Ce ch Fj w Ge D P e I SAF HE INK B GAOL O EXT LN Le Sa ET OC i z al a MH a D ch D e D
145. Ethernet Connection rrrrnnrnanenanenarenannnnrnnnrnnnennnrnnnenanenunnnennnernnernunenunenunenusenenene 6 18 Procedure 6 4 Ethernet Connection with ZGvncyiewDUUS 6 18 Procedure 6 5 SyncTerminal Communication Configuration and Getup sees 6 31 Procedure 6 6 Typing TL1 Commande 6 33 Procedure 7 1 Serial CGonpnechon 7 5 Procedure 7 2 Ethernet Configuration c cccccccccssecsececeeeceneeseeecaeeeeeceseeseseeesaeessueeseeesneeseeeeaaes 7 5 Procedure 7 3 Verifying the Ethernet Configuration ccccccceccceeeeeeeeneeeseeeeeeeeteeeteeeaeeaeeaaes 7 6 Procedure 7 4 Ethernet Connection ccccccceecceeecseecneeeneeeseeeneeeeececeseeeseeeeeeegecseetseeeeeeseeesaeenaees 7 7 Procedure 7 5 NTP CGonnechon 1 9 Procedure 7 6 Firmware Upgrade ccccceccsscceeecececeeeceeecueecueeaueceeesauesaeesaeecaeecueecuessessenseesas 7 11 Procedure 7 7 Setting the OSA 5548C SSU Name Gitt 7 12 Procedure 7 8 Setting the Date and Tme cc ccccccecceseceeeceeeeeeeeeeeteeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeeteetaeenes 7 13 Procedure 7 9 Disabling Empty unused Slots rrrrrrrnrrrrarernnrrnarrrrnrrnnnernernranennnnnnnnennaennnnennsene 7 13 Procedure 7 10 E1 Input Line CGonfguraton 7 15 Procedure 7 11 Frequency Input Line Configuration rrrrrnnrrrnrrrarerarernrerannrnrnnnrnnnennnenunennennnennn 7 16 Procedure 7 12 Disabling an Unused Input me 7 17 Procedure 7 13 GPS Input Line Configuration ccc cece ceccceececeeece
146. For YM YM 608 POINT2 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE 1M For TDEV TDEV AG For YM YM 5408 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 201 Operating amp Provisioning Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters POINT3 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE 15M For TDEV TDEV 168 For YM YM 15M POINT4 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE_30M For TDEV TDEV 645 For YM YM 1H POINTS 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE 1H For TDEV TDEV 25685 For YM YM 2H POINT6 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE_3H For TDEV TDEV 10008 For YM YM_3H 6 13 Firmware Download 6 13 1 Overview The OSA 5548C SSU incorporates a FTP File Transfer Protocol client which allows upgrading all its cards remotely from a FTP server Firmware files download LAN WAN Ethernet Local 5548C user Remote 5548C user Figure 6 24 Firmware Download Overview OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 202 Operating amp Provisioning The remote or the local user should configure the FTP server parameters in the 5548C SSU Then the user downloads the firmware files to the OSA 5548C SSU Once the download completed the firmware files are stored in the MAC card Thereafter the user can upgrade any card in the shelf by transferring the firmware from the MAC card to the intended card 6 13 2 Prerequisites 6 13 2 1 FTP Server An FTP server on the OSA 5548C network is required to download files to the shelf IP
147. GPS IL 1 1 When the MAN Manual mode is enabled this variable identifies the specific line to be select ACT INPUT IL 1 1 IL 1 4 GPS IL 1 1 This is the line currently selected NONE by the 5548C e Not configurable only upon command answer Using SyncView Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt THC gt Details Manual Input Mode OSA Clock Selection of Q Auto C ON OSA Manual input HE k Manual Clock when this mode P Forced Holdove is activated ett HN Jk sik t i Cancel IT Apply Refresh Switching mode Figure 6 16 SyncView THC Details OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 115 Operating amp Provisioning 6 8 5 Priorities Configuration A Note To retrieve current IL configuration refer to refer to the TL1 Command List document Read section Input connector to Input Line IL description to understand the concept of cross connection of input lines to physical input ports The OSA 5548C SSU can be fed with up to 5 inputs signal four from the INC group and 1 from the GPS group which can be configured with different priorities Example If the IL 1 1 is fed with a signal coming from a Primary Reference Source PRS and the IL 1 3 from an E1 leased line it is possible configure the priority 1 for the IL 1 1 and a lower priority for the IL 1 3 A Note The priorities are only taken in consideration when the switching mode is configured as
148. GPS Operation state PERFALARM state OK The system works correctly ALARM GPS reception in alarm PRFALARM Performance crosses the quality threshold PRC SSU A PRC when SSM quality supplied by the GPS SSU B SEC locked DNU group DNU NONE when DISABLED unlocked PPS OFFSET 999 999 999999 O 1 PPS offset OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 98 Operating amp Provisioning ADM STATE ENABLED ENABLED Administrative state of the line MONITORED ENABLED the line can be DISABLED selected MONITORED the line is measured but ignored for selection DISABLED The line is deactivated OFF INDOOR ON OFF Enable the GPS to track only one satellite instead of four In that case a fixed position must be programmed ELEVATION 5 to 90 10 Elevation mask in degrees Satellites below this mask are not taken into account SSU_B SEC DINU NONE 6 7 3 1 PPS Offset and Elevation Mask Setting Using TL1 Input Syntax ED EQPT GNSS GLN A ctag PPS_OFFSET pps_offset ELEVATION elevation Example ED EQPT GPS GLN A MYCTAG PPS_OFFSET 274 ELEVATION 15 Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters PPS OFFSET 999 999 999 999 0 PPS offset ELEVATION 5 to 90 10 Elevation mask in degrees Satellites below this mask are not taken into account OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 99 Operating amp Provisioning
149. I T iI 4 4 A re re gt E BE Figure 7 2 Wave shape at a Frequency output port 7 3 10 3 Testing NTP Output STEP ACTION Server card 1 Set up the server card network parameters refer to section 7 2 2 5 2 Change your computer time 3 Use a program to synchronize the computer time to the NTP server card stratum 1 Yats 32 4 Verify the synchronization Procedure 7 36 NTP Output Test OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 38 Commissioning 7 3 10 4 Testing PTP Output STEP ACTION Server card 1 Set up the IP settings for PTP port IP address mask gateway Configure the same PTP domain in the TCC PTP Grandmaster and in S the slave for example OSA 5320 3 Configure the TCC PTP addressing mode respectively as MIXED or UNICAST Configure the slave addressing mode respectively as MULTICAST or i UNICAST Only for UNICAST Enter the PTP IP address of TCC PTP used in the Acceptable Master Table AMT of the slave 5 ACCEPTABLE MASTER TABLE CONFIGURATION Unicast Delay Modes master s address IEEE EUI 64 port ID PTP Port priority priority request XXX XXX XXX XXX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX number 1 2 unicast Announce 1 149 133 40 191 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF 65535 10 10 YES 2 149 133 40 159 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF 65535 90 90 YES 3 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 0 NO 6 Verify that one master is visible in the slave PTP Status page and that the Master address corresponds to the one previously co
150. IO TID PTP 1 A PTP 10 B CTAG REF 1 2 Example RTRV EOPT PTPC PRIO TID PTP 1 A MYCTAG REF 1 Answer TEST 11 03 15 15 17 32 M a COMPLD PTPC 2 A REF 1 PRIO1 126 PRIO2 127 TRACKED CLOCK CLASS 6 HLDVR CLOCK C LASS 7 FREERUN_CLOCK_CLASS 52 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 153 Operating amp Provisioning 6 9 6 3 TCC PTP State The status of the TCC PTP is returned by the front panel LEDS by TL1 answers to specific commands and by its active alarm list stored in the MAC card For a description of the front panel LEDs meaning see the physical layout chapter The TCC PTP card state can be requested by the RTRV EQPT PTPC STATE command TL1 Syntax RIRV EOPI PIPC SIAFEI TID PEP L AGGPIP LU BLTAG RE we Example RIRV EOPI PIPC STATE PIP L AMTUIAGSPURI 1 Answer TEST 1103 15 15 17 72 M a COMPLD PP A PORT 1 STATE MASTER IS TAI TRUE IS LOCKED TRUE PTP TIME 1300721333 The input reference state can also be requested by the command RTRV EQPT PTPC REF STATE TL1 Syntax RTRV EQPT PTPC PRIO TID PTP 1 A PTP 10 B CTAG REF 1 2 Example RTRV EQPT PTPC PRIO TID PTP 1 A MYCTAG REF 1 Answer EX TEST 11 03 15 15 17 32 M a COMPLD PTPC 2 A REF 1 IS_TAT TRUE CLOCK_CLASS 6 TIME SOURCE GPS OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 154 Operating amp Provisioning 6 9 6 4 TCC PTP Statistics Retrieves the PTP ca
151. KOPT PTPC IP TID PTet 1 4 PT ec i10 B CTAG PORT 1 2 IPADDRESS NETMASK tt EE GATEWAY 4 Ant dritt ditt DHCP_MODE ENABLED DISABLED ETHER_SDEF AUTO MANUAL ETHER SPEED 10 100 1000 DUPLEX MOD E HALF FULL Example ED EQPT PTPC IP PTPC 1 At Ars PORT 1 TPADDRESS 145 133 40 172 NETMASK 255 255 255 0 GATE WAY 145 133 40 122 DHCP MODE DISABLED OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 142 Operating amp Provisioning Parameters descriptions Parameter Possible Default name configurations parameters Description Remarks AD PTP 1 A PTP 108 Cardpositon _ IPADRESS XXX XXX XXX XXX X 0 255 10 16 1 108 PTP port IP address GATEWAY NETMASK If ENABLED the card asks request its own IP DHCP MODE ENABLE DISABLE DISABLE settings to a DHCP server The current release allows only 1Gb ETHER SPEED 100 1000 AUTO connections Ask Oscilloquartz for 100Mb availability Configuring the PTP port in HALF duplex DUPLEX MODE HALF FULL FULL mode may worse PTP performances Retrieving the Ethernet IP configuration The RTRV EQPT PTPC IP TL1 command can be used to retrieve and verify the Ethernet IP configuration TL1 Syntax RIRV EOPFT PIPC IP TID PIP LAG FIP 0 B CTAG PORT we Example RTRV EOPT PTPC IP PIYP L A MTUTAG PFORT 1 The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M etag COMP LD aid IP
152. L1 messages OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 3 Operating amp Provisioning 6 2 1 2 TL1 Command Structure In TL1 the messages are sent by the user to perform functions to manage the OSA 5548C SSU or to observe faults and events emitted by the equipment In other words the TL1 messages are used to operate administer maintain and provision the OSA 5548C SSU There are two main types of standards defined TL1 messages e Command responses These are initiated by the user and provide two parts a request to the 5548C to get or set information and a response from the 5548C containing completion or status codes and requested or chained information e Autonomous events These are events alarms or otherwise that the 5548C emits indicating some change in its state The user executes TL1 requests via the SyncView PLUS or a command line interface CLI like the SyncTerminal software and receives notifications from the OSA 5548C SSU autonomous events The TL1 message is easy to understand each component of the message is easily identifiable Below is an example of an ED EQPT OL message which sets Output Line OG parameters such as the squelch state and tits tag ED EQPT OL TID 1 1 CTAG SQUELCH OFF TAG my tag A B C D E F G Command Staging block Payload block code block A The TL1 main command defines the function to be executed in the OSA 5548C SSU It is composed by different abbrev
153. LD MADDS B MYCTAG Parameter Possible configurations Description name AID INC 1 A INC 1 B INC A INC B This is the card or the card group where INC GPS A GPS B GPS THC you want to install the new firmware A THC B THC MADDS A MADDS B MADDS SGC A SGC B SGC OUC 1 A OUC 3 B OUC A OUC B OUC MAC A MAC B MAC A Note If you need to do a roll back to the previous card version follow the next section OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 209 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Open the Downloader gt Select the card to upgrade by clicking on the checkbox Dwnld and then start the upgrade process by clicking the Download button The list of number on each card can be used to make an upgrade sequence of card upgrade starting from one to the highest number set The Download Method can be set to upgrade all cards at the same time a Download of R amp D 5548C E60 5548C SSU Release 1 55 Master o ees Download Method e Custom Cards Al Cards Only Slot A Cards Only Slot B Cards OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 210 Operating amp Provisioning 6 13 3 4 Roll Back to the Previous Firmware Version In case of unexpected condition or eventual firmware issues after upgrade the OSA 5548C is able to reinstall the previous version The following command is required Za Recommendation It is recomm
154. LE ENABLE PROFILE ENABLE ENABLEDIDISABLED I ENABLED DISABLED DISABLED application According G 8265 1 chapte SSM TO GLOGKCE kNABLED DISABLED DISABLED 6 7 3 1 of SSM Quali ASS Levels to PTP clock class The TL1 command RTRC EQPT PTPC G82651 can be used to retrieve the G 8265 1 configuration settings Option Optionll 0001 PRS 1 80 0000 QLSTU QL UNK 82 0010 arre 1 a om am D 001 0100 QL SSU A QL TNC 1 90 0101 pp 92 E E E E E SS SS EE 1001 1101 QL ST3E GE Ku ge QL EEC1 1100 QLSME 1 106 1110 QLPROV 1 108 1111 QL DNU QLDUS 110 Table 6 16 G 8265 1 SSM to PTP clockClass mapping OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 157 Operating amp Provisioning 6 9 6 8 Ethernet Conection Status The RTRV EQPT ETH STATUS TL1 command can be used to retrieve information about the Ethernet connection TL1 Syntax RIRV EOPIT ETH STATUS Ree Be EE eg PORTO Example RTRV EQPT ETH STATUS PTP 1 A MYCTAG PORT 1 Output Example MY5548C 04 06 14 23 17 46 M MYCTAG COMPLD PTP 1 A 1 SFP TYPE OPTICAL ETH_RATE 1000 Default EN Possible configurations Description Remarks PTP 1 A PTP 10 B Card position PORT DISABLED Ethernet port O SFP_TYPE oo NONE SFP connector type ETH RATE 10 100 1000 1000 Current Ethernet rate OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 20
155. LM THRESHOLD 120 Default SR Card position Maximum number of supported slaves Exceeding the value shall set the GM SLAVE NUM EX CEEDED with severity CRITICAL MAX SLAVE NUM 0 128 CEEDED with severity MAJOR If the alarm is set and the number of slaves falls behind the threshold the alarm is cleared NRESHOLD 1 MAX SLAVE NUM Shall be lower or equal to MAX SLAVE NUM Exceeding the value shall set the SLAVE NUM ALM T EN The TL1 command RTRV EQPT PTPC GMLIMITS can be used to retrieve the grant number and the threshold configuration Example MYS55468C 04 06 14 23 17 46 M MYCTAG COMPLD ae So Slee ae A PORT 1 MAX SLAVE NUM 128 SLAVE NUM ALM THRESHOLD 120 ANNOUNCE GRANTS 20 SYNC GRANTS 20 DELAY GRANTS 20 r OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 156 Operating amp Provisioning 6 9 6 7 Compatibility with the G 8265 1 Profil The G 8265 1 PTP profile foresees the mapping of SSM qualities into PTP clockClass specific values User can enable or disable this mapping by using the command ED EQPT PTPC G82651 TL1 Syntax ED EOPT PTPC G82651 tid aid ctag PROFILE ENABLE profile enable SSM_TO_ CLOCKCLASS ssm to clockclass Example BD HBOPE PIPC Ge2ool2 tir A MYCTAG PROFILE FNABLE ENABLED SSM_TO_CLOCKCLASS DISABLED Default Possible configurations Description Remarks AD XPT P 1 A_ PTP 10 B Card position General flag for profile PROFILE ENAB
156. Layout 2 28 Physical Card Description E 2 30 NETTING 2 32 Input Card Block Diagram ccccccccceecceececeeeeeeeeceeeeeceseeeceeceseeeeaeeeseeesaueesaeesanes 2 34 EO EE NE EE EE EE 2 35 OPS Card Block DE Aae ne 2 37 NESTTUN 2 38 GNSS Card Block Diagram rrrrrnnrnnaronnnrvnnrnranennnrnnnnennarnnnnnnnnennanennnennnsennnennnsnnnee 2 40 THC CA at e EEE cans E EE E EO 2 41 Tracking Holdover Card Block Diagramm 2 43 ee ee 2 44 Signal Generator Card Block Diagram rrrnranennnrnnanennnrnnnnnnnnnnranrvnnnnnanennnnnnnnnnnee 2 46 OUT OUG res 2 47 Output Card Block Diagram arornnrnnnnrnnnennnnnnnnennarnvanennnrnnnnennnennnnennnnnnanennsennanennne 2 49 Time Code CGardNIbITCGNTb 2 50 Time Code CGardNIbITCGNTIBL 2 51 NTP G rd BIOCK dE Tel Luse EE 2 53 Time Code G rd PTP TOC PIP EE 2 54 LOAD SHARING TOCPTP persere i 2 56 MAgagement Card MAC 2 57 MAnagement Card Block Diagram aannannnannannennnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnrnrrrnnrerererrsrrnnnne 2 58 PTR 2 59 Connector Tile Description rrrrnnnrrnnrrnnenanenanennnnnnrnnnrnnnevnnenanenunnnennnennneenneenunennnen 2 62 POT METTE 2 63 Management Connectors Te 2 64 AEE 2 67 Master amp Expansion Rotary Switch rrrnnrnranernnrrrarennnrrnnnrnnrnranennnrnnannnanennnsnnnnennn 2 68 BN EEE AA 2 69 ASYM CEI Output Connector Te 2 70 Figure 2 46 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 XI List of F
157. M CEI Output Connector Tile OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 70 Product Overview 2 5 18 2 20x Output Tile with SUB D 25 pins 20x SYMMETRICAL with SUB D 25 pins female 120 ohms OL 1 10 OL 11 20 OL Tip Ring Shield OL Tip Ring Shield LT LL 1 OUT 11 20 SYM Figure 2 47 SYM SUB D Output Tile OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 71 Product Overview 2 5 18 3 20x Output Tile with IDC 20 pins 20x ASYM with IDC connector for Remote BNC panel OL 1 10 OL 11 20 Output Group 1 OUT 11 20 SYM ceoececccccce i HHH Le Output Group 2 Figure 2 48 ASYM IDC Output Tile OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 72 Product Overview 2 5 19 Time Code Card NTP Tile 1x NTP with RJ45 connector Figure 2 49 TCC NTP Output Tile 2 5 19 1 TCC NTP Ethernet Port This socket is a RJ 45 female type to connect Ethernet for remote management ravie 2 21 ITULEN IP cmene UV rOMt Connector Description OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 73 Product Overview 2 5 20 100x BNC Output Ports Remote Panel The BNC Remote Panel provides up to 60x BNC 75ohms Output Ports ASYMM It can be installed anywhere in the same rack where the OSA 5548C SSU is mounted For each 10 outputs of an Output Group OG a ribbon cable connected from an Output Tile for Remote panel r
158. Manual Revision P October 2013 XV List of Procedures List of Procedures Page Procedure 4 1 Rack Ode le dn e ME 4 6 Procedure 4 2 Remote Panel Mountnmg 4 8 Procedure 4 3 Grounding amp Power connection rrrurrrurvanennnennrevanerarernnnrannnnennnennnenunenunenusenenen 4 11 Procedure 4 4 Cabling a Frequency Input Connector rrrrrrrnnrrrnrrvarerarerarnrnrnnernnnennnennneraneneennn 4 14 Procedure 4 5 Cabling an E1 Input CGonnechor cece cece secs eeeeeeceeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeenes 4 15 Procedure 4 6 Cabling a GPS Input CGonnechor ccc ceccceceeeece secs eeteeeceeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 4 15 Procedure 4 7 Cabling an E1 or Freq port from an Asym Output Tile with CEI connectors 4 17 Procedure 4 8 Cabling Output port from Output Tile with SUB D 25pins connectors 4 18 Procedure 4 9 Cabling the BNC Remote Danel 4 20 Procedure 4 10 Cabling the SUB D Remote Panel secs seccseeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeees 4 22 Procedure 4 11 Cabling a PPS Output Connector cece cece neces eeee cece eens cece esse eeeeeeaeeeaeeeeeeees 4 24 Procedure 4 12 External Alarm Input Connection rrranernnenanennrrnnrrnnrrnnrnnnrnnnennrnnnennnennnnnnennnennn 4 26 Procedure 4 13 Output Alarm Connection cece cece eececeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeneeeess 4 28 Procedure 5 1 Hower up 5 4 Procedure 6 1 Serial CGonnechon 6 15 Procedure 6 2 Serial Connection with SyncView HUSS 6 16 Procedure 6 3
159. Maximum of comm type port s number of simultaneous max session s sessions per port On MAC card RS 232C Raw data 1 1 LOCAL 32 COMM On MGMT tile RS 232C Raw data 1 1 LOCAL COMM On MGMT tile RJ 45 Raw data by 25 5 LAN COMM default amp Telnet Table 6 5 Default Communication Ports 8023 For 5548C management with TL1 User selectable ports from commands Raw 8000 1025 to 9999 For 5548C management with TL1 data commands Not user selectable For card and shelf upgrade Table 6 6 Ethernet Ports 6 2 5 2 Add Edit or Remove a Port J Note It is possible to configure up to 25 Ethernet ports but the maximum of simultaneous sessions number of user connected simultaneously is 32 including the sessions via serial ports Adding a new Ethernet port It is possible to add up to 25 Ethernet ports within the range of 1025 to 9999 Input Syntax ENT PORT a1d ctag type To store the new parameters it is required to restart the MAC INIT SYS MAC A MYCTAG WARM J Note The user security account must be configured to authorize the communication through any port Read section 6 3 6 to allow a new port for a user OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 19 Operating amp Provisioning Deleting an Ethernet port To delete an Ethernet port within the range of 1025 to 9999 simply send the following command Input Syntax DLIT PORT raid otag To store
160. N The 5548C is a master shelf No action needed GREEN Flashing The master shelf is being started No action needed the 5548C is starting as Or when the STATUS LED is orange and Starting as a master shelf Flashing the internal MAC flash memory is If internal flash memory is corrupted contact Oscilloquartz for support If network parameters have not been found insert the POWER B card or send it for repair corrupted Or when RMT amp EXP LEDs are Flashing together with the MST the network OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 25 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting um mm See parameters have not been found in the POWER B card OFF The 5548C is not recognize as a master No action needed this LED can be off during shelf the start up sequence me a GREEN The 5548C is an expansion shelf No action needed after a last plug in out manipulation GREEN Flashing The expansion shelf is being started No action needed the 5548C is starting as When MST amp RMT LEDs are Flashing starting as an expansion shelf together with the EXP the network If network parameters have not been found parameters have not been found in the insert the POWER B card or send it for repair POWER B card after a last plug in out manipulation D en Bee err expansion shelf the start up sequence Pte the security management Sooo eman iii management a shelf shelf OFF No critical alarm is currently active or the N
161. ONNECTING TO THE SUPPLY Ensure that all devices connected to it are connected to its protective earth ground Grounding one conductor of a two conductor outlet is not sufficient Any interruption of the protective grounding conductor inside the equipment or disconnecting the protective earth terminal is likely to make this equipment dangerous Intentional interruption is prohibited AN POWER Make sure the power sources are compatible with the power inputs of the equipment Verify that the correct fuses are installed The equipment s protective earth terminals must be connected to the protective conductor of the mains power cord or the station earth The mains plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a protective earth contact The protective action must not be negated by the use of an extension cord power cable without a protective conductor grounding Make sure that only fuses with the required rated current and of the specified type normal blow time delay etc are used for replacement The use of repaired fuses and the short circuiting of fuse holders must be avoided Whenever it is likely that the protection offered by fuses has been impaired the equipment must be made inoperative and be secured against any unintended operation OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 1 6 Introduction LX POWER CORD PROTECTION The customer supplied power cables connected to the 5548
162. OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 This is an intervall signifying the number of days that a user can use the existing password before an update becomes mandatory It is typically 5 to 10 days This is an integer signifying the number of times that an user can use the existing password before an update becomes mandatory Typically it is 3 to 5 times Password Obsolescence Intervall in days When a user receives a prompt to change the PID no old PID can be restored unless the intervall POINT expires since that old PID became obsolete Typically it is about 180 UID Aging Intervall in days At the end of this intervall the UID is disabled if during this intervall it has never been used to set up a session Typically it is between 45 and 90 NOT USED IN 5548C List of Object Identifiers These identifiers specify what is accessible to this UID The list may indicate channels commands It may be a range all objects none It is an application dependant requirement 6 45 Operating amp Provisioning 6 3 6 5 Delete an User Account To delete auser account the following command is required Input Syntax IRAN Kg EE ER EE E Otag Example DLT USER SECU USERNAME MYCTAG Parameter Default Possible configurations Description name Parameter AD I o eginorUsemame UD 6 3 6 6 Disabling or Enabling an User Account To disable an existing user without deleting the user account the fo
163. OSCILLOQUARTZ OSA 5548G SSU E60 ASS TT SNE FTSE sees USER MANUAL for OSA SSU E60 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 What s new in this edition Update TL1 TCC PTP command release 1 57 Add TCC PTP setting Add Unicast capability Add Input Line remark in chapter 6 5 3 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Contents Table of Contents Page L INTRODUCTION EE RE EE 1 1 1 1 About this TUTE 1 3 1 1 1 ZS eieiei dr Tee 1 3 12 Reading GUJE uvenn 1 4 1 3 Safety E TT en CC 1 5 14 Tt Cu OT 1 8 tS GN 1 9 2 PRODUC OVERVIEW EE 2 1 2 1 BFE 0 81 ag e Lu EE EEE E 2 3 2 2 Main Applications eee 2 8 2 2 1 Synchronous Network Technologies Requiring Synchronization 2 8 2 2 2 Synchronization Distribution Methods r rarernnrrrarernrrnnnrrvnrennnrrnnnennanennrr 2 12 22 Ee 2 15 2 3 Man FNS re 2 19 2 3 1 Input reference Gelechon cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeteeeseeesseeeseeeseeeaes 2 19 e ION NN 2 19 2 3 3 Holdover Freerun mode 2 19 234 lal DIS le Ee WE 2 19 2939 PNAN 2 20 2 3 6 Performance Measurement 2 20 E ef am RENN 2 21 2 3 8 Firmware Download 2 21 25 PN 2 21 24 System DEE TIN ne 2 22 2 4 1 fall
164. October 2013 6 150 Operating amp Provisioning 6 9 6 2 PTP Multicast Configuration The ED EQPT PTPC MCAST TL1 command allows setting the multicast message rates Multicast addresses In MIXED and MULTICAST mode PTP packets are sent to the following addresses according to the transmission protocol Ethernet 224 0 1 129 UDP IP 01 1B 19 00 00 00 TL1 Syntax ED EQPT PTPC MCAST TID PTP 1 A PTP 10 B CTAG PORT 1 2 ANNOUNCE LOG2PERIOD 7 3 SYNC LOG2PERIOD Tvs 3 DELAY_LOG2PERIOD 7 3 Example ED EQPT PTPC MCAST PTP 1 A MYCTAG PORT 1 ANNOUNCE LOG2PERIOD 5 SYNC_LOG2PERIOD 5 DELAY_LOG2PERIOD 5 LOG2PERIOD is 1 2 so if N 5 the message is sent 1 2 32 times per second NOTE the current version of TCC PTP can accept values between 3 and 6 The Multicast configuration can be retrieved with the command RTRV EQPT PTPC MCAST TL1 Syntax RTRV EQPT PTPC MCAST TID PTP 1 A PTP 10 B CTAG PORT 1 2 Example RTRV EQPT PTPC MCAST PTP 1 A MYCTAG PORT 1 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 151 Operating amp Provisioning Answer TEST 1105 15 15 17 5352 M a COMPLD PTPC 2 A PORT 1 ANNOUNCE LOG2PERIOD 1 SYNC_LOG2PERIOD 5 DELAY LOG2PERIOD 5 7 Parameters descriptions Default Di Possible configurations Description Remarks PTP 1 A PTP 10 B ANNOUNCE LO Used by the Best Master G2PERIOD Clock Algorithm for master election
165. PS phase as close as possible to the UTC time E g for 60m 10m of LMR 400 cable the PPS offset would be 70 x 3 92 274 ns Add 10ns when a GNSS in line amplifier is mounted along the cable J Note The offset must be negative when setting the PPS delay from the Antenna e g 274 ns as it is an anticipation of the GNSS receiver clock of the time received on the GNSS antenna Changing the PPS offset affecst the PPS output only The GNSS card indicates an alarm during a few seconds Administrative State Like the Input Lines the GNSS input lines can be e Enabled to activate the selection and qualify the line e Monitored to allow the performance measurement of the line but ignoring it within the Input selection e Disabled to deactivate the line OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 96 Operating amp Provisioning Indoor In Urban Canyon locations the GNSS can be set as Indoor mode to operate with only one GNSS satellite tracked The user must set manually the GNSS position latitude longitude and altitude when using the Indoor mode Elevation To avoid receiving bad GNSS signal from reflection an elevation mask can be set to decrease the reception angle of the antenna SCH GNSS Antenna Forced The GNSS card can generate a user defined SSM quality for input selection in SSM mode When the Forced mode is not enabled the SSM quality supplied are the following e PRC when the GNSS sig
166. PWR DESCRIPTION Status e RED Solid The POWER Card is not fed with POWER e GREEN Solid POWER supplied correctly Table 2 12 Power Card PWR LED Description A Note e For detailed POWER cards LED status description refer to section 8 2 1 e Specifications of the fuses are described in 0 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 59 Product Overview 2 5 12 2 LOCAL COMM Port This is a RS 232 serial port SUB D 9p for local management purpose second one is located on the MANAGEMENT Connectors Tile above the card range see section 2 5 16 3 Both connectors can be used simultaneously DIN DESCRIPTION 5 2 9 5 SE 109 6 male Table 2 13 RS 232 Local COMM Port Connector Description Note e In TL1 commands this port is named RS FRONT 2 5 12 3 Main Features The POWER cards are designed to provide the following functions e Distribute the power into all cards e Present main fuses on front panel e POWER A card has a switch for LED test e POWER B has serial RS 232C connector for local management e POWER B card stores the network parameters OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 60 Product Overview 2 5 13 Connectors Panel Layout OUTPUTS ASYM Ol 1 h tt 1 10 SYM z ei E SB o o 11 20 SYM i 4 11 20 SYM G O 7 NI ANTENNA o 5 10 15 G j GPS2 r 7 Cards or Slots CR Power A
167. S LED is als OFF Table 8 3 GNSS Card Troubleshooting visible LEDs OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 12 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Le 2 1 4 ss amp Holdover Card THC LED Description STATUS a The card is working correctly No action needed RED The card is currently not working or not During the power up sequence the LED can delivering a qualified signal remain red for a while depending on the internal oscillator If the LED stays in this status longer it means that the card is defective and should be returned for repair RED Flashing The firmware version installed in the card does Download the correct firmware in the card not correspond or is outdated compared the with the command ACT DNLD after rest of the shelf version verified that the firmware is in the MAC card ORANGE A new card s firmware is being downloaded No action needed C E Dead no power is supplied to the card Test the THC s fuse and replace it if necessary or return the card for repair HOLDOVER en RUN condition if after the warmup If this situation was expected no action are mode the OSA 5548C is not connected to needed otherwise follow the next input reference signal 1 Check that the INC cards are plugged HOLDOVER condition when the OSA 5548C properly has lost all its input references Verify that the INC cards have no alarms Verify that at least one input reference is connected and configured correctly
168. S cards can be inserted in the OSA 5548C to get an additional PRS quality input line when GPS cards are locked on GPS signal The 5548C allows various properties on GPS input e GPS Card State To retrieve the GPS cards operation status e GPS Input Properties To retrieve the GPS Input properties configuration e GPS Position To retrieve the current GPS position e GPS Time To retrieve the GPS time GPS Card GPS Group State This section explains how to retrieve the state of the GPS group A Important Note The command response refers to the INC group status and not to individual GPS card status Input Syntax RTRV EQPT GPSC ctag Example RITRV EOPT GPSC i e iMYGTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M Clag COMP LD opstate SSM ssm PERF perf SYS_MODE sys_mode OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 82 Operating amp Provisioning name configurations parameters OPSTATE EMPTY OK There are different INC group states EXCTRACTED EMPTY The group slots are empty INIT EXTRACTED The group has been DOWNLOAD extracted from their respective slots OK ALARM INIT The group is being restarted DEGRADED DOWNLOAD The group firmware is TESTERROR being downloaded DEAD OK The group is running correctly ALARM The group is in alarm DEGRADED The firmware version is not the same as the rest of the shelf TESTERROR Invalid testing date DEAD The MAC grou
169. SA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7233 Commissioning 7 3 9 Testing Alarm Levels This section is the procedure to test each alarm level such as Minor Major and Critical 7 3 9 1 STEP 1 Minor Alarm MN ACTION Enable an input line to a port which is not connected with an input reference signal or set a wrong input signal type with the following command ED EQPT IL 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 CTAG INPUT E1 1 E1 2 E1 3 E1 4 FREQ 1 FREQ 2 FREQ 3 FREQ 4 ADM STATE ENABLED It is also possible to remove or deactivate an input signal Check that the MAC card shows a Minor alarm MN Check that the minor alarm is reported after sending the following command RTRV ALM ALL CTAG Procedure 7 33 Minor Alarm MN Test 7 3 9 2 Major Alarm MJ STEP 1 2 3 ACTION Remove any card from its slot Check that the MAC card shows a Major alarm MJ Check that the major alarm is reported after sending the following command RTRV ALM ALL CTAG Procedure 7 34 Major Alarm MJ Test OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 34 Commissioning 7 3 9 3 Critical Alarm CR STEP ACTION 1 Remove a protected pair of cards from its slot or leave a group of card e g INC empty a Check that the MAC card shows a Critical alarm CR 3 Check that the critical alarm is reported after sending the following command RTRV ALM ALL CTAG Procedure 7 35 Critical Alar
170. SGC cards treat the signal received from the THC s or directly from the INC Group when it is in pass through operation mode and distribute it independently as the following signal types e E1 option 1 amp 2 2 048 MHz 1 PPS amp 10MHz to each OUC group e E1 2 048 MHz and 1 PPS for expansion shelves LINK A amp B on the management connector tile e 1 PPS for the PPS output BNC connectors 1 amp 2 on the management connector tile 2 Note The distributed PPS signal is synchronized to the UTC Universal Coordinated Time only when at least one GPS Input card is locked to GPS SSM state and SSM output properties Parameters generated Configuration SSM Enable or disable OQL SSM Output quality level Note 7 The OQL parameter is the SSM status supplied on all E1 output ports OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 124 Operating amp Provisioning Properties of the signal generated for OUCs NTP PIP Parameters generated Configuration E1 Option 1 status OK if everything is running fine E1 Option 2 status Failure if any problem 2 048 MHz status Squelch if the system has cut the signal 10 MHz status Passthrough if the system is in Pass through PPS Timing mode PPS General Not yet available a Note PPS General is for internal OSA 5548C SSU use only i e to make the LEDs blink Properties of the signal generated for expansion shelves LINK A amp LINK B Parameters genera
171. SMs and quality levels are shown in the following table Quality SC SSM PRC Primary Reference G 811 PRC 0010 Clock SSU A Primary level SSU G 812 Type or V 0100 SSU B Second level SSU G 812 Type VI 1000 G 813 SDH Equipment SDH Equipment Clock Clock Option I 1011 When a SSM code was FAILED previously received and suddenly XXXX not anymore SSM quality unknown Any SSM UNKNOWN code combinaison which is not XXXX listed in the column on the right Table 6 17 SSM amp Quality Levels OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 160 Operating amp Provisioning 6 10 2 SSM Configuration In this section it is explained how to set the OSA 5548C to work with SSM A Note To retrieve current SSM quality supplied by the 5548C s E1 outputs refer to refer to the TL1 Command List document 6 10 2 1 Turn SSM On or Off Using TL1 The following TL1 command will turn on the SSM function in the whole OSA 5548C SSU Input Syntax SET SSM ctag ON To turn off the SSM simply send this below command Input Syntax SET SSM ctag OFF Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt SSM gt Then Select SSM Enabled or SSM Disabled according to your needs 6 10 2 2 Input Line with SSM Quality Forced When connecting an input which does not carry any SSM quality status it is possible to force the SSM quality level in order to be transmitted through the OSA 5548C SSU Ex
172. SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 10 Product Overview 2 2 1 5 Mobile Networks GSM and UMTS networks consist of a Radio Access Network and a Core Network The Core Network consists mainly of switches and routers dedicated to mobile traffic called Mobile Switching Centers MSC and Serving GPRS Service Nodes SGSN respectively Base Stations are connected to the MSCs and SGSNs via another type of network element called Base Station Controller BSC in GSM and Radio Network Controller RNC in UMTS MSC SGSN BSC and RNS have exactly the same synchronization needs as ordinary digital telephony switches see above This means that their synchronization must be traceable to a PRC compliant with ITU T Rec G 811 Sites containing any of these types of network elements are equipped with SSUs in order to provide holdover protection in case of failures causing the loss of PRC traceability 2 2 1 6 Next Generation Networks In Next Generation Networks NGN traffic generated by all service types consist of IP packets or less frequently ATM cells IP routers forward IP packets asynchronously Nevertheless large IP routers usually feature among other port types synchronous SDH and SONET ports This means that packets are routed asynchronously and then transported over synchronous physical layer signals Multi Service Provisioning Platforms or MSPPs interconnect both synchronous and asynchronous networks by providing both synchronou
173. Send the following command selecting the corresponding slot DLT EQPT INC 1 A INC 1 B GPS A GPS B THC A THC B SGC A SGC B 0UC 1 A OUC 3 B MAC A MAC B CTAG 3 Verify then that no alarms are reported by the slots deleted sending the following command RTRV ALM INC INC 1 GPS THC SGC OUC OUC 1 OUC 3 MAC ALL CTAG Procedure 7 9 Disabling Empty unused Slots OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 13 Commissioning 7 2 0 Input Lines 7 2 7 1 STEP 1 2 E1 Input Line Configuration ACTION Check the E1 port where the input line IL you want to configure is connected Configure the connector E1_1 to E1 4 required to attribute to any of the 4 possible input lines between 1 1 and 1 4 sending the following command ED EQPT IL input_line CTAG INPUT E1_connector Example ED EQPT IL 1 1 MYCTAG INPUT E1_1 Configure the administration state of the line Enabled to allow the 5548C to use it Disable to deactivate the line Monitored to allow the OSA 5548C to measure performance without using it ED EOPT IL input line CTAG ADM STATE ENABLED DISABLED MONITORED Configure the connection type made on the E1 connector Bridged or Terminated with the following command ED EQPT IL input_line CTAG TERMINATION TERMINATED BRIDGED Configure the code AMI HDB3 used in the E1 signal with following command ED EQPT IL input_line CTAG CODE AMI HD
174. Shelf is powered by redundant IAN ower Sources with Hazardous Di e CH ources before repla 2 grounding studs GND Figure 2 41 Power Connector Tile A Note e For detailed Connection instructions refer to section 4 3 3 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 63 Product Overview 2 5 16 MANAGEMENT Tile The Management tile provides ports for Local and Remote management to link expansion shelves to connect Internal and External alarms and to supply 1 PPS It is located in position A26 on the top range of the shelf External Alarm Inputs ALARM OUT GROUP 1 EXT ALARM INPUTS Output Alarm Group 1 Link to Expansion shelves ALARM OUT GROUP 2 Q o D D Q D Q D o O D Q D OO Oo OO Oo Oo 00 Op oo oo po Oo o oo oO OO Oo Oo Oo Oo 0000 Output Alarm Group 2 Local RS 232 Ethernet LAN Management port management port PPS Outputs UTC synchronised when GPS locked Oscilloquartz restricted access for test purpose MASTER or EXPANSION address Rotary Switch Figure 2 42 Management Connectors Tile Note 4 e For detailed Connection instructions concerning o PPS outputs refer to section 4 5 2 6 o IN OUT Alarms connectors refer to section 4 6 o Communication ports refer to section 4 7 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 64 Product Overview 2 5 16 1 EXPANSION LINK Connectors Expansion Link SUB D 25p female
175. TP The TCC NTP card is a NTP server RFC1305 which provides a reliable and easy synchronization of Ethernet TCP IP network A TCC NTP card can be inserted in any of the OUC group which makes therefore the OSA 5548C SSU able to provide up to 3 NTP ports Its own base time and its algorithm guarantee a high level accuracy when the GPS card is tracked High security level 64 bits RSA MD5 encryption leap time protection high stability time base The OSA 5548C SSU offers the following possibilities of TCC NTP card management e from the 5548C management system while blocking access from individual NTP port The TCC NTP has autonomy to provide a stable output time code even when external synchronization is lost by using the THC cards as clock reference 2 4 9 3 Time Code Card PTP TCC PTP The TCC PTP card is a PTP server IEEE 1588 which provides a reliable and easy synchronization of Ethernet and TCP IP networks The TCC PTP card is a PTP master The card provides through the Ethernet connector SFP short time messages to slaves typically 8 to 64 per second Packets may be Sync Follow up Delay request and Delay response as specified by IEEE 1588v2 Accurate measurement and time stamping of these messages allow slaves to recover the master clock with a nanosecond resolution TCC PTP cards can be inserted in any OUC slot which therefore allows the OSA 5548C SSU E60 to host up to 6 PTP ports When the 5548C GPS card is trac
176. To retrieve the list of Tracked satellites send the following command Input Syntax RTRV EQPT GNSS TSAT aid ctag Example RTRV EQPT GNSS TSAT 1 MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M otag COMPLD aid SAT_ID sat_id 1 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 104 Operating amp Provisioning Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters VISIBLE Number of available satellites TRACKED 0 24 10 Number of tracked satellites Specify the Satellite number SAT ID 1 32 37 69 Identification number of satellite ELEVATION 5 90 Elevation angle of the satellite in degrees BEARING 10 389 Polar Coordinate in degrees available on tracked satellites HEALTH NO ALMANAC Satellite s health Satellite must UNHEALTHY be healthy to be tracked HEALTHY Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Inputs gt GPS Input gt Details gt Satellites tab General Position Satellites Number of Visible Satellites 0 Number of Tracked Satellites 0 25 143 42 HEALTHY YES 33 D 39 HEALTHY YES a1 d HEALTHY YES 38 3 HEALTHY YES 65 16 l HEALTHY WES 17 22 HEALTHY YES 29 A V HEALTHY YES 21 gt i HEALTHY YES name configurations ID I i29 Identification number of satellite ELEVATION Elevation angle of the satellite in degrees BEARING 0 359 Polar Coordinate in degrees SNR S
177. U E60 Bie Ven Alarms Configuration Help A AR ee Ee History Alarms ATag Equipment Part Severity Description welt NN i o on ee A Note Refer to the SyncView manual for EventViewer description and use 6 11 4 3 Erasing the Alarm History Should it is needed to clear the complete alarm amp event history stored in the OSA 5548C the following TL1 command is required Input Syntax ENII ALM HISTi fict ag OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 184 Operating amp Provisioning 6 11 5 Autonomous Messages 6 11 5 1 Message Types An autonomous message is information spontaneously sent by the OSA 5548C SSU when something happens in the system The following types of autonomous messages are available e Alarm message ALM Message sent as soon as an alarm is detected in the shelf e Event message EVT Message sent as soon as an event is detected in the shelf e Performance message PM This message reports the performances being measured e Switching message SW This message is reported when an active card typically card A has switched to a standby card i e INC 1 A to INC 1 B 6 11 5 2 Alarm Code Parameters in Autonomous Alarm Messages almcde When receiving automatic alarm messages a couple of characters are written at the beginning of the message this is called almcde Example of autonomous alarm message MAC ACK 118 29 01 00 36 43 2784 REPT ALM SGC ML BOPT 6h
178. WM He D o AN s D e D a a e at a ie k i Feed D e c Ai S p e Se Fd De a P r np WW a P a Amt e D e e D H Ze FI z D e Dal a a Le E e P e ml P s e Fa DH n e H e E e H AN e GO P 11 20 SYM DE ree ieva ark Harris Ta brara ltd a ee l v raver pn bar sete veganer Ee sech Aa Ei i j e DT er j Lo a e I o ar e Go Ge GC es Gol CG es KE Kb KSE pi VW Se KN Mer US L 1 I a L 4 E Ss Ki E Cees Cee Yttri 3 en Ten 18 18 Te St AS AQ A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 Alb A17 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 29 4 7 1 1 RS 232 AT Link serial cable AT LINK or Null Modem Cable with two ends SUB D 9p Female SUB D 9p Female on SUB D 9p Female on EE end _ end Figure 4 17 AT LINK Serial Cable drawing J Note Equipment Installation This cable can be ordered See Ordering information section Should the computer or laptop only have USB ports use a universal USB to RS 232 adapter OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 30 Equipment Installation 4 7 2 Ethernet LAN Connection The OSA 5548C SSU allows communicating with via an Ethernet network for remote management A RJ 45 port is located on the management tile Connector specifications Label LAN comm Type RJ 45 Cable type 100 Base T Category 5 A24 A25 A26 SUTPUTS ASYM O LINK fi ON CG
179. ammable threshold OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 20 Product Overview 2 3 7 Redundancy Each individual card can be protected one for one by inserting an adjacent protection card except for the Management Card The insertion of protection card does not require any type of configuration The newly inserted card will automatically get the configuration of the card already inserted in the same group 2 3 8 Firmware Download The OSA 5548C SSU incorporates a FTP File Transfer Protocol client which allows upgrading every single card remotely When a card firmware is different than the whole shelf release the system automatically informs the user Then the user can easily upgrade the card in question in two clicks via the management software Thus the OSA 5548C SSU always insures that all cards firmware matches together and provide easy and comfortable release management 2 3 9 TL1 Protocol The OSA 5548C SSU uses the TL1 Transaction Language 1 protocol to communicate TL1 was defined in the 80 s by Bellcore now Telcordia and is the dominant management protocol for controlling telecommunications networks in North America China and other parts of the world The TL1 protocol consists of a set of ASCII messages or instructions that a terminal emulator the SyncTerminal and the SyncView PLUS use to handle the OSA 5548C SSU functions OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 20
180. ample Example Optional parameters or command Two tid types exist e The parameters defined by variable i e VARIABLE PARAMETER can be ignored and not typed in the command e The single parameter must be located by its position in the command i e to set the PARAMETER2 in the following series PARAMETER 1 PARAMETER2 PARAMETER3 It should be written with nothing at its position such as follow PARAMETER1 PARAMETER3 se a a a aa autonomous message List of logical values between the first and o the last written value a parameter name IL 2 1 Termination of a command RTRV PRO ctag Separation between blocks RTRV PRO ctag Separation between the variable and its SSM OFF value or parameter Text description VCONDESCRV Table 6 1 TL1 Command Format Types Verbs used in the TL1 command block OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 5 Operating amp Provisioning Abbreviation Description Example ED Editing a function or parameter ED EQPT MAC DER Operating a function or command OPR LEDS Table 6 2 TL1 Command Block Verbs 6 2 1 4 Autonomous Message An autonomous answer is sent by the OSA 5548C when something occurs in the shelf such as an event or an alarm Example of autonomous alarm message MAC ACK 118 29 01 00 36 43 2784 REPT ALM SGC IMI ROPT 5A 2005 29 01 00 36 423 NA Output FeilJure Alarm i Critical Al
181. ample In the application of a PRC frequency input line i e 10MHz which cannot carry SSM messages it is possible to force SSM input quality level such as the PRC A Note Read section Input connector to Input Line IL description 6 5 to understand the concept of cross connection of input lines to physical input port and to retrieve the current configuration OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 161 Operating amp Provisioning Using TL1 The following command is required to check what the current status is Many parameters will be returned these pertinent instructions are highlighted in blue and boldface type below Input Syntax RTRV EQPT IL aid ctag Example RTRV EQPT IL 1 3 MYCTAG The response is formatted as shown below Output Syntax sid date time M Ctag COMPLD aid opstate ssm INPUT input ADM STATE adm state TERM term CODE code WTR wtr FRCD fred FREO freq TAG tag r To force the SSM quality in the line insert the SSM quality into the parameter FRCD the other ones are just necessary to configure correct frame and code to transmit the SSM Input Syntax ED EOPI ILs na tag FRLD Fred Example ED EQPT IL 1 2 MYCTAG FRCD SSU_A name configurations parameters 1 4 ALL This is the input line abbreviation The first digit is the INC group number and the second digit is the input number 1 1 2 3 4 SSM PRC SSU A SSU B NONE This is
182. and is required to retrieve the current active alarms Input Syntax RTRV ALM aid ctag Example RTRV ALM THC MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLP aid ntfencde condtype srveff ocrdat ocrtm locn dirn I tmper conddescr aiddet obsdbhvr exptdbhvr dgntype t blisit OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 176 Operating amp Provisioning Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters INC 1 INC Cards from which the active GPS THC SGC alarms are requested OUC 1 OUC 10 OUC MAC ALL NTFCNCDE CR MJ MN NA NULL Notification code associated with the alarm conditions being retrieved CONDTYPE CONDTYPE NULL Type of alarm condition SRVEFF SA NSA NULL Effect on service caused by the alarm SA Service Affecting NSA on Service Affecting 12 31 occurred occurred condition is reported NA relative to the identified entity TMPER NULL Accumulation time period for PM Performance Measurement fein a CONDDESCR CONDDESCR NULL Detailed text description of the trouble Limited to 64 characters enclosed within escaped quotes Me NULL Supplementary equipment identification used to identify the location of the reported W NULL Observed behavior that resulted in this reported trouble Limited to 512 characters enclosed within escaped quotes EXPTDBHVR NULL Ex
183. anennnennannnnnen 4 23 Figure 4 10 Output Connectors Hi ANEN 4 23 Figure 4 11 Alarms Management Tile c ccc ccccc cece cece eeeceeeee ees eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeesaeeseeesaeeseeesaeeas 4 24 Figure 4 12 External Input Alarm Connector cccccccceececeeeceeeeceeeceeeeceeeeeeeeseeesaeeeseeseeeseeeees 4 25 Figure 4 13 External Input Alarm Application cccccccccccsecceeceeeeeeteecaeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseenseeeeees 4 25 Figure 4 14 Output Alarm Connection cccccccccecceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeseneess 4 27 Figure 4 15 Output Alarm Application BE 4 28 Figure 4 16 Communication Port Location arrrranernnennnnrnnnrnranennnrnnannnanennnnnnnnennanennnennannnnnennnsen 4 29 Figure 4 17 AT LINK Serial Cable drawmg 4 30 Figure 4 18 LAN Comm Port Location ixccctscniccerasicewsscnasevsanducanctiseseudnaeedensedonteacesedeseuecnetientuatseaswace 4 31 Figure 5 1 Power Card Tum up 5 5 Figure 5 2 Management Card Tum 0up 5 6 Fure Stee e 0 TUUDI E 5 7 Figure 54 GPS cald D tre DE E 5 8 Figure 5 5 Tracking Holdover Card Tum up 5 9 Figure 5 6 Signal Generator Card Tum up 5 11 Figure 5 1 OutputCard TUM UP EE 5 12 Figure 6 1 Local Comm Port Connechon 6 11 Figure 6 2 SyncTerminal Main Window rorrrrarennnrrnnrrvnrnranennnnnranennnennnnennarnnanennnennanennnennnsennsene 6 23 Figure 6 3 SyncTerminal Short Cut Men 6 24 Figure 6 4 SyncTerminal Short
184. ariation of signal as a function of integration time See also TDEV Unit Interval Underwriter s Laboratories Inc Universal Time Coordinated Wide Area Network Long term non cumulative variations of the significant instants of a digital signal form their ideal positions in time expressed in seconds or in Ul unit interval Wait To Restore time function Crystal X tal Oscillator Fractional Frequency Deviation normalised instantaneous offset from a reference in function of time Document History Document Histor Project N 5548C Document Type User Manual Version English Author OSA Revision P Last Up date 09 10 2013 Creation 28 11 2006 REVISION DATE CORRECTIONS 28 11 2006 Creation A 11 12 2006 Minor page adjustments B 08 02 2007 Add support for GPS card C 15 04 2008 Add connection description for remote panel SUB D Extract GPS Antenna installation information Extract TL1 commands and alarm lists D 19 06 2008 Modify power supply labels Add GPS cards in shelf figures Update output section descriptions E 26 11 2008 Change procedure for Critical Alarm Testing in the Commissioning chapter Update OSA USA office address Update TCC NTP card description F 09 04 2009 Add weights for Management and Remote panels Update EMC norms Update NTP card descriptions and ordering numbers G 18 09 2009 Add and update all aspects of the TCC NTP card Add ordering number for new release SGC card H 03 07 2010
185. arm condition Major Alarm condition Minor Alarm condition A Non alarmed or cleared autonomous message CL or NA OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 6 Operating amp Provisioning 6 2 1 5 Response message A response message is always sent back after sending a command to the OSA 5548C Example of response message SID DATE TIME M CTAG RESPONSE CODE DENY ERROR MESSAGE M M Indicates that it is a response message RESPONSE CODE This is the status of the commend sent The below parameters can be answered e COMPLD The command has been sent and received correctly the response of the of the message can be shown in the MESSAGE e DENY An error occurred after sending the command The error code is shown in DENY ERROR and the description of the error is shown in MESSAGE Refer to the section 6 2 1 6 for DENY ERROR messages e PRTL The command has partially passed The error code is shown in DENY ERROR and the description of the error is shown in MESSAGE Refer to the section 6 2 1 6 for PRTL ERROR messages 6 2 1 6 DENY or PRTL Errors Command Sending Errors Response DENY See DZ PEY Message Description Acton DENY baus error hun error Resend the command and hm i if it redoes the same PRTL hosel emeng Time out Time until receiving Check the conection to the occurred an answer from the 5548C shelf has Dome active as m
186. at deg min frac min long deg min frac min alt Example ED EQPT FPOS ctag lat deg min frac min long deg min frac min alt Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters INDOOR ON OFF OFF Enable the GPS to track only one satellite instead of four In that case a fixed position must be programmed N S 0 90 T NS IN Lattitude 0 Degrees gt O Minutes gt FRAC MIN 9999 0 Fraction of minute 0 0 DEG 10 90 10 Degrees S MN 10 89 In Minutes S FRAC MIN 1 0 9999 O Fractionofminue ALT 1999 18000 O Altitude in meters OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 88 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Inputs gt GPS Input gt Details gt Position tab Indoor Mode activation Latitude N 46 594919 Longitude Ee 548015 Altitude 514 Fixed Position Degree Min Fraction of minute Min Fraction of minute Longitude JE b Sf af 4 ort ESE TES SS 8 nt aaa _ CH Position of GPS Antenna location 6 6 3 3 Retrieving Visible and Tracked Satellites Using TL1 To retrieve the number of available visible and tracked satellites send the following command Inout Syntax KRIRV EOPI GPS ILS L ag Example RTRV EQPT GPS MYCTAG OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 89 Operating amp Provisioning The response is formatte
187. ates 0 Data transmitted Encoded by HDB3 Alternate Mark Inversion AMI 0000 000V three 0 and a violation 0000 0000 BOOV BOOV Examples of HDB3 encoding Example 1 Binary codes combination 1 000011 0 is encoded by HDB3 in 0 0 0 V 0 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 73 Operating amp Provisioning Exemple 2 Binary codes combination 10100000313100003131000 0 0 0 is encoded in HDB3 in 0 000v0 B00v B00v070 Note Le To retrieve current IL configuration refer to refer to the TL1 Command List document Read section Input connector to Input Line IL description to understand the concept of cross conection of input lines to physical input ports U sing TL1 Input Syntax ED EQPT IL aid ctag CODE code Example ED EQPT IL 1 3 MYCTAG CODE HDB3 Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters This is the input line abbreviation The first digit is the group number and the second digit is the input number 1 1 2 3 4 CODE HDB3 AMI HDB3 Code type of the E1 signal Using SynManager Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Input 1 4 gt Code OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 74 Operating amp Provisioning 6 5 4 5 Configuration of OOF CRC 4 BPV CV Alarm Detection The 5548C has the capability to detect different alarms related to E1 signal There is also the capab
188. ation OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 174 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Elements gt MAC gt Alarm Open the Physical or Logical View gt ajarme Fscalation A16 From DB mm m escalation l Alarm Escalation Set ON to enable the alar escalation function and then configure a time between 6 and 48 hous 6 11 2 Retrieving Current Active Alarms with Software This section explains how to retrieve current active Alarms Reported by the shelf and the syntax A Note For retrieving all the alarms and events refer to section 6 11 4 There are many parameters in response of the TL1 command to retrieve the active alarms which are described below e Element on which the alarm status is requested AID The Cards Group s current active alarms as well as alarms from the entire shelf e Notification Code NTFCNCDE This is the alarm severity associated to the alarm Critical Major Minor or Non Alarmed e Condition Type CONDTYPE This is the type of the alarm condition which is written as an alarm abbreviation i e LOS for Loss Of Signal e Service Effect SRVEFF This parameter reports whether the service is affected SA or not NSA e Location LOCN This parameter indicates the location of alarm If the alarm concerns the card itself the response is called NEAR END NEND and if the alarm occurs on a distant device that is connected to the card i
189. ation as far as possible from any sources of electrical noise e Power supply with dual 48 VDC with breakers e Battery Distribution Fuse Bay BDFB maximum rating 10A e Ground connection e For environmental specifications please refer to the chapter 9 3 3 ElectroMagnetic Interference EMI Prevention Electromagnetic interferences EMI from any equipment can affect the normal operation of other equipments To prevent such interferences with other equipments the OSA 5548C must be installed as per described below All cables connected to the OSA 5548C should be shielded cables with drain wires connected to the rack ground Follow your company procedures for shield grounding The screws on all cable connectors must be correctly fastened to their corresponding connectors During 5548C operation there must be a card or blank panel installed in every slot and tile position The locking screws on every card and tile should be correctly tightened OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 3 3 Pre Installation Considerations On GPS antenna BNC connector where no GPS antenna cable is connected to a BNC caps must be mounted on AN CAUTION Use only shielded cabling on all telecom signals wiring including input output management and Ethernet connections Ensure that connections are properly grounded 3 4 Rack Preparation 3 4 1 Shelf Preparation Consider the following size to install the OSA 5548C SSU E60
190. avoid reporting alarms about it In cooperation with the THC group the GNSS can also disqualify its input reference if it crosses a user defined Performance Threshold The GNSS group delivers one input signal to the THC group It provides also a clock to the SGC group in case of Pass through mode when both THC cards are removed or being in warm up or failure As soon as the GNSS card is powered it starts researching and acquiring GNSS satellites This sequence should last 8 minutes Then the GNSS internal filtering system enters in pre tracking phase for 200s Thereafter the GNSS card is able to provide its signal to the rest of the shelf OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 39 2 5 5 4 GNSS Block Diagram Product Overview Antenna GNSS Engine a OCXO gt lt Internal Communication Bus gt Phase Measurement system Micro k processor gt 8kHz GPS Reference gt TOD PPS IN Dr RJ 45 connector front panel gt 2 048MHz GPS Reference gt gt PPS Reference gt gt GNSS Pass through gt zm zm zm gt l e Gh as LL ss sc gt NTP ToD PPS OUT VR RENE Pear SC Power p 2V 5 Supply 3V3 gt 5V 48V gt Figure 2 25 GNSS Card Block Diagram OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 RJ 45 connector front pa
191. ber 2013 3 5 Pre Installation Considerations 3 4 2 Remote Panel Preparation The BNC Remote panel can be installed anywhere in the same Rack of the shelf ei OUTPUTS e OUTPUTS o o olo o o olo ooo o Oo olo oo olo ooo o O O oloo o olo ooo o Oo olo ooo olo ooo 6 olo o 6 ol 666 L TEE E HEHE m OUT 11 20 OUT 11 20 OUTPUTS e 174mm 533mm ETSI or 483mm 19 Figure 3 2 Remote BNC panel Front View 449mm 20111 Figure 3 3 Remote BNC panel Top View OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 3 6 Pre Installation Considerations 3 4 3 Power supply cables AN CAUTION Power voltage must be between 40VDC minimum and 60VDC maximum e DC power supply recommended minimum cable size 2mm e Ground recommended minimum cable size 2mm 3 5 GPS Antenna Mounting Please refer to the GNSS Antenna amp Accessories Installation Guide For detailed information concerning the necessary precaution to undertake AN CAUTION The installation guide must be carefully read prior connecting GPS antenna cable and antenna to the OSA 5548C OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 3 7 Pre Installation Considerations This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 3 8 Equipment Installation Chapter 4 Equipment Installation Including Overview Unpacking Rac
192. by the introduction of a second card in the adjacent slot OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 24 Product Overview 2 4 9 G OUtput Section The OSA 5548C can distribute different type of Time amp Frequency Services from its OUC slots such as below e E1 2 048MHz e NTP e TCC PTP e E1 retiming 2 4 9 1 OUtput Card OUC The OSA 5548C can be configured with up to 3 OUC groups Each one distributes twenty output signal references Each card can be protected by the insertion of a redundant card for a maximum of 60 output signals Protected or Unprotected The output connector tile provides 20 output ports divided in 2 groups of 10 outputs which can be configured in e 2 048MHz according to ITU T G 703 13 e E1 configuration nr 1 according to ITU T G 703 9 e E1 configuration nr 2 according to ITU T G 703 9 The E1 configuration nr 1 and nr 2 are customizable by software and allow the user to e select the code type HDB3 or AMI e enable CRC 4 e configure the Time Slot 16 TS16 structure CCS CAS e configure Sa bits e configure the Idle The OSA 5548C has also the capability to show a SHORTED alarm when it detects short circuit on any of an OUC s Output Lines The user can insert one or two OUC cards in each of the OUC groups depending on protection requirements OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 25 Product Overview 2 4 9 2 Time Code Card NTP TCC N
193. cal 75 ohms option or through a 120 75 ohms adapter Balun for the symmetrical 120 ohms option A Note Contact Oscilloquartz or your local representative for ordering BALUN The GPS antenna cable has to be connected on the BNC GPS inputs detailed in Figure 4 7 A Note Refer to section 9 2 for input signal specifications 4 5 1 2 Cabling a Frequency of 2 048 5 or 10 MHz STEP ACTION 1 Select a connector of your choice among the 4 BNC connectors under the label FREQ 2 Use a coaxial cable 75 ohms with BNC male termination and connect it into the intended connector 3 Check that the cable is tightened correctly into the BNC connector Procedure 4 4 Cabling a Frequency Input Connector OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 14 Equipment Installation 4 5 1 3 Cabling an E1 Input Connector STEP 1 ACTION Select a connector of your choice among the 4 BNC connectors under the label E1 Use a coaxial cable 75 ohms with BNC male termination and connect it into the intended connector Should you have a 120 ohms symmetrical cable use a 120 75 ohm adapter balun Check that the cable is tightened correctly into the BNC connector or onto the BALUN when used Procedure 4 5 Cabling an E1 Input Connector 4 5 1 4 Cabling GPS Antenna This section describes the procedure to connect the antenna cable s to the 5548C A STEP 3 4 IMPORTANT The installation guide m
194. can be RS 232 front and or rear and or Ethernet Ports UAP This parameter is related to the user privileges PAGE Password ageing interval It is the number of days after which the user receives a prompt indicating that it is necessary to change his password PCND This is an intervall signifying the number of days that a user can use the existing password before an update becomes mandatory PCNN This is the number of time before an user must change his password POINT When the user receives a prompt to change his password no old password can be restored unless the POINT interval expires UOUT At the end of the UOUT interval the user account is disabled if the user has never been used to set up a session OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 40 Operating amp Provisioning LSTOI Normally used to set what is accessible to the user This parameter is required by Telcordia GR but not used with the 5548C A Note The parameters in ITALIC are not implemented Oscilloquartz will introduce them upon customer specific security requirements 6 3 6 2 Create a New User Account To create a new user account the following command is required Input Syntax ENI USER SECU aid ctag pid cid uap PAGE page PCND pend PCNN pecnn POINT point UOUT uout LSTOI lLsto1 Example ENT USER SECU USERNAME MYCTAG PASSWORD 8000 amp 8023 amp RS FRONT amp RS REAR X
195. card OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 45 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 4 3 Fuse Location 8 4 3 1 POWER Card Fuse The fuse is located on the front panel of the POWER A amp POWER B cards 8 4 3 2 Single Card Fuse All the cards except POWER A amp POWER B have their fuse at the same place as shown here below LOCATING TEETH DIN CONNECTOR SERIAL NUMBER FRONT PANEL FUSE CARD ABBREVIATION amp ARTICLE NUMBER BAIL HANDLE LOCKING SCREWS Figure 8 2 Single Card Fuse Location OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 46 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 4 4 Fuse Replacement Procedure 8 4 4 1 STEP 1 2 POWER Cards Fuse ACTION Unscrew the fuse with a flat screwdriver doing a 4 CCW turn rotation Pull out the fuse from its holder socket Remove the fuse from the black fuse holder Measure the fuse resistance with an ohmmeter and check that the value is infinite If the resistance is at 0 ohms the fuse is not the cause of the trouble you should check the power fed If necessary replace the fuse with a new one Insert it in the black fuse holder Insert the fuse in its holder socket on the POWER card Screw it doing CW turn rotation Check that the POWER card LED lights in Green If it is not the case measure the power feed Procedure 8 5 Power Card Fuse Replacement OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013
196. ch stores an unlimited number of alarms and events OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 181 Operating amp Provisioning 6 11 4 2 Retrieving the Alarm History The parameters in the response of the TL1 command to retrieve the active alarms are the following Element on which the alarm status is requested AID The Cards Group s historic of alarms and events as well as historic of alarms and events from the entire shelf Notification Code NTFCNCDE This is the alarm severity associated to the alarm Critical Major Minor or Non Applicable Condition Type CONDTYPE This is the type of the alarm condition which is written as an alarm abbreviation i e LOS for Loss Of Signal Service Effect SRVEFF This parameter inform if the service is affected SA or not NSA Automatic message TAG ATAG Unique identifier of the set message It is an integer number called Autonomous message TAG ATAG Occurrence Date OCRDATE This is the date when the event alarm occurred Occurrence Time OCRTM This is the time when the event alarm occurred ATAG for the Cleared Alarm CLRATAG Once the alarm cleared the 5548C generates a unique identifier number called the Autonomous message TAG ATAG Date of the Cleared Alarm CLRDAT This is the date when the alarm has been cleared Time of the Cleared Alarm CLRTM This is the time when the alarm has been cleared Condition Description CONDESCR Thi
197. chronization To UTC Universal Time Coordinate when at least one GPS cards is locked on GPS satellites Table 9 5 Output Specifications 9 5 1 NTP Connector 1x Ethernet TCP IP RJ 45 connector 10 or 100 Base T on NTP connector tiles Label NTP PORT Ports Up to 3 Configuration Up to 3 TCC NTP cards NTP RFC 1305 Version 3 SNTP RFC 4330 Version 4 Precision 25us when locked to GPS Management e HTTP e TL1 via common 5548C management system Encryption 64 bits RSA MD5 encryption TCP IP Configuration DHCP Fixed IP Table 9 6 NTP Specifications 9 5 2 PTP Connector SFP cage that can hosts both electrical and optical transceiver Label PTP PORT Ports 1 on front panel Configuration Up to 6 E60 or 20 E200 TCC PTP cards Protocol IEEE 1588 2008 v2 Capability Unicast up to 128pkt s Precision 50ns when locked to GPS Management e SVP e TL1 via common 5548C management system TCP IP Configuration DHCP Fixed IP Table 9 7 PTP Specifications OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 7 Specifications 9 6 Alarms 9 6 1 General Representation On the front side of the shelf on every single card s front panel Visible and audible receivable form a third part device in local with 10 input relays Alarm levels MN MJ CR transmittable remotely with 2x 3 relays NO Normally Opened and NC Normally Closed Alarm levels e CRITICAL MAJOR MINOR Non Alarm condition Alarm
198. cial icons attracting your attention precede important and or critical information in this document Hereafter are explanations of each icon A CAUTION This symbol is extremely important and must not be neglected It precedes information or procedures regarding installation operation or maintenance Follow all steps or procedures as instructed to avoid any damage to equipment or serious personal injury AN ELECTRICAL SHOCK HARZARD This warning symbol is extremely important and must not be neglected It indicates that there are dangerous high voltages present inside the enclosure of this product and precedes important warnings to avoid any risk of fire or electrical shock that could lead to serious personal injury or loss of life IN ESD CAUTION Electrostatic Discharge ESD must be avoided so as not to damage or destroy static sensitive components A Note A note symbol informs the reader that additional information on the related subject is provided in order to simplify a described task suggest other references or even just simplify an explanation R Recommendation Recommendations advise the user on manufacturer tested methods and procedures proven valuable for correct use and optimum equipment results OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 1 4 Introduction 1 3 Safety Instructions IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS DO NOT DISCARD READ BEFORE OPERATING AN GENERAL Exercise extreme care wh
199. cn dir n tmper conddescr name configurations parameters AID INC 1 INC GPS Cards from which the alarms THC SGC OUC conditions are requested 1 0UC 3 OUC MAC ALL Notification code associated with the alarm conditions being retrieved condition is reported NA relative to the identified entity TMPER NULL Accumulation time period for PM Performance Measurement parameters SRVEFF SA NSA NULL Effect on service caused by the alarm SA Service Affecting NSA on Service Affecting 31 occurred occurred CONDDESCR CONDDESCR NULL Detailed text description of the trouble Limited to 64 characters enclosed within escaped quotes Not software configurable OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 180 6 11 4 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View 1 Cleared Time Acknowledged Time Acknowled Comment Cond Type NE Nar emm BEER OOO o S Open the Event Viewer and look at the Active tab A Note Refer to the SyncView manual for EventViewer description and use Alarm History 6 11 4 1 Overview The OSA 5548C SSU can keep up to 256 alarms amp events in its memory for history log purposes Once the memory has reached this number of items it overwrites the old ones to store the new ones as a FIFO First alarm IN First alarm OUT system Should a greater number of historical alarms be required SyncView PLUS software is recommended whi
200. commands for the selected Shelf C Program Files Oscilloquartz SyncT eminal 2 es 5 Select TL1 and press the button with to browse the computer in order to find the corresponding data file dat OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 28 STEP Operating amp Provisioning ACTION 5 cripts y Display N Protocol Select Shelf 1000 E Use MML Protocol Select MML management commands for the selected Shelf Ei Use TL1 Protocol Select TL1 management commands for the selected Shelf C Program Files Oscilloquartz SynecT emm 2 6 Select the corresponding file which should be as shown below TL148CSSU dat and press the button Open fri y Recent Documents 12 Desktop Mu Documents Mu Computer Mu Network Places mmi33C dat mml488 dat mmlsic dat mml5240 dat TL148C dat TL181C dat TL15240 dat fal TL152407T1 dat ARS TL148C55U dat Command description files M Open as read only File name Cancel Files of type 7 Then press OK OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 29 Operating amp Provisioning STEP ACTION 8 1 For prerequisites for local serial RS 232 connection refer to section 6 2 3 and for remote Ethernet connection refer to section 6 2 4 Sync Terminal Press the Connect button Terminal Edit Tools Window For Local RS
201. communication e Ethernet and serial communication management e Ethernet speed setting 10M or 100M e Events and alarms storage and timing e Retaining every card s firmware in its memory e FTP client for firmware upgrade e Remotely software also called firmware upgradeable 2 5 11 3 MAC Block Diagram SS SS RE SS 7 Programmable Logic Devices ct a Al AL input 2 arm AL input 3 3 gt AL input 4 High External AL input 5 alarms AL input 6 AL input 7 AL input 8 gt gt AL input 9 AL input 10 driver DRAM G 8Mb FLASH 16Mb NAND O O g x gt NVRAM 32kb RTC gt gt Foo 5 3 Oo DO SE VU U OO Oo Oo IFI 5 N H C N N 0 Lamp gt AA External Bus OSA 5548C Internal Bus Master apos pd Remote ADDR1 gt Expansion ADDR2 EEE address ADDR3 Micro processor LOCAL MGMT RS232 rear REMOTE MGMT Ethernet DC DC Figure 2 38 MAnagement Card Block Diagram OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 58 Product Overview 2 5 12 POWER A amp POWER B Cards 2 5 12 1 Physical Layout Power supply fuses are located on the front panel for easy access 4 Main FUSES of the shelf mee Use the same type and style fuse LOCAL management RS 232 gt LAMP TEST push button POWER A Card POWER B Card Figure 2 39 Power Cards
202. connectors are necessary to cable expansion shelves The EXPANSION LINK B connector is a redundant protection of the EXPANSION LINK A PIN DESCRIPTION 1 FREQ SGC A 14 GND SGC A 3 E1 SGC A 16 E1 SGC A E1 SGC B GND GND GND GND GND 10 GND 11 NC NC 1 L d IN 12 NC EXTCANL EXTCANH O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O WI female Table 2 15 Expansion Link Connector Description 2 5 16 2 LAN COMM Port This socket is a RJ 45 female type to connect Ethernet LAN for remote management PIN DESCRIPTION IL Table 2 16 LAN COMM Port Connector Description OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 65 Product Overview 2 5 16 3 LOCAL COMM Port This is a RS 232 serial port SUB D 9p male for local management purpose second one is located on the POWER A card on the front of the shelf ON 1 6 OG O O Q O 9 O O 5 male Table 2 17 RS 232 Local COMM Port Connector Description A Note In TL1 commands this port is named RS REAR 2 5 16 4 EXT ALARM INPUTS Connector This SUB D 25 pins male connector provides 10 input alarms capability to connect input alarms from a third party device to be stored and reported by the 5548C DESCRIPTION PIN Severity Non Alarmed Alarm 10 GROUND GND Table 2 18 Ext Alarm Inputs Connector Description OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 66 Produc
203. d as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD opstate ssm PPS OFFSET pps offset ADM STATE adm state INDOOR indoor ELEVATION elevation FRCD frcd VISIBLE visible TRACKED tracked To retrieve the list of Visible satellites send the following command Input Syntax RTRV EQPT VSAT aid ctag Example RTRV EQPT VSAT 1 MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M etag COMP LD aid SAT_ID sat_id ELEVATION elevation BEARING bearing SNR snr HEALTH health To retrieve the list of Tracked satellites send the following command Input Syntax RTRV EQPT TSAT aid ctag Example RIRV EQPT TSAT 1 MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M otag COMPLD aid SAT_ID sat_id 1 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 90 Operating amp Provisioning name configurations parameters 0 12 10 gt VISIBLE l Number of available satellites TRACKED 0 12 O Number of tracked satellites Specify the Satellite number Identification number of satellite ELEVATION 5 90 Elevation angle of the satellite in degrees BEARING 0299 Polar Coordinate in degrees available on tracked satellites HEALTH NO ALMANAC Satellite s health Satellite must UNHEALTHY be healthy to be tracked HEALTHY Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Inputs gt GPS Inp
204. d hence the THC card should be returned for repair after a last unsuccessful firmware initialization 8 2 1 5 mm Generator Card LED Description e e The card is working correctly No action needed The card is currently not working or not During the power up sequence the LED can delivering a valid signal remain red for a short while If the LED stay in this status longer it means that the card is defective and should be returned for repair after a last unsuccessful firmware initialization tentative RED Flashing There is a firmware version error Download the correct firmware in the card with the command ACT DNLD after verified that the firmware is in the MAC card ORANGE A new card s firmware is being downloaded No action needed OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 14 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting um mm vesen ae o KE E OFF Dead no power is supplied to the card Test the SGC s fuse and replace it if necessary or return the card for repair GREEN The E1 signal function and distribution are No action needed working correctly GREEN Flashing The 5548C is in Pass through mode Check the THC cards operation states RED Alarm on at least one of the E1 signal The SGC may be in trouble and should be distributed by the SGC card returned for repair after a last unsuccessful firmware initialization RED Flashing No reference is fed to the SGC to generate E1 Check the upstream cards operation
205. de during THC initialization 3 MAC card initialization does not affect shelf synchronization functions OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 58 Operating amp Provisioning Input Syntax INIT SYS aid ctag restart Example INIT SYS THC A MYCTAG WARM Parameter name Possible configurations Description AID INC 1 A INC 1 B GPS A GPS B Select the card s slot you want to THC A THC B SGC A SGC B set as empty OUC 1 A OUC 3 B MAC A ALL RESTART COLD WARM There are two type of restart COLD is a restart with factory default card s settings WARM is a restart which maintains the current card s settings 6 4 8 Testing all the Cards LEDs There are two ways to test the 5548C SSU s cards LEDs described in the following two sections 6 4 8 1 Physical Lamp Test on the Shelf Physically there is a pushbutton on the POWER A slot A21 card labeled LAMP TEST Figure 6 10 Physical Lamp Test Once the LAMP TEST switch is pressed follow the LAMP TEST sequence in section 6 4 8 3 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 59 Operating amp Provisioning 6 4 8 2 Lamp Test Using Software The following TL1 command will have the same effect as pressing the LAMP TEST switch on the shelf Input Syntax JPR LEDS GOLA Once the LAMP TEST command sent where it is possible to see the shelf physically follow the LAMP TEST sequence in section 6 4 8
206. e 2 If a tile is already fixed unscrew it using a flathead screwdriver 3 Insert the tile slowly into the green printed connector card 4 Verify that the connection has been correctly installed 5 Tighten the four screws of the connector tile Procedure 8 4 Connector Tile Insertion INPUTS FREQ Se O ANTENNA Q GPS 1 I I Ww rf d SZ Figure 8 1 Input Connector Tile Insertion OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Green printed connector card Back connector panel 8 44 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 4 Fuse Replacement 8 4 1 8 4 2 Introduction The power is distributed from the power connector tiles through the POWER A amp B cards which provide a first power security with the fuse positioned on the front panel Then the power is distributed to each single card in the shelf and then is distributed to each single card in the shelf which converts the shelf power to card power Each card has an independent on board fuse Conditions for Replacing the Fuse 8 4 2 1 POWER Card Fuse If the either POWER Cards LED is not lit Green despite correct power applied to the shelf check the front panel shelf fuse 8 4 2 2 Single Card Fuse If a card cannot light its LEDs anymore the fuse might be the cause of such behavior A Note e Fuse specifications and Order Numbers are described in 0 e If the replaced fuse blows again replace the
207. e After download completes the files are stored in the MAC card however cards are not upgraded yet For card upgrading follow the next section Using TL1 The following TL1 command is required to start the download Input Syntax OPR ENLDr 2 oad During the download progress you should receive the following message Output Syntax sid date time M otag IP A Note If it is required to abort the download progression use the following command Input Syntax ABT DNLD itag Once the download is successfully completed the message below is displayed Output Syntax sig date time M ctag COMP LD 7 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 206 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Go to Configuration gt FTP Downloader The main window will show the following Select the Equipment type the available version required to be downloaded and click on the Download Button to execute the download process 5548C TSG 5548C SSU E60 p Select the C 5548C SSU E200 equipment type Select the Firmware file located in the FTP Server List of Firmware contained in the above selected file OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 207 Operating amp Provisioning 6 13 3 3 Installing New Firmware into a Card Once the MAC card receives the downloaded files the user can transfer the file to any card The user can install new firmware in a single card recommend
208. e CRC4 erc4 TS16 tsl6 SA4 sa4 SA5 sa5 SA6 s a6 SA sa7 SA8 sa8 IDLE idle OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 130 Operating amp Provisioning To set any of the two E1 configuration option use the command below Input Syntax ED EQPT SGE aid ctag CODE code CRC4 erc4 TS16 ts16 SA4 sa4 SA5 sa5 SA6 sa6 SA sa7 SA8 sa8 IDLE idle Example ED EQPT SGE El 1 MYCTAG CODE HDB3 CRC4 ON TS16 CAS SA4 SSM SA5 ON SA6 ON SA7 ON SA8 ON IDLE 255 name configurations parameters H This is the configuration E1 1 is EEE me configuration nr 1 and E1 2 the nr 2 CODE HDB3 AMI HDB3 E1 code CRC4 OFF ON CRC 4 generation TS16 CCS CAS Time Slot 16 structure SA4 OFF ON SSM Sad bit ON the Sa bit is OFF ON SSM ON Sa5bit enabled SA6 OFF ON SSM Sa6 bit SSM Configure the SA7 OFF ON SSM ON Sa7 bit Sa bit to carry the IDLE 0 255 Idle code of Time Slots TS 1 to 15 and 17 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 131 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt SGC gt Details Time Slot 16 Code El i Ts16EL1 Code EL Ts 16 E1 2 AM CAS AMI cas CN CCS HDB3 ccs E1 codes 2 sa 2 Sa Bits for E1 1 Sa Bits for EL 2 Sa Bits Idle Code CRC4 E1 2 CRC 4 lde Code Generation Idle code E1 configuration nr 1 E1 configuration nr 2 Possible
209. e detected with the 5548C Table 5 2 MAC Card Turn up Status M 3 sequence one after the other OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 5 6 Turn up Procedure Note If the POWER B card is not inserted or without its fuse or if the shelf cannot retrieve its network parameters IP address and or MAC Address the STATUS LED flashes in red In almost all cases once the POWER B card or its fuse is inserted extract and reinsert the MAC in order to restart it 5 3 3 INC INput Card Figure 5 3 Input Card Turn up Seq STATUS IN1tolN4 gt DESCRIPTION 1 RED Extinguished The status LED should be in RED for a few seconds 2 GREEN GREEN on LED corresponding Different states can be shown a Input Line provisioned and depending on INC group and qualified status of the Input Line RED on LED corresponding to an Input Line not configured correctly or alarmed GREEN Flashing on LED corresponding to an input with a Wait To Restore time currently elapsing ORANGE on LED corresponding to an Input Line currently set as Monitored OFF correspond to a disabled input or if all the LEDs are off it means that this INC card is the stand by one Table 5 3 Input Card Turn up Status OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 5 7 Turn up Procedure 5 3 4 GPS GPS card Al A2 A3 A4 AS A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 Figure 5 4 GPS card T
210. e Br vards 2002 Neuchatel 2 SWITZERLAND Tel 41 32 722 5555 Fax 41 32 722 5556 e mail osa oscilloquartz com OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 51 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 52 Specifications Chapter 9 Specifications Including Communication Input Specification Tracking amp Holdover Performance Measurement PM Outputs Power Supply e Mechanical n General OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 1 Specifications This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 2 9 1 Communication cal communicatio Serial connectors Labels amp location Baud rate Parity bit Stop bits Flow control Language Specifications 2X RS 232C on 9 way D type connector male LOCAL COMM on the front panel of the POWER B card e LOCAL COMM on the Management tile or on the Remote Panel 19200 kbs None 1 None TL1 Remote connector Label amp location Language Protocol Communication ports Simultaneous sessions 1x Ethernet TCP IP RJ 45 connector 10 and 100 Base T e LAN COMM on the Management tile TL1 Raw data or Telnet Up to 25 Up to 5 per each port and 32 max on all ports Table 9 1 Commu
211. e Frequency No action needed signals are distributed correctly RED An alarm has been detected on at least one of 1 Verify that the output lines connected are the 10 outputs 11 to 20 not shorted if you have enabled this alarm detection Measure each output ports and check that the level and shape are correct If the card is protected 1 1 and the second card does not show any alarm it is recommended to return this card for repair OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 849 2 W 8 19 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting um me beseten OUT 11 20 RED Flashing No Frequency signal is received to be During the turn up procedure it is normal to f processed and distributed by the OUC card get such alarm until the shelf is able to provide a valid signal to the OUC cards However if this status remains longer follow this procedure Verify the SGC cards operation and configuration Verify the THC cards operation and configuration Verify the INC cards operation and configuration Verify the input lines configuration Verify the input ports cabling The output line group is not configured as If the description does not correspond to the Frequency or no output tile is installed if the E1 behavior currently shown by the shelf follow LED is also OFF the next 1 Verify that output configuration is correct 2 Verify that Output Tile is present Table 8 6 OUtput Card Troubleshooting visible LEDs OS
212. e Oscilloquartz product described in this book is furnished under a license agreement and may be used only in accordance with the terms of the agreement The contents and information in this document are provided in connection with Oscilloquartz products No license expressed or implied by estoppels or otherwise to any intellectual property rights is granted by this document Except as provided in Oscilloquartz SA s Terms and Conditions of Sale for such products This document is exclusive property of Oscilloquartz SA and may not in whole or in part be copied photocopied reproduced modified translated reduced to any electronic medium or machine readable stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form without prior consent in writing from Oscilloquartz SA Br vards 16 2002 Neuchatel 2 Switzerland Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of this guide However Oscilloquartz SA makes no warranties with respect to this documentation and disclaims any implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose Oscilloquartz SA shall not be liable for any errors or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing performance or use of this manual or the examples herein Oscilloquartz SA may make changes to specifications and product descriptions at any time without notice OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 1 3 Introduction 1 2 Reading Guide Spe
213. e Panel 20xASYM with IDC connector for Remote BNC panel OL 1 10 OUT 11 20 SYM c0o00c0c0o0000 CT H IE SE GG GGG GGG GG geegent H Output Group 2 Output Tile 1 Output Tile 2 p Output Tile 3 3006 O O O O O O O ov O kal OUT 11 El Q Output Conn OG 1 OG 1 OG 2 Output Conn OG2 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Equipment Installation STEP ACTION 1 Install the Remote panel in the rack where the 5548C is located using four screws and their washers 2 Connect the Remote panel to the ground 3 Locate the connector tile corresponding to the group required to cable Refer to the 5548C drawings on Figure 4 8 OUC Groups amp Tiles Location for card and connector tiles slot references 4 Select a connector which will be configured with the signal desired The output port configuration is done by software as described in section 6 9 5 Connect the ribbon cable supplied by Oscilloquartz on the tile s connector required 6 Connect the other end of the ribbon cable on the Remote panel s output tile desired 7 Check that cable is well tightened Procedure 4 9 Cabling the BNC Remote Panel OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 20 Equipment Installation 4 5 2 5 Cabling SUB D 9 Output Port Remote Panel 20x SYMMETRICAL with SUB D 25 pins female 120 ohms OL 1 10 OL 11 20 OL Tip Ring Shield
214. e and Configuration Different output signal types can be supplied by the OSA 5548C SSU through its OUC OUtput Card cards For the output signal type configuration i e 2 048MHz E1 the OSA 5548C SSU has to be configured by software 3 configuration types can be applied to each of the Output Group OG as follow e 2 048MHz according to ITU T G 703 13 e E1 configuration nr 1 according to ITU T G 703 9 e E1 configuration nr 2 according to ITU T G 703 9 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 129 Operating amp Provisioning We E1 configuration nr 1 and nr 2 are customizable by software and allow the user O e select the code type HDB3 or AMI e enable CRC 4 e configure the Time Slot 16 TS16 structure CCS CAS e configure Sa bits e configure the Idle code The next sections describe how to configure the 5548C to supply the Output Signal Required 6 9 4 1 Customization of E1 Configurations nr 1 and nr 2 A Note Only one Sa bit can be configured as SSM AN Warning Do not set an idle code which has very few binary pulses 0x00 0x01 0x10 This configuration can introduce SGC and OUC output alarm Using TL1 To retrieve current setting of the E1 configuration nr 1 and nr 2 use the following command Input Syntax RIRV HOPT SGE saLa tad Example RTRV EQPT SGE E1 1 MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD aid CODE cod
215. e belonging to the DS1 signal Abbreviation for decibel dB referenced to one milliwatt Direct Digital Synthesis Digital Service level 1 1 544 Mbit s signal also called T1 Don t Use for Synchronization Electro Magnetic Compatibility Electro Magnetic Interference Electro Magnetic Pulse The electromagnetic radiation from a nuclear explosion The resulting electric and magnetic fields may couple with electrical electronic systems to produce damaging current and voltage surges EQuiPmenT ElectroStatic Discharge Extended Super Frame A frame type belonging to the DS1 signal OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 V ETSI ITU ITU T Jitter k kg LAN LED LOF LOS M m MAC MADDS MIB MJ Mm MML MN MST MTIE NA or N A Glossary European Telecommunications Standards Institutes EXPansion shelf EXTernal Equipement test protocol to ensure that contractual requirements are met Federal Communications Commission Facilities Data Link First In First Out File Transfer Protocol Giga used to express 1 000 000 000 GrouND termination point on equipment Global Positioning System Generic Requirements Graphical User Interface High Density Bipolar Order 3 Encoding Hertz 1 Hertz equal 1 cycle per second Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers INput INput Card Internet Protocol or In Progress in TL1 autonomous answer International Standards Organization
216. e cannot be selected by the 5548C MONITORED The line is monitored but cannot be selected as reference by the 5548C ENABLED The line is enabled and can be selected by the 5548C TERMINATION TERMINATED TERMINATED Input connector connection type BRIDGED UNK CODE HDB3 AMI HDB3 Code type of the E1 signal WTR DISABLED 1 12 DISABLED This is the delay in minutes before that the 5548C is allowed to select an input line recovered FRCD PRC SSU A NONE This is the forced SSM quality set SSU_B SEC DNU for the corresponding line NONE OOF DETECT DISABLED ENABLED Determine whether an Out Of ENABLED 10 4 10 Frame alarm should be detected 3 10 2 and generated or not 10 4 10 3 or 10 2 corresponds to the alarm detection threshold i e 10E 4 10E 3 or 10E 2 In that case an alarm is produced when false words rate of the total number 4000 during 1s is higher or equal than the selected Threshold OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 66 Operating amp Provisioning Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters C RC4 DETECT DISABLED DISABLED Determine whether an CRC 4 ENABLED 10 4 10 alarm should be detected and 3 10 2 generated or not 10 4 10 3 amp 10 2 corresponds to the alarm detection threshold i e 10E 4 10E 3 or 10E 2 In that case an alarm is produced when false CRC 4 values rate of the total number 1000 during 1s is higher o
217. e card is currently not working or not delivering During the power up sequence the LED a valid signal can remain red for a short while If the LED stays in this status longer it means that the card is defective and should be returned for repair RED Flashing There is a firmware version error Download the correct firmware in the card with the command ACT DNLD after verified that the firmware is in the MAC card necessary or return the card for repair PTP SYNC S e card system is currently in power up mode Check the server availability check if the waiting for ToD PPS signals and checking the GPS card and THC card are working fine validity signals from SGC cards TCC PTP alarms No Clock Input No TOD Input Time Not TAI RED Flashing Waiting synchronization TOD UTC GPS and No action needed signals from THC not already received TCC PTP alarms No Clock Input No TOD Input Time Not TAI GREEN The card is working correctly No action needed GREEN TOD UTC GPS and or THC signals lose PTP is Check the GPS card Flashing waiting locked ORANGE A new card s firmware is being downloaded No action needed ETHERNET GREEN Ethernet cable connected No action needed Ethernet cable disconnected Connect the RJ45 SFP cable Table 8 9 Time Code Card PTP Troubleshooting visible LEDs OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 93 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 2 Note The following procedure is shown
218. e file previously created SN_1002_5548C HyperTerminal Send File Receive File Capture Text Send Text File Capture to Printer Sends text file to the remote system OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 14 Operating amp Provisioning STEP ACTION 5 You are now connected Use command in chapter TYPE INFORMATION AND INVENTORY gt section using TL1 SN 1002 5548C Hyper Terminal File Edit View Call Transfer Help MAC ACK 10 08 27 14 46 39 M CTAG COMPLD OSCILLOQUARTZ 2010 08 27 14 43 42 0 Connected 0 00 08 Auto detect 19200 8 N 1 Example To retrieve inventory used RTRV INV ALL CTAG Procedure 6 1 Serial Connection AA Recommendation Osciloquartz highly recommends using SyncTerminal instead of other terminal emulators OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 15 Operating amp Provisioning 6 2 3 3 Serial Connection with the SyncView PLUS software STEP ACTION 1 Connect a null modem cable to one of the two RS 232 ports labeled LOCAL COMM 2 Launch the SyncView PLUS software 3 Set the corresponding SEN a Jet communication parameters as shown below with the Port where the Null Modem cable is connected on the computer and click Connect User li Use default Name p Password ee E Procedure 6 2 Serial Connection with SyncView PLUS 6 2 4 Ethernet Communicati
219. e or GPS Card GPS Initialisation phase RED Flashing GPS pre tracking sequence When both GPS and OCXO LEDs have this status the input is rejected due to a performance alarm OFF When the GPS LED is GREEN solid the GPS card delivers signal to the THC Or the GPS card is in stand by when the GPS LED Table 2 3 GPS Card LED Description A Note e For detailed GPS LED status description refer to section 8 2 1 e For ordering Information refer to 0 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 35 Product Overview 2 5 4 2 Main features The GPS card is designed to provide the following functions e GPS signal tracking and processing from up to 12 satellites e Input signal distribution to the THC cards or to the SGC cards when the pass through function is enabled e Performance Measurement and reference disqualification when Performance Thresholds are defined e GPS card 1 1 protection e Synchronization Status Messaging SSM quality according to the GPS operation status e Manual position provisioning for location where condition of GPS reception are bad such as urban canyon e UTC based and GPS based time source e Remotely software also called firmware upgradeable 2 5 4 3 Operation The user can insert in the shelf e 1 GPS which makes the shelf available for an input reference from one GPS antenna e 2 GPS which makes the shelf available for input reference from two GPS antennas
220. e selected Threshold CRC4 DETECT DISABLED DISABLED Determine whether a CRC 4 alarm ENABLED 10 4 10 should be detected and generated 3 10 2 or not 10 4 10 3 amp 10 2 enables the alarm detection threshold i e 10E 4 10E 3 or 10E 2 In that case an alarm is produced when false CRC 4 values rate of the total number 1000 during 1s is higher or equal than the Threshold selected BPV DETECT DISABLED DISABLED Determine whether a Bipolar ENABLED 10 4 10 Violation BPV alarm when using 3 10 2 AMI code or Code Violation alarm when using HDB3 code should be detected and generated or not 10 4 10 3 amp 10 2 enables the alarm detection threshold i e 10E 4 10E 3 or 10E 2 In that case an alarm is produced when BPV or CV rate of the total number 2 048E 06 during 1s is higher or equal than the Threshold selected Not configurable with software OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 77 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Inputs gt Input 1 4 gt Details gt Input Alarm Detection INC Group 1 Input Line 1 Signal Performances Termination Input Alarm Detection TERMINATED _ Out Of Frame SSM Bit ENABLE il f CRC 4 e BiPolar Violation way a Imre AMI HDB3 f AMI i AUS vii GA Wait to restore Time Enabled Cancel Refresh Alarm Type Configuration Desc
221. ecccseeseeceeeeeeeeeeeteeteeetaeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeteeeteetseeeaeenes 5 5 Table 5 2 MAC Card Tum uptatus 5 6 Table 5 3 Input Card TUM UP RTE 5 7 Table 5 4 Input Card Tum upGtatus ccccccccccceccseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeteeeseeeseeneeeeeeeaeeeans 5 8 Table 5 5 Tracking Holdover Card Turn up Status ccccccceccceccceeeecececeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeesaues 5 10 Table 5 6 Signal Generator Card Turn up Status ccc ceccceecccececeeeeceeeeeseeseeeseeeeseeeeeeeeseeeneees 5 11 Table 5 7 Output Card Turn Up Status 2 0 0 0 cccccccccccsceceeece ces eese ees eeseeeeeeeeeeseeesseeseeeeeeseetseeeeeees 5 12 Table 6 1 TL1 Command Format Tvpes 6 5 Table 6 2 TL1 Command Block Verbes 6 6 Table 6 3 Card Names amp Abbreviations within II 6 10 Table 6 4 Ethernet Harameters 6 17 Table 6 5 Default Communication Ports rrrrrnnrnnnrnnnennnennnrnnnnnannnnennnrnnnernnennnennnenannnennneenneennsenenen 6 19 Hele Ethernet eu 6 19 Table 6 7 Communication Parameter Names 6 21 Table 6 8 Keyboard Shortcuts for Typing TL1 Commande 6 34 Table 6 9 5548C Type Information 6 49 Table 6 10 Lamp Test SEQUENCE cerscesssssssscssccescnerscessuessueesuecsseccurecurecessavesaveperssurssuresures 6 60 Table 6 11 Possible Input Configurations cccccccccccceececeeeeaeeeseeeeeeseeeseuceseeeseeseeesaeeeaeesaues 6 64 Table 6 12 Input Line Editing Gettmg 0c cccccececeeeeeeeeceeeseeeeseeeeseeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeeseeeseueeaaees 6 69 OSA
222. ed Procedure 7 12 Disabling an Unused Input Line 7 2 8 GPS Input 7 2 8 1 GPS Input Line Configuration STEP ACTION 1 Retrieve current configuration RTRV EOPT GPS ct g Example RTRV EQPT GPS MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ot ag COMP LD opstate ssm PPS_OFFSET 999 999 999 999 ADM STATE ENABLE MONITORED DISABLED INDOOR ON OFF ELEVATION 5 90 FRCD PRC SSU_A SSU_B SEC DNU NONE VISIBLE 0 12 TRACKED 0 12 7 Verify that at least 4 satellites are tracked OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 17 Commissioning Configure the administration state of the line Enabled to allow the 5548C to use it Disable to deactivate the line Monitored to allow the OSA 5548C to measure performance without using it e PSN ADM STATE ENABLED DISABLED MONITORED Procedure 7 13 GPS Input Line Configuration 7 2 9 Input Line Switching Selection amp Priorities 7 2 9 1 STEP 1 Switching and Selection Mode Configuration ACTION Establish and plan how to configure the selection mode between the input lines when one is rejected or failed e Switching mode over the input line Automatic by default Manual only one specific input line Forced Holdover Configure the switching mode with the following command IEN Kg DEE eg RTE e EE MODE AUTO MAN FHLDVR MAN INPUT IL 1 1 IL 1 2 IL 1 3 IL 1 4 GPS
223. ed or in a card group in the A or B card of the same card type Ss Recommendation While a card is being upgraded with a new firmware its function will be interrupted causing a possible signal output outage Single card upgrade operations are recommended to avoid shelf synchronization service outages on the whole shelf Example if you need to install the firmware into the INC 1 A verify that the INC 1 B protection mate is installed to protect it as the A card will not be able to supply signal when it is being initialized A few exceptions can avoid the loss of synchronization service such as the following examples 1 If an INC card is unprotected and you have at least one THC installed in the shelf the THC will run in holdover during the firmware installation of the INC in question and continue to provide a good signal on the output 2 If you have only one THC card installed and at least one INC in the group 1 INC 1 A or INC 1 B the shelf will continue in pass through mode during THC download The following command is required to install new firmware in any card from the MAC card J Note The MADDS is a component embedded in the THC cards which needs to be upgraded right after the THC card itself MADDS A is embedded in THC A and MADDS B in THC B OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 208 Operating amp Provisioning Using TL1 Input Syntax ACT DNLD aid ctag Example ACT DN
224. ed during the installation process contact your local OSCILLOQUARTZ representative or OSCILLOQUARTZ offices OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 3 Equipment Installation 4 2 Unpacking AN CAUTION Check first that the packing does not have any signs of rough handling such as dents or scratches which might have occurred during transportation Also inspect the equipment carefully for possible damage broken knobs bent handles etc Should the equipment have suffered any damage immediately notify the carrier and retain the packing material for inspection Za Recommendation We recommend saving the packing material for use in case of return shipment Should you need to return the equipment please do not hesitate to contact OSCILLOQUARTZ for help in obtaining appropriate packing material A CAUTION When handling the OSA 5548C SSU unit or spare cards the operator must use grounded wrist straps Ad CAUTION Spare cards must be stored in anti static packaging Note S Compare the OSA 5548C SSU contents with the purchase order order acknowledgement In case of error contact your local OSCILLOQUARTZ representative or OSCILLOQUARTZ offices OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 4 4 3 Rack Mounting Equipment Installation An installed OSA 5548C SSU E60 occupies the following space in the rack Also see Figure 4 2 Vertical rack size Depth rack size W
225. eeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeseeeeseeesaneess 7 18 Procedure 7 14 Switching and Selection Mode Confguraton 7 18 Procedure 7 15 Input Line Priorities Configuration ccc cece ceeccceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeceeeesueeseeeeseeeees 7 19 Procedure 7 16 E1 Output Signal Type Contguraton 7 20 Procedure 7 17 Frequency Output Signal Configuration cccccccccsecceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeteneees 7 21 Procedure 7 18 NTP Output Signal Configuration ccccceccceececececeececeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeseeesseeees 7 21 Procedure 7 19 Enabling SSM Configuration cccccccceeceseeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeseeeeseeesseeeseeees 7 22 Procedure 7 20 Forcing SSM Quality Level on Input me 7 23 Procedure 7 21 Forcing SSM Quality Level on GPS mput 7 24 Procedure 7 22 Force SSM quality on outputs and Unknown SSM seitng scenes 7 25 Procedure 7 23 Sa bit Configuration on Ioput cece ceccceeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeseeeseeeeseeeaes 7 25 Procedure 7 24 Sa bit configuration on Output me cece eecceeceeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeaeeeseeeeseeeaes 7 26 Procedure 7 25 Restoring Factory Parameters rrrarnnarnnnrnnnennnrvanrnnnnvnnnrannnnennsrnnnennnennnnnunnnnnnnn 7 27 Procedure 7 26 Serial Connection Test 7 28 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Xvi List of Procedures Procedure 7 27 Ethernet Connection Test 7 29 Procedure 7 28 Verifying Shelf Inventory rrarrrrnrrnnrrrnrrrranernnrrranrrranrnanernarnnanennn
226. efer to Figure 2 46 to the corresponding Remote Panel output tile s connector is required Output Tile 1 Output Tile 2 Output Tile 3 OUTPUTS ei e OUTPUT NTP OIO E ei e e 174mm O O 30696 ba SLEG SLEG JUT 11 20 Output Conn OG 1 OG 1 OG 2 Output Conn OG2 emm gt emm emm o o om e 533mm ETSI or 483mm 19 Figure 2 50 Remote BNC panel Front View 449mm O LO Figure 2 51 Remote BNC panel Top View OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 74 2 6 2 6 1 Product Overview Communication The OSA 5548C SSU includes Remote and Local Management capability On the OSA 5548C SSU two serial ports allow the operator to access the system via RS 232 Both connectors type Sub D 9p male labeled LOCAL comm are located on the front of the Power B card and on the Management Tile There is also one RJ 45 port for management via Ethernet The local interfaces operate on TL1 commands SyncView PLUS A CD ROM containing the SyncView PLUS management software is delivered with all OSA 5548C SSU By default the Sync View PLUS runs in Element Manager version which allows the user to easily configure and manage an OSA 5548C SSU via serial connection RS 232 Null Modem or via a peer to peer TCP IP connection A license can be ordered to enhance the SyncView PLUS Element Manager as an Element Manager PRO vers
227. elf send the following command RIRV INV SYSS FLAG 4 You should receive the following answer SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD SERIAL NUMBER SHELF TYPE 1 To retrieve the inventory of all cards send the following command RTRV INV ALL CTAG 6 The SyncTerminal will respond with the following answer SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD card slot number article number serial number clei number eci number hardware version software version testing date last upgrade date r Procedure 7 28 Verifying Shelf Inventory OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 30 Commissioning 7 3 9 Verifying the Shelf Operation Mode With the procedure below the user can check the shelf type configured STEP ACTION 1 Look at the MAC card and check it lights the corresponding LED according to the shelf type e MST for a MASTER shelf e EXP for an Expension shelf 2 To check via software send the following command RTRV EQPT MAC CTAG The shelf will answer the following SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD OK BUZZER OFF CR MJ MN ACO 1 2 BOTH NONE ALMESC 0 6 24 SYS MODE INV MST EXP The SYS MODE parameter is the shelf operation mode the INV means INVALID The EXP means Expansion Shelf The MST means MASTER shelf by default If the shelf operation mode is wrong it is mandatory to power off the shelf to change the configuration with the rotary switch located on the Management tile Procedure 7 29 Veri
228. en handling any electronics equipment as it contains precision parts that can be damaged by improper handling Avoid touching connector pin surfaces Foreign matter deposited on contact surfaces can cause corrosion and eventually lead to degradation of performance In addition do not use abrasives to clean contact pin surfaces Ad ESD CONSIDERATION Each module contains semiconductor devices that can be damaged by electrostatic discharges It is advisable to take anti static precautions when handling electronic boards or static sensitive components Use an approved anti static bracelet in accordance with company practice AN WATER AND MOISTURE Do not place containers with liquids such as coffee water sodas etc on this unit Do not operate this equipment in a wet environment A HEATING Do not install this product near heat sources such as radiators air ducts areas subject to direct intense sunlight or other products that produce heat OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 1 5 Introduction A VENTILATION Slots and openings in the chassis are provided for ventilation and to ensure reliable operation of the product To protect the unit from overheating those openings must not be blocked or covered When integrating this unit in a rack cabinet at least 1 RU 4 3 cm of clearance above and below the unit is necessary to assure sufficient cooling AN GROUNDING EARTH CONNECTION IS ESSENTIAL BEFORE C
229. ended to contact a Customer Support Representative before applying this command Inout Syntax DLT DNLD aid ctag Example DLT DNLD THC A MYCTAG Parameter Possible configurations Description name AID INC 1 A INC 1 B INC A INC B This is the card or the card group where INC GPS A GPS B GPS THC you want to reapply the previous A THC B THC MADDS A version MADDS B MADDS SGC A SGC B SGC OUC 1 A OUC 3 B OUC A OUC B OUC MAC A MAC 1 Not implemented yet OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 211 Operating amp Provisioning This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 212 Commissioning Chapter 7 Commissioning Including Introduction Configuration amp Provisioning Procedures Test and Verification Procedure OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 1 Commissioning This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 2 Commissioning 7 1 Introduction 7 1 1 Overview This chapter contains quick configuration and test procedures in order to set up the OSA 5548C SSU rapidly with fewer details than the previous chapter 7 1 2 Prerequisites Chapter 3 and 4 must be read before following this chapter chapter 6 is an asset to better understanding the configuration protocols described in this chapter 7
230. ene IC FO EEE leresalogioe tonnes E E 2 22 LA AMEN En 2 23 2 4 3 NEMNE E 2 23 LAA BP SNUS 2 23 245 D Giro SPS 2 23 2 46 D GNSS cards GPS GLONASS rrrarennnrnrarennnrrnnrrnnernnnrrnnnrnnanennnennanennee 2 23 2 4 7 E Tracking amp Holdover Cards IRC 2 24 2 4 8 F Signal Generator Cards GG 2 24 EGO IE eo SEE ee E eee ee ee 2 25 2410 FAICEXDANSICN BEE 2 2 2 4 11 l Power Supp 2 27 2 4 12 J MAnagament Cards MAC 2 27 2 5 System Components amp OperatiOn rxrrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnennnnnnennnnnnnvennnnnnvennnn 2 28 2 5 1 NNN 2 28 2 5 2 Card Description rrarerarrnnrrnnrrnnrrnnrrnnennnennnrraneranernnennsennsnnnsnnuenneenneennesnnnen 2 30 255 METT NE sr 2 32 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 V 254 GPS Card GPS Luausssndeeemenser ioe 255 GNSS CId EE 2 5 6 Tracking Holdover Card THC 2 5 7 Signal Generator Card GC 2 5 8 OUtput Card OU 2 59 Time Code Card NTP TCC NTP 2 5 10 Time Code Card PTP TCC PTP 2 5 11 MAnagement Card MAC 2 5 12 POWER A amp POWER B CardS 001000an0n 2 5 13 Connectors Panel Layout 2 5 14 Tile Description rrnnrnnrnnnrnornannnnrnannnnnnerr 2 5 15 POWER Connectors ie 2 5 16 MANAGEMENT ie 2517 INPUT TG 2516 OUTPUT Tile seesinane 2 5 19 Time Code Card NTP Tile rrrnnrnnnnnnannnnn 2 5 20 100x BNC Output Ports Remote Panel 2 6 COMMUNICATION
231. entory 5548C SSU E200 Loe Bie Refresh A014015 cleil NCTSG IN eo 0110 0100 A014015 cleil NCTSG j 0110 A014015 cleilNCTSG INCeci 0110 0100 A013973 cleiTHCTSG THCeci A013973 cleiTHCTSG THCeci A014283 cleiMADTSG MADeci A014283 cleiMADTSG MADeci A014067 cleiSGCTSG SGCeci A014067 cleiSGCTSG A014036 cleiOUCTSG A014036 cleiOUCTSG A014036 cleiOUCTSG A014036 cleiOUCTSG A014036 cleiOUCTSG A014036 cleiOUCTSG A014036 cleiOUCTSG A014036 cleiOUCTSG A014036 cleiOUCTSG A014036 cleiOUCTSG 0110 0100 0110 0100 0110 0100 0110 0100 0110 0100 0110 0100 0110 0100 0110 0100 0110 0100 0110 0100 0110 0100 0110 0100 0110 0100 0110 0100 0110 0100 0110 0100 IW WWWWW WWW WW NN Ww ORARSSRSRRRRSRRNNSNENNN va 15 01 2007 11 32 33 Next polling on 15 01 2007 23 32 33 Figure 6 9 SyncView Inventory Via the File menu the user can e save the inventory as a XML file e print the inventory The inventory is gathered once a day The user can force a new synchronization of the Inventory Page setup of the shelf with the SyncView Database using the Print Ctrl P Inventory button Print Preview Close Ctrl F4 THCE A A013973 MADDS A A7 AN4283 A Note The user can select the inventory list on and then copy with CTRL C and paste in any document with CTRL V OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 52 Operating amp Provisioning 6 4 4 Checking the Card Operation States There are
232. er Manual Revision P October 2013 6 63 Operating amp Provisioning With respect to group configuration this chart describes all of the possible configurations Input Port Input line Port number abbreviation abbreviation GROUP LINE E1 IN H S E1IN2 E12 15 FI e O E1IN3 E1 3 22 D lt lt O 2 8 d a D UNI FREQ1 Is 1 3 riller 2 2 8 9 9 E IN FREQ 3 je 1 4 Z f IN4 FREQ 4 GPS 1 GPS GPS GPS 2 Table 6 11 Possible Input Configurations 1 input port GPS A A4 amp GPS B A5 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 64 Operating amp Provisioning 6 5 4 Input Line IL Configuration This section describes how to retrieve and how to configure the configuration for the Input lines in a global view To learn about every single parameter follow the next sections Note bk Read section Input connector to Input Line IL description 6 5 3 to understand the concept of cross connection of input lines to physical input ports Using TL1 Input Syntax RTRV EQPT IL aid ctag Example IERT CN KE En EA MCA The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD aid opstate ssm INPUT input ADM STATE adm state TERM term CODE code WIR wtr FRCD fred OOF DETECT o00f detect CRC4 DETECT ercd detect BPV_DETECT bpv_detect SA4 sa4 SA5 sa5 SA6 sa6 SA7 sa7 SA8 sa8 FREQ freq TAG tag To edit all configurations
233. er receives a prompt to change the PID no old PID can be restored unless the intervall POINT expires since that old PID became obsolete Typically it is about 180 UID Aging Intervall in days At the end of this intervall the UID is disabled if during this intervall it has never been used to set up a session Typically it is between 45 and 90 NOT USED IN 5548C List of Object Identifiers These identifiers specify what is accessible to this UID The list may indicate channels commands It may be a range all objects none It is an application dependant requirement OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 42 Operating amp Provisioning 6 3 6 3 Edit an User Account To edit a new user account the following command is required Input Syntax ED USER SECU AID CTAG newpid newpid cid uap PAGE page PCND pcnd PCNN penn POINT point UOUT uout LSTOI Lstol Example ED USER SECU USERNAME MYCTAG NEWUSERNAME NEWPASSWORD 8023 amp RS FRONT amp RS REAR X PAGE 90 name Parameter AD Login er Usemame UD EE NEWPID Any ASCII string excluding those characters that represent TL1 syntax of up to 10 characters New Password PID 0000 9999 RS FRONT RS REAR Each port separated with a amp i e in the format of A list of up to 25 ports or channels When a session initiation request is received the NE checks the CID of the s
234. er returns the expansion number ALARM The card is in alarm DEGRADED The firmware This is the delay in hour after which a severity of an active SYS MODE INV MST EXP EXP_NR Sos version is not the same as the alarm is escalated to an higher 6 11 1 2 Editing Buzzer sound rest of the shelf TESTERROR Invalid testing date level 0 means no escalation System mode There are different types of alarm conditions these levels are CR CRITICAL MJ MAJOR and MN MINOR The MAC card can make a sound using its on board buzzer on any of these 3 alarm severities when an alarm occurs to user defined levels listed below OFF buzzer not activated e CR buzzer audibly sound on critical alarms only e MJ buzzer audibly sound on major and critical alarms MN buzzer audibly sound on minor major and critical alarms Note Ss Retrieve current configuration in section 6 11 1 1 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 171 Operating amp Provisioning Using TL1 To edit the alarm level to make a sound the following TL1 command is required Input Syntax ED EQPT MAC ctag BUZZER buzzer Example ED EQPT MAC MYCTAG BUZZER CR Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters BUZZER OFF CR MJ MN MJ This parameter is the level on which you want the MAC card making a sound Using SyncView Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt ac Buzzer Config
235. erating amp Provisioning 6 12 5 Receiving Spontaneous Measurement Results Once the OSA 5548C SSU is able to provide a first PM result or an update it will show it as an autonomous message formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time atag REPI PM aid kind date time point1 point2 point3 point4 point5 point6 7 name configurations parameters GPS which the result is received KIND MTIE TDEV YM This is the type of value received DATE 2004 01 01 2099 pC This is the PM set date 12 31 TIME 00 00 00 23 59 59 This is the PM set time POINT1 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE_1S For TDEV TDEV_1S For YM YM_60S POINT2 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE_1M For TDEV TDEV_4S For YM YM_540S POINT3 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE_15M For TDEV TDEV_16S For YM YM_15M POINT A 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE_30M For TDEV TDEV_64S For YM YM_1H POINTS 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE_1H For TDEV TDEV_256S For YM YM_2H POINT6 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE_3H For TDEV TDEV_1000S For YM YM_3H OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 197 Operating amp Provisioning 6 12 6 Performance Threshold Parameters The OSA 5548C SSU can be configured to disqualify an input line based on performance outside a user define MTIE TDEV or Ym threshold 6 12 6 1 Default MTIE Threshold According to ITU T G 812 clock input section 9 1 1 the default MTIE threshold mask configured in the OSA 5548C SSU is described in the table below
236. erating amp Provisioning 6 4 5 Card Deleting for Empty Slot Previously empty slots that are populated automatically update the inventory list If a previously occupied card is removed from its slot the OSA 5548C SSU will set an alarm called IMPROPER REMOVAL To avoid such alarms you can set the corresponding slot to an empty state using the following command A Note It is not possible to DELETE or set an empty card state to an OCCUPIED slot 6 4 5 1 Using TL1 Input Syntax DLT EQPT aid ctag Example DLT EOPT iINC L 58 clad Parameter name Possible configurations Description AID INC 1 A INC 1 B GPS A GPS B Select the card s slot you want to THC A THC B SGC A SGC B set as empty OUC 1 A OUC 3 B MAC A 6 4 5 2 Using SyncView Go to the Physical View gt right click on the empty slot shown in Black colour gt set empty 6 4 6 Switching the Active Card within a Card Group To enable a switch between the currently active and the inactive stand by card i e from THC A to THC B e Physically on the shelf by removal of the active card from its slot e By software with the following TL1 command AA Recommendation Switching INC GPS and THC should be done during maintenance window period or before putting the 5548C in service as the output signal can be afftected with small phase jump OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 55 Operating amp Provisio
237. eshooting Condition Cards in med Kl With E1 signal Check the signal level in e The signal is lower than SEN 15dB with a terminated connection e The signal is lower than 35dB with a bridged connection With Frequency signal e Signal level is lower than 200mvV rms with sine wave Signal level is lower than 0 6V MTIE Wem TT Wa 1 GPS ZE MTIE threshold has been Check and measure the stability crossed over ZE the current of the signal in question TTT gre ov Measurement ai SGC OUC The card is not fed with signal Check the status of the OUC and SGC cards OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 34 Check the configuration and operation of the THC card Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Po Cards in ER BE S ZC SSM is enabled and frame Check the E1 signal in question type is PCM31 3 consecutive incorrects FAS words ITU T G 706 If Threshold alarm is enabled o When false words rate of the total number 4000 during 1s is higher or equal than the Threshold selected one ini 090 IE With Frequency signal Check the signal in question e The frequency is not recongnised by the system e Delta f f gt 50ppm Output EQPT OUC SGC A failure has been detected on an Verify the output signal Failure output line OL Check the OUC configuration and operation Check the SGC configuration and operation Check the THC configuration and operation Output SHORTED w output Line OL
238. esponding washers Procedure 4 1 Rack Mounting N Customer p Se supplied washers and screws e 1RU 45mm R of clearance Figure 4 2 Rack Mounting OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 6 Equipment Installation 4 3 3 Remote Output Panel Mounting It is recommended to mount the Remote Panel once the OSA 5548C SSU is mounted It is possible to mount the panel above or below the shelf leaving enough space at least 1 RU for cable and adequate convection cooling o o olo o o olo ooo OJO OOJO OO O EJO E O o o ooa o000 00000000 SE pii e me SV Let Ep o O olo oo olo ooo am ei Gei al a A Gi ALA ei Gei ei 4 holes to fix the 5548C into the rack 0JO Ejo ooo OjO D OJO E Ge OUT 11 20 Figure 4 3 Mounting Remote Output Panel in the rack OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 7 Equipment Installation Note e The Remote Panel can be adjusted in 19 or ETSI according to the rack type e The Remote Panel can also get its output connectors pointing on the rear of the rack STEP ACTION 1 Check the position in which to fit the shelf in the rack Intsall under or above the shelf eaving a space of 1 RU 4 6cm 2 Mount Remote Panel carefully onto the rack using four screws and their corresponding washers cust
239. ession request against the CID as Stoerd in the NE 8023 amp 8024 amp RS FRONT RS FRONT is the RS 232 port on the POWER B RS REAR is the RS 232 port on the Management tile PAGE PCND PCNN 30 999 Password Aging Intervall in days At the end of this intervall the user receives a prompt that the existing password has to be replaced with a new one 1 999 This is an intervall signitying the number of days that a user can use the existing password before an update becomes mandatory It is typically 5 to 10 days 1 999 This ts an integer signifying the number of times that an user can use the existing password before an update becomes mandatory Typically it is 3 to 5 times Parameter Ken Possible Ree Description name Ken OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 43 UAP Password Aging Intervall in days At the end of this intervall the user receives a prompt that the existing password has to be replaced with a new one POINT 1 999 i IDENTIFIERS 6 3 6 4 Retrieve User Account Parameters Operating amp Provisioning Password Obsolescence Intervall in days When a user receives a prompt to change the PID no old PID can be restored unless the intervall POINT expires since that old PID became obsolete Typically it is about 180 UID Aging Intervall in days At the end of this intervall the UID is disabled if during this intervall it has never been used to set up a session Ty
240. evision P October 2013 z il z BIE Gs 1 10 SYM HEROS EDORE DB 11 20 SYM STATUE OUT 1 10 EN EXPAHS ON XI CECE LE ee i Ji ee Front amp Rear View Drawings SA OU GROUP E OSCILLOQUARTZ Ol el r peered bp i de d DD poser Brev s r Hansd hitim See kul Gare Soo be em ee nr el DUT 128 EN CH I OUT 11 20
241. fault parameters A B ALL THC card TYPE RUBIDIUM OSC 8663 Oscillator type OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 112 Operating amp Provisioning 6 8 4 Switching Mode The input selection can be set in different modes such as Automatic Manual and it is also possible to force the THC internal Oscillator to operate in Holdover mode Automatic Mode AUTO This mode enables the 5548C to select the line according to priority criteria Example If the line with priority 2 fails the 5548C selects the line with the highest priority when available and not in alarm To configure input priorities please refer to the next section 6 8 5 The SSM mode is also an automatic method to select an E1 line according to a quality level To enable this switching mode please refer to section 6 10 Manual Mode MAN This condition forces the selection of one defined working input line with no alarm Using this selection the user must enter the line required to select with the parameter MAN INPUT within the TL1 command If the selected input line fails the system immediately goes in Automatic mode Forced Holdover Mode FHLDVR This selection mode forces the 5548C to work in holdover The system will not select any input lines and the internal oscillator supplies synchronization source to the shelf OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 113 Operating amp Provisioning
242. fault Description name configurations parameters PMON ON OFF ON ON to activate the Performance Measurement process and OFF to disable it OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 192 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Inputs gt Then select Perf Enabled or Perf Disabled 6 12 2 2 Initializing PM A Note As long as a PM set 3 hours of measurement is not terminated it can be reset To reset all the on going performance measurements on all the input lines the user can turn off the PM process and then turn on to restart a new one To reset the on going PM set on a specific input line the following TL1 command is required Input Syntax INIT PMi raid otag Example INIT PM IL 2 1 MYCTAG Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters AID IL 1 1 IL 1 4 GPS This parameter is the input line to be reset 6 12 3 Delays to Retrieve the 1 Result and Time Intervals for Updates There is no need to wait 3 hours to get a measurement result or a measurement update once the first result has been received The first measurements can be seen after the time specified in the tables below and then each time interval written in the column on the right of the below MTIE and TDEV tables OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 193 Operating amp Provisioning 6 12 3 1 Delays and I
243. function is working and the Frequency No action needed signals are distributed correctly RED An alarm has been detected on at least one of 1 Verify that the output lines connected are the 10 outputs 1 to 10 not shorted if you have enabled this alarm detection Measure each output ports and check that the level and shape are correct If the card is protected 1 1 and the second card does not show any alarm it is recommended to return this card for repair E U OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 17 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting See eten OUT 1 10 RED Flashing No Frequency signal is received to be During the turn up procedure it is normal to f processed and distributed by the OUC card get such alarm until the shelf is able to provide a valid signal to the OUC cards However if this status remains longer follow this procedure Verify the SGC cards operation and configuration Verify the THC cards operation and configuration Verify the INC cards operation and configuration Verify the input lines configuration Verify the input ports cabling OFF The output line group is not configured as If the description does not correspond to the Frequency or no output tile is installed if the E1 behavior currently shown by the shelf follow LED is also OFF the next 1 Verify that output configuration is correct 2 Verify that Output Tile is present OUT 11 20 GREEN The function is work
244. fying the Shelf Operation Mode rranrnnnnananennnnnnnnnnnannrnnennnnnvanennnnnnnne 7 31 7 3 6 LEDs Operation Test Procedure rrarannnananenannnnnrnnrnnnrnnnrnnnennnennnennnennnennnen 7 31 7 3 7 Input Line Priority Configuration Testing Hrocedure 1 32 7 3 8 Redundant Card Stand by Test brocedure 7 33 7 3 9 Testing NEED 1 34 7310 Testing OUTPUT PONS EE 7 35 7 3 11 COMMISSIONING Completion rrrrrrnnrrrnrrrnnnnranernnnrvnnennnrnnnnrnnarnnanennnennnnennee 7 40 8 MAINTENANCE amp TROUBLESHOOTING muunnnnnnnvnnnvennnnnennnnnennnnnnennnnnennnnnvrnnnnnennnnvennnnnvennnnr 8 1 8 1 LE Te Ee E EE neces e 8 3 8 1 1 LEDS TE Te E E EE 8 3 8 1 2 Stand by Cards KE 8 4 8 2 Troubleshooting isisissnsnsnininnniann nsn aeann een 8 5 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 IX Contents 8 2 1 Alarm Behavior Visible on Front LEID 8 5 8 2 2 Alarm Behavior Visible with Software rrrrrrnrnnnnrnrnnnnnnrnnvererrnrnnvenurnnenee 8 29 8 3 Cards amp Tiles Replacement or AdditiOn ssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnne 8 41 8 3 1 OW INI eege 8 41 EE UNE 8 41 8 3 3 Connector Tile INSENON E 8 44 04 Fe NNN sires EEE aE AREE A AE ANa 8 45 8 4 1 MN 8 45 8 4 2 Conditions for Repnlacngihetuse 8 45 om FER NNN 8 46 8 4 4 Fuse Replacement Procedure rrarnarnnnnannnrnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnernneneeneennennenuenere 8 47 8 5 Repair ske urverk 8 49 8 6 Oscilloquartz Contact
245. fying the Shelf Operation Mode 7 3 6 LEDs Operation Test Procedure Below is a LAMP test procedure to be done physically on the shelf and via software STEP ACTION 1 Push the switch labeled LAMP TEST on the POWER A card and check that e The test lasts about 10 seconds e All LEDs have lit during all the test duration e The bicolor LEDs have been RED during 5 seconds and then GREEN during the remaining 5 seconds 2 Do the same observation after sending the following TL1 command OPR LEDS 720543 Procedure 7 30 LEDs Operation Test OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 31 Commissioning 7 3 7 Input Line Priority Configuration Testing Procedure This procedure tests if the priority configuration and selection works correctly STEP 1 ACTION Check the current priority setting with the following TL1 command RTRV PRLO 434 CTAC The response is formatted such as below SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD VIL 1 191 48 IL 1 2 LysH IL 1314 Hy IL 1 4 Lyl GPS 1 5 Take note of the current priority configuration Disable one by one the input line starting from the highest priority to the lowest one with the following command ED EQPT IL IL 1 1 IL 1 2 IL 1 3 IL 1 4 GPS CTAG ADM STATE DISABLED After each input line disabled check that the active THC card shows the line number corresponding to the line with the next lower priority than the one just disabled 1 to 4 on the THC corresponds
246. g amp Provisioning 6 4 7 Card Firmware Initialization To re initialize the firmware embedded in one of the 5548C s card apply the TL1 command instructions below A CAUTION This command is SERVICE AFFECTING and will require a consultation with a Customer Support amp Services CSS representative to assess the potential of outage and post operation effects For those who are unfamiliar with this command contact your local CSS for instructions and always perform this command in MAINTENANCE WINDOW PERIOD Please read the below warning before doing any initialization A Important Recommendation During input card initialization Timing signals passing through a card are interrupted and the card will not feed other cards To prevent service outage on the shelf during a firmware upgrade that causes INC initialization Oscilloquartz recommends that a redundant card be utilized to prevent shelf outage In example To initialize the INC 1 A verify that the INC 1 B protection 1 1 card is operational and switch service to that protection twin prior to update or initialization of the active INC 1 A The system will avoid loss of synchronization service in the following circumstances 1 The active THC will run in holdover if a lone INC is initializing 2 If only a single INC is installed in either INC 1 A or INC 1 B slots and either 2 048MHz or E1 signal is qualified by the ING the shelf will enter in passthrough mo
247. gital Switch Switch OSA 5548C SSU Figure 2 9 Synchronization transfer in PDH OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Product Overview Figure 2 10 shows the case of SDH SONET over WDM DWDM or CWDM WDM networks are more or less transparent for the timing of the STM n or OG n signals Therefore it is possible to use the STM n or OC n signals as synchronization carriers The SSU s inputs are connected to the SDH SONET network element exactly like in the pure SDH SONET case E1 SDH Digital Switch Digital Switch OSA 5548C SSU Figure 2 10 Synchronization transfer in WDM OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 14 Product Overview 2 2 3 Use Cases 2 2 3 1 The 5548C as a Primary Reference Clock The OSA 5548C SSU can be used as a Primary Reference Clock PRC in several ways The first way is to equip the 5548C with one or two GPS cards as shown in Figure 2 11 The second GPS card is optional and serves to improve reliability With this configuration the 5548C is a self contained PRC which complies with ITU T Recommendation G 811 when locked to GPS Figure 2 11 The 5548C with internal GPS cards Figure 2 12 shows a second possibility Here the PRC system consists of an external PRC source typically an atomic Cesium clock and an OSA 5548C SSU possibly with a GPS card Other combinations are also possible e g two external Cesium
248. han the Threshold selected Code INC 1 Bipolar Violation with HDB3 code Check the E1 signal in question voa e 1 or more CV detected during an interval of 1s If Threshold alarm is enabled o When CV rate of the total number 2 048E 06 during 1s is higher or equal than the Threshold selected DINE EK NE 915 CRC 4 values or more Check the E1 signal in question are false on a total of 1000 ITU T G 706 If Threshold alarm is enabled OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 30 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Condition Cards in See E come son GH one o When false CRC 4 values rate of the total number 1000 during 1s is higher or equal than the Threshold selected Dead EQPT MJ All The system is not able to communicate with the card clear this alarm return the card for repair EGC Link LNKBRK MJ EGC A No signal at all is received by the Check the cable connected to Broken EGC B EGC card LINK A and or LINK B connector on Management Tile EGC Link LNKSIG MJ EGC A One signal is not received by the Check the cable connected to Signal Failure EGC B SGC card LINK A and or LINK B connector on Management Tile External SE External alarms coming from third Check the device connected to party equipment connected to the the alarm input which presents input port alarm on the an alarm Management tile EXT 1 3 CR EXT 4 6 MJ EXT 7 9 MN EXT 10 N A FSTSYNC N A THC The THC card is
249. he wants want to retrieve past typed TL1 commands Select a parameter in the callout To select a parameter in a long list of available parameters as in the picture below press the keys CTRL Cursor right Edit Equipment IL Edits the parameters of the Input Line ED EQPT IL TID 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 CT AG INPUT DS1 1 05 He bk r ED EGPT IL 1 3 Select an optional configuration parameter in the callout When setting one of the optional parameters in a TL1 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Operating amp Provisioning command as in the example below the operator can press CTRL Cursor right to choose it and CTRL Cursor down to select it IS1 4 FREQ 1 FREQ 2 CC CC 21 ADM STATE DISABLED MONITORED ENABLED TERMINATION TERMINATED BRIDGI a Sap eme EE 21 1 MYCTAG Once selected the operator can press CT RL Cursor right to choose a setting in the list of suggestions Finding a string in the previous responses To find information among the previous responses the operator can press the keys CTRL F or select the item in the top menu called Edit erminal Connected on 149 133 ands isk Table 6 8 Keyboard Shortcuts for Typing TL1 Commands OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 34 Operating amp Provisioning 6 2 6 10 Making TL1 Command Scripts It is possible to create a sequence of TL1 commands to avoid rety
250. he place it has been sent DENY PICC Privilege The user does not Contact the 5548C administrator illegal have priviligege to command send this command code code Operating amp Provisioning OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 8 Operating amp Provisioning Internal Communication Bus CAN Errors Codes dr command is invalid resend it accordingly invalid resend it accordingly han SRTO Reply timeout Time until receiving Check the connection to the occurred an answer from the 5548C card in question has expired PRTL EUNK Unknown Error Unknown error on Check the command syntax and the command sent resend it accordingly error Is not the same than download the initial error been detected in the card s EEPROM PRTL ERTE Event The configuration of Check the event configuration If configuration event contains an no error is found contact error error Oscilloquartz PRTL ERTE Test date error The test date of the Contact Oscilloquartz card s firmware is not correct PRTL ERIE Configuration There is an error of Contact Oscilloquartz error configuration PRTL ERTE CAN bus error There is an error Contact Oscillquartz bus error command error sent resend it accordingly OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 9 Operating amp Provisioning Firmware Upgrade Errors Codes PRTL RFNF e File s The ee could not Check the FTP server the FTP
251. he shelf via RAW DATA RS REAR is 8000 and via TELNET it is 8023 RS FRONT is the RS 232 port on the POWER B RS REAR is the RS 232 port on the Management tile Wf This parameter is the type of communication Set RAW for Raw data or Telnet W T 60 NONE After the idle delay the session will be discontinued and will automatically disconnect the user The idle delay is in Minute s SESSIONS 3 0 5 This is the number of simultaneous sessions allowed for the related port Table 6 7 Communication Parameter Names OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 21 Operating amp Provisioning 6 2 6 Using the SyncTerminal Software 6 2 6 1 Introduction Use the SyncTerminal software to send TL1 commands to the 5548C It enhances an emulator interface for sending TL1 commands to manage and configure the 5548C 6 2 6 2 Opening the SyncTerminal from SyncView PLUS The SyncTerminal is included in the SyncView PLUS software Use the connection procedure as shown in the SyncView PLUS user manual right click on the OSA 5548C SSU E60 icon and select SyncTerminal a CSC View Network Element Mode Configuration Windows Help w DI eN LocalManager BX NEDescription DN x OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 22 Operating amp Provisioning 6 2 6 3 Overview The SyncTerminal main window is divided in 4 principal parts e The top menu provides 4 men
252. he source identifier of the 5548C 20 Characters in the ranges A to Z and 0 to 9 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 47 Operating amp Provisioning 6 4 2 Time amp Date To set the time and the date in the 5548C the following command can be sent 6 4 2 1 Using TL1 Input Syntax ED DAT ctag date time utcoffset Example ED DAT MYCTAG 2006 10 05 10 30 00 8 00 Parameter Default Possible Description name Parameter configurations DATE me 2004 01 01 2099 12 The date in the format of YYYY MM DD 31 TIME rr 00 00 00 23 59 59 The time in the format of HH MM SS UTCOFFSET 02 00 12 00 12 00 Offset between local time and UTC time in the format of HH MM 6 4 2 2 Using SyncView PLUS Open the Physical or Logical view and go to View gt Local Time 15480 SU 200 55480 SSI Elements Local Time Event Viewer Inventory Figure 6 6 SyncView PLUS time and date OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 48 Operating amp Provisioning 6 4 3 5548C Type Information and Inventory 6 4 3 1 5548C Type Information Physically The model number Mod the serial number No and the order reference also called part or article number Order ref can be found on the right side of the shelf and on the 5548C shelf s right ear aga AR AR e AR e e e A ee e ba da 88833 85688383 TEEN EEE EEE E EERE EREER
253. iations like ED for Editing RTRV for Retrieving DLT for deleting in the form VERB MOD1 MOD2 More details about abbreviation are described in next sections B Target Identifier TID is required in all input commands but its value can be null In the 5548C the TID is represented between two brackets and T as it is an optional value C Access Identifier AID contains parameters that uniquely identify the entity within or associated to the OSA 5548C SSU In the above example it corresponds to the Output Group 1 1 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 4 Operating amp Provisioning D Correlation Tag CTAG is a sequential command identifier to be used with every command input The CTAG correlates acknowledgments errors and responses with an originating request E General Block Format is usually empty and is the fourth and final parameter in the TL1 message s staging block F The Payload block of any TL1 command message contains any additional information needed to carry out the specified command Typically any parameters associated with the operation are conveyed within this block G The TL1 input message terminator is a semicolon input or command messages which must always end any 6 2 1 3 Abbreviations and Characters for Command Format Types Characters for commands and received messages Characters Description Example Characters Description Ex
254. idth rack size A CAUTION 26 6 cm 10 5 inches 6U 24 60 cm 9 7 inches 53 3 cm 21 inches ETSI or 48 26 cm 19 0 inches 19 Refer to picture Figure 3 1 for more details about dimension Each OSA 5548C SSU must have at least 1 RU 1 75in 4 5 mm below the shelf to allow for adequate convection cooling 4 3 1 Configuring the Shelf Width as ETSI or 19 Verify that the two lateral ears of the shelf are mounted in the corresponding size ETSI or 19 When the size is not correct follow the below procedure Handle in Handle new position CS Handle screws Fixation screws Shelf Rear Ear Figure 4 1 Rear View of Lateral Ear STEP 1 2 ACTION Unscrew the fixation screws of the 2 ears Unscrew the Handle screws Move the handles on the perpendicular side of the ears as per shown on Figure 4 1 Tighten the handles with the screws previously utilized Apply the ears on the lateral sides of the shelf in order that the handles point on the front Tighten the ears with the two screws previously utilized Ensure that ears and handles are solidly fixed OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 5 Equipment Installation 4 3 2 Mounting the Shelf in the Rack STEP ACTION 1 Check the position in which to fit the shelf in the rack 2 Mount the OSA 5548C SSU carefully onto the rack rails from the front of the rack and fix it using four screws and their corr
255. ignal noise ratio in dBHz Only available on tracked satellites HEALTH NO ALMANAC Satellite s health Satellite must be healthy to be UNHEALTHY tracked HEALTHY TRACKED YES NO Whether satellite is tracked or not OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 105 Operating amp Provisioning 6 7 4 Retrieving GNSS Position Once the GNSS card has tracked 4 satellites or 1 in Indoor mode it can show the antenna position Using TL1 Input Syntax RTRV EQPT POS ctag Example RTRV EQPT POS MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sig date time M ctlag COMP LD ee AE name configurations parameters NS N Latitude 0 90 10 Degrees gt ag Te a e E FRAC MIN Fraction of minute Tone Jew Je tongue EE OE KE gt MN 10 89 10 Minutes S FRAC MIN 10 9999 0 Fractionofminue A 999 18000 o Alttudeinmetes OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 106 Using Sync View Operating amp Provisioning Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Inputs gt GPS Input gt Details gt Position tab GPS Position Latitude N 46 594919 Longitude E6 548015 Altitude 514 m I Indoor Degree Min Fraction of minute d E SE KAT E EEN jearesr h minute di aa EET PID Saran os pe Bqree dary Min i At ee VE st la OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Refresh 6
256. igure the E1 signal corresponding to the signal fed e Adding a restore delay once a line is detected as valid To delay the premature selection of an input source that is in the process of recovery Retrieving General INput Card INC Group Status This section explains how to retrieve the configuration of each INC group A Important Note The command response refers to the INC group status and not to individual INC card status Input Syntax RTRV EQPT INC aid ctag Example RTRV EQPT INC 1 MYCTAG The response is formatted as below OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 61 Operating amp Provisioning Output Syntax sid date time M ccad COMP LD aid opstate SSM ssm PERF perf SYS_MODE sys_mode name configurations parameters This is the INC group number OPSTATE EMPTY OK There are different INC group states EXCTRACTED EMPTY The group slots are empty INIT EXTRACTED The group has been DOWNLOAD extracted from their respective slots OK ALARM INIT The group is being restarted DEGRADED DOWNLOAD The group firmware is TESTERROR being downloaded DEAD OK The group is running correctly ALARM The group is in alarm DEGRADED The firmware version is not the same as the rest of the shelf TESTERROR Invalid testing date DEAD The MAC group is not able to communicate OFF ON OFF Indicates if the SSM is ON or OFF PERF OFF ON ALARM ON Indicates if the PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT is
257. igures Figure 2 47 SYM SUB D Output Te 2 71 Figure 245 ASYM IDE Output ME ae eee 2 12 Figure 2 49 TCC NTP Output ie 2 73 Figure 2 50 Remote BNC panel Front View 2 74 Figure 2 51 Remote BNC panel Top View 2 14 Figure 2 52 SyncView PLUS Logical View exvampler 2 75 Figure 2 53 Sync View PLUS Physical View example rrrrrrrrnnrrrnnrerranrrrnnrernnnernnnrnrnnennnnnen 2 76 Figure 2 54 SyncView PLUS Network Manager version Synchronization Network General View ONE beret 2 76 Figure 2 55 SyncTerminal evample 2 17 FEE AE Dimensional VIEW seereis a eeii 3 5 Figure 3 2 Remote BNC panel Front View 3 6 Figure 3 3 Remote BNC panel Top View rrrarnrarnnnrnnnennnenanenanennnnnnrnnnrnnnennnennnennnennsenuennusnnesnnnen 3 6 Figure 4 1 Rear View of Lateral Ear arornrrnnnnonanrrnnnennnnnranennnrnnnnnnanennnnrnnnnnnanenanennnnenanennnnennnnennn 4 5 Figure4 2 Rack MOUNING EE 4 6 Figure 4 3 Mounting Remote Output Panel mferack 4 7 Figure 4 4 Power Tile amp Fuse locatnon 4 9 Figure 4 5 Grounding amp Power Connections on Power Tiles nannannoannannannnnnnnnnennnneneennnne 4 11 Figure 4 6 Input Cards and Tiles locaton 4 12 Figure 4 7 Input Tile Group location 4 13 Figure 4 8 OUC Groups amp Tiles Location cece eccce cece eeeeee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeseeeteneeseeseeeeas 4 16 Figure 4 9 Output Connectors PPS location Slot A102 rrrrnrrrarennnrnnanernnennarernnrnr
258. ility to set customized threshold for alarm detection The following thresholds can be selected for each type of alarm detection 10E 04 10E 03 and 10E 02 The alarms are e Out Of Frame OOF o When SSM is enabled and frame type is PCM31 o When 3 consecutive incorrect FAS words ITU T G 706 o If Threshold alarm is enabled additionally to the above criteria when false words rate of the total number 4000 during 1s is higher or equal than the Threshold selected e CRC 4 alarm o When at least 915 CRC 4 values are false on a total of 1000 ITU T G 706 o If Threshold alarm is enabled additionally to the above criteria when false CRC 4 values rate of the total number 1000 during 1s is higher or equal than the Threshold selected e BiPolar Violation BPV when the code is AMI or Code Violation CV when the code is HDB3 o 1 or more BPV or CV detected during an interval of 1s o If Threshold alarm is enabled additionally to the above criterias when BPV or CV rate of the total number 2 048E 06 during 1s is higher or equal than the Threshold selected Note Le To retrieve current IL configuration refer to refer to the TL1 Command List document Read section Input connector to Input Line IL description to understand the concept of cross connection of input lines to physical input ports OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 75 Operating amp Provisioning Using TL1 The foll
259. in one single line the following command is required Input Syntax ED EQPT IL aid ctag INPUT input ADM_STATE adm_state TERMINATION termination CODE code WIR wtr OOF DETECT 00f detect FRCD fred CRC4 DETECT erc4 detect BPV DETECT bpv detect SSM BIT ssm bit TAG tag Example ED EOQOPT IL 1 2 MYCTAG INPUT E1 2 ADM STATE ENABLED TERMINATION TERMINATED CODE HDB3 WTR 1 OOF DETECT ENABLED FRCD NONE CRC4_DETECT DISABLED BPV_DETECT DISABLED SSM_BIT SA4 TAG My Second El Input Line OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 65 Operating amp Provisioning Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters AID 1 1 1 4 ALL This is the input line abbreviation The first digit is the group number and the second digit is the input number 1 1 2 3 4 OPSTATE OK ALARM WTR OK There are different operational input PERFALARM line states OK The line is running correctly ALARM The line is in alarm WTR The line is being in wait to restore time mode PERFALARM The line s performance crosses the threshold SSM PRC SSU A NONE This is the input line SSM quality SSU_B SEC DNU NONE FAILED DISABLED INPUT ET 2 E1 3 This is the port connector assigned E1 4 FREQ_1 to the Input Line IL FREQ 2 FREQ 3 FREQ 4 ADM_STATE DISABLED ENABLED This is the status of the line MONITORED DISABLED The input line is ENABLED disabled and henc
260. ing A Note One of the input references must be enabled and selected qualified by the OSA 5548C SSU This active input is used as the Performance Measurement reference once it has been processed by THC filtering OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 191 Operating amp Provisioning 6 12 1 3 Operation The OSA 5548C SSU performs the input signal measurement every second within a period of 3 hours to create a performance measurement set The OSA 5548C can store up to 8 sets of measurements over 24 hours To store and display more measurement results sets we recommend SyncView PLUS remote management software Characteristics Description Value PM resolution Resolution of the measurement the 1 ns smallest unit measured Sampling rate This is the rate of the measurement 1s sampling So each second the system measures the input signal quality Duration of an interval The duration of a PM set As soon as an 3h for the calculation amp input reference is detected as good OK measurement of a PM the measurement process starts for 3 hours set thereafter it restarts a new set and so on until that an alarm or a PM deactivation is detected 6 12 2 Turn on off and resetting PM 6 12 2 1 Turn ON or OFF the PM Using TL1 To turn on the performance measurement function the following TL1 command is required Input Syntax SET PM 2 cag pmon Example SET PM MYCTAG ON Parameter Possible De
261. ing and the E1 signals are No action needed E1 distributed correctly RED An alarm has been detected on at least one of Verify that the output lines connected are the 10 outputs 11 to 20 not shorted if you have enabled this alarm detection Measure each output ports and check that the level and shape are correct If the card is protected 1 1 and the second card does not show any alarm it is recommended to return this card for repair OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 18 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Deseription en O OUT 11 20 RED Flashing No E1 signal is received to be processed and During the turn up procedure it is normal to E1 distributed by the OUC card get such alarm until the shelf is able to provide a valid signal to the OUC cards However if this status remains longer follow this procedure Verify the SGC cards operation and configuration Verify the THC cards operation and configuration Verify the INC cards operation and configuration Verify the input lines configuration Verify the input ports cabling e m J OFF The output line group is not configured as E1 If the description does not correspond to the or no output tile is installed if the f LED is also behavior currently shown by the shelf follow OFF the next 1 Verify that output configuration is correct 2 Verify that Output Tile is present Sc 11 20 GREEN The function is working and th
262. intenance Test OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 4 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 2 Troubleshooting The OSA 5548C SSU can report many alarms and event messages to alert the user about any problem The alarms can be seen on the cards LEDs or in detail with software such as SyncTerminal or SyncView PLUS This section guides the user to determine the cause of failure which might happen on the OSA 5548C SSU 8 2 1 Alarm Behavior Visible on Front LEDs 8 2 1 1 geen Card ING a The card is working correctly No action needed RED The card is currently not working During the power up sequence the LED can remain red for a short while If the LED stays in this status longer it means that the card is defective and should be returned for repair after a last unsuccessful firmware initialization tentative IT Weed There is a firmware version error Download the correct firmware in the card with the command ACT DNLD after verified that the firmware is in the MAC card e ORANGE A new card s firmware is being downloaded No action needed OFF Dead no power is supplied to the card Test the INC s fuse and replace it if necessary or return the card for repair GREEN The input line is correctly configured to No action needed the line is perfectly receive the signal assigned The signal is configured qualified The line is either ENABLED GREEN Flashing The line is in Wait to restore time and wil
263. ion which introduces Performance Measurements graphical user interface and storage capability for of up to 2000 alarms and events The SyncView PLUS software can also becoming a Network Manager version which operates as a Central Network Managing System Through the same software interface it allows managing all OSA 5548C SSU equipments in a network as well as others Oscilloquartz and third party equipments from any location via an Ethernet TCP IP network For full security and redundancy Oscilloquartz offers also the SyncView PLUS Network Manager Advanced version in a reliable 19 rack mountable server which enhances secure configurations such as mirroring RAID 5 disks and advanced SQL database Other features can be requested to match your security needs Figure 2 52 and Figure 2 53 are examples of the Graphical User Interfaces which can be seen locally and or remotely through the SyncView PLUS Management Software Figure 2 54 is the Network Browser view of the SyncView PLUS Network Manager version File Configuration View Elements Figure 2 52 SyncView PLUS Logical View example OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 75 Product Overview File View NetworkElement Mode Configuration Windows Help HEER e R tee 196 Q SSU 104 89 SSU 105 GJ SSU 106 Local Manager Localsv998 Q 5548C TSG Template J 5548C SSU Template 5240 TL 1 Template NE Description My comment for
264. ion P October 2013 1 10 Product Overview Chapter 2 Product Overview Including Ze Introduction Ai Ze Main Applications Ze Main Functions o NSG System Description System Components amp Operation Communication Synchronization Status Messaging SSM s Alarms OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 1 Product Overview This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 2 2 1 Product Overview Introduction The OSA 5548C Synchronization Supply Unit SSU is the latest product of a range of similar devices designed for Telecom Network Synchronization complying with the highest standards The unit incorporates the latest technological innovations and features for the most demanding present and future network requirements The OSA 5548C SSU is the most compact and high performance unit available on the market today for the synchronization of mobile and fixed telecommunication networks The OSA 5548C SSU is a timing signal regenerator distributor housed in a 3U or 6U subrack 19 or ETSI equipped with convenient front access plug in cards with optimized grouping of functionalities All cards may be duplicated for full system redundancy from the inputs to the user outputs by simple insertion of a second adjacent card for 1 1 functionality protection
265. ion Shelves Product Overview The OSA 5548C is locally RS 232 and remotely TCP IP manageable Logical View of SSU_103 5548C SSU Release 1 10 Master INC 1 SSU 103 a FE1 1 E1 1 a E1 1 E1 1 E1 1 E1 1 Figure 2 3 Logical View of Sync View PLUS Physical View of SSU 103 5548C SSU Release 1 10 Master Piz STATUS STATUS STATUS STATUS STATUS STATUS STATUS D D D D D Figure 2 4 Physical View of Sync View PLUS OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 D7 Product Overview 2 2 Main Applications 2 2 1 Synchronous Network Technologies Requiring Synchronization 2 2 1 1 Telephony Exchanges The switching of 64 kbit s circuits in digital telephony exchanges requires strict synchronism between the processed signals Some limited amount of wander usually at least 18 microseconds can be absorbed by the buffer stores on the input ports Too much wander relative to the equipment clock will cause the buffer stores to over or underflow ending in loss or duplication of 125 microseconds worth of data one frame on an 2048 kbit s signal or one octet on a 64 kbit s signal This is called a controlled slip ITU T Rec G 822 specifies upper limits for slip rates In order to maintain the operation of the network within these slip rate limits the wander on 2048 kbit s traffic signals must be kept below the so called Network Limits as specified in the new ITU T Rec G
266. is required to set the Ethernet parameters IP Gateway and Subnet mask addresses using a direct serial port connection following section 6 2 4 1 ACTION Connect the 5548C SSU to the LAN with an Ethernet cable 100 Base T category 5 with RJ 45 connectors Refer to section 4 7 for more details Connect one Ethernet cable end into the RJ 45 connector as shown on the Figure 4 18 LAN Comm Port Location Test the connection with a PING to the shelf s IP Using TELNET access the IP address configured in the OSA 5548C SSU Procedure 6 3 Ethernet Connection 6 2 4 3 Ethernet Connection with the SyncView PLUS software STEP 1 Ja ACTION Connect the 5548C SSU to the LAN with an Ethernet cable 10 or 100 Base T category 5 with RJ 45 connectors Refer to section 4 7 for more details Connect one Ethernet cable end into the RJ 45 connector as shown on the Figure 4 18 LAN Comm Port Location Test the connection with a PING to the shelf s IP Launch the SyncView PLUS software GENE ER Set the 5548C s IP Address and click on the SS Connect button Sesoesoscossosssossososeesossossosesesossossoo IP Address M93 A4 24 Port je000 Procedure 6 4 Ethernet Connection with SyncView PLUS OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 18 Operating amp Provisioning 6 2 5 Communication Ports 6 2 5 1 Default Communication Ports Connector Type Available Number of Max
267. iss within the command resend it accordingly the command sent resend it accordingly field within the command resend it accordingly sent 6 7 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 IER e Sege me O mm Data neve the command sent resend it accordingly ee command sent resend it accordingly ml ec Data range Data range error Check the command syntax and error within the command resend it accordingly sent _ IFM Invalid Invalid data format or Check the command syntax and Payload block payload block within resend it accordingly Invalid Data the command sent format DENY ECNA Command not The command sent is Check the command syntax and implemented not implemented resend it accordingly If the command is supposed to exist contact Oscilloquartz DENY PARS Parsing error A parsing error Check te command syntax and on script occurred after sending resend it accordingly the command illegal user have priviligege to SRON med send this command invalid resend it accordingly DENY RFNF Requested The condition sent Retrieve the current condition GC condition and check that it exists already exists accordingly DENY ISP Invalid syntax The syntax or Check the command syntax and or punctuation punctuation within the resend it accordingly command sent is not correct DENY INUP Non null There is a parameter Check the command syntax and unimplemente which should not be resend it accordingly d parameter located at t
268. ith Software Condition Cards in NE enn n DI me zm Active Input ACTINP N A THC The THC has selected another Check the previously selected Changed input as reference input Alarm Cut Off ACO N A MAC The alarm cut off has been No action needed if yopu are activated either physically with the enar the shelf check that all pushbutton on the MAC or LEDs have lit remotely with the TL1 command Alarm ee 1 Alarm indication signal alarm Check the E1 signal in question Indication Signal Antenna a a No connection to the GPS Check that the GPS antenna failure GPS B antenna The cable can be cable is correctly connected openend or shorted to the antenna to the EMP arrestor and to the 5548C Check that the EMP capsule Is not blown Measure the GPS antenna cable on the antenna side and check that there is about 5 Volts 4 Check the GPS antenna Bad Position PROGFLT N A All The card is inserted in the wrong Locate the card and move it to Slot the correct slot You can use the drawings situated at the end of this user manual Bipolar INC 1 Bipolar Violation with AMI code Check the E1 signal in question OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 29 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Condition Cards in or SEENEN voar e 1 or more BPV detected during an interval of 1s e f Threshold alarm is enabled o When BPV rate of the total number 2 048E 06 during 1s is higher or equal t
269. ithout disturbing the system Card Insertion 8 3 2 1 Before Replacing any Card If a card is alone in its group unprotected e g if there is the THC A but not the THC B if you replace the card with a new one it is necessary to reconfigure the replaced card once installed However if the group is fulfilled with its two possible cards protection 1 1 the remaining card will transfer its configuration to the newest installed The factory recommends that the following commands be executed and the response stored before removing an unprotected card to be used to restore configuration on replacement INC cards To store the parameters RTRV EQPT IL To restore the parameters ED EQPT IL For THC cards To store the parameters RTRV EQPT THC RTRV PRIO RTRV EQPT MADDS OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 41 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting To restore the parameters ED EQPT THC ED PRIO ED MADDS For SGC cards To store the parameters RTRV EQPT SGC To restore the parameters ED EQPT SGC For OUC cards To store the parameters RTRV EQPT OL RTRV EQPT OG RTRV EQPT OUC To restore the parameters ED EQPT OL ED EQPT OG ED EQPT OUC For MAC cards To store the parameters RTRV EQPT MAC To restore the parameters ED EQPT MAC J Note The SyncView PLUS management software has a back up tool which can save the configuration and restore it in any shelf OSA 5548C SSU E60 U
270. k Mounting Grounding amp Power Connection Connections Cabling Communication Ports Installation Check List OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 1 Equipment Installation This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 2 Equipment Installation 4 1 Overview Ss Recommendation The Pre Installation Considerations chapter must be carefully read prior to this chapter A Note Turn up and configuration procedures are described in chapter 6 of this document This chapter covers detailed installation instructions for the OSA 5548C SSU It is divided into the following sections e Unpacking section describes the precautions and instructions required to unpacking and inspecting the OSA 5548C SSU and its associated material e Rack mounting section presents the size and information for mounting the rack e Grounding and power connection section explains how to connect the power and ground to the OSA 5548C SSU e Connections section describes how to cable the Input and Output connections e Alarms section describes how to connect the remote and local alarm cables and a typical application e Local Remote connections section describes how to connect a 5548C extension shelf e Cabling communication ports section explains cabling to connect a local and or remote management system If any difficulties are encounter
271. ked the PTP master can provide time information with 50ns Furthermore the 5548C holdover capabilities assured by the THC module make possible achieving a comparable level of accuracy when the GPS card switches into unlocked state In the 5548C the TCC PTP cards are managed indirectly through the MAC module J Note The IEEE 1588 v2 standard defines protocol and methods to synchronize systems over packet networks For more information concerning the IEEE norms please visit http standards ieee org OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 26 Product Overview 2 4 10 H Expansion Shelves Expansion Shelves are required when it is necessary to get more than 60 outputs An expansion can allow up to 60 or 200 additional outputs Up to 4 expansion shelves can be connected to the main shelf with redundant links making the 5548C providing up to 860 output ports Contact Oscilloquartz for availability 2 4 11 Power Supply The OSA 5548C is equipped with two DC power supply inputs Each OSA 5548C SSU card includes its own power supply converter connected to both power supply inputs The power supply voltage range is 40 Vdc to 60 Vdc 2 4 12 J MAnagament Cards MAC The MAC gathers and reports all alarms and events from all cards in addition to external alarm inputs The MAC is the communication interface for local and remote management allowing an operator to access information via local seria
272. l be Wait until the WTR time has elapsed or OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 5 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting recovered once the time elapsed initialize it with the command INIT WTR ORANGE The line is being MONITORED The 5548C measures the line built cannot select it as an Input Reference RED The line is either ENABLED or MONITORED and at least one of the below criteria is detected Check the Input signal connected and if necessary configure IL parameters with the command ED EOPT IL With E1 signal LOS Loss Of Signal e The signal is lower than 15dB with terminated connection The signal is lower than 35dB with a bridged connection AIS Alarm Indication Signal OOF Out Of Frame e SSM is enabled and frame type is PCM31 e 3 consecutive incorrect FAS words ITU T G 706 e If Threshold alarm is enabled o When false words rate of the total number 4000 during 1s is higher or equal than the OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 6 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Threshold selected CRC 4 e 915 CRC 4 values or more are false on a total of 1000 ITU T G 706 e If Threshold alarm is enabled o When false CRC 4 values rate of the total number 1000 during 1s is higher or equal than the Threshold selected BPV Bipolar Violation with AMI Code or CV Code Violation with HDB3 e 1 or more BPV or CV detected duri
273. l ports RS 232 and or the remote Ethernet TCP IP interfaces OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 27 Product Overview 2 5 System Components amp Operation 2 5 1 Overview The OSCILLOQUARTZ 5548C Synchronization Supply Unit SSU has been developed on a modular basis plug in cards allowing the operator to upgrade the configuration of the equipment without normal operation interruption Each individual function can be equipped as single or dual card to introduce redundancy and protection As well as the cards the connector tiles are field replaceable and do not require a power cycle of the equipment A group of cards is always composed with an A card usually the left one and an optional B card usually the right one When no card is inserted in a slot a blank panel is required and the slot must be deactivated by software management interface In the INC GPS and THC groups one of the two cards is active and the second is in stand by to protect the active one In the SGC OUC and POWER groups both cards are active MAC NTP and PTP cards cannot be protected Figure 2 18 5548C SSU E60 Front Panel Layout OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 28 Product Overview If A3 Nout Card IB DN Ape A5 GPS 18 GPS gt HG A7 Tracking amp HoldoverCard 18 THC gt sec AQ Signal GeneratorCard Ip Lee A10 OUtput Card TC
274. led RMA Number required to return material for factory repair Rubidium REServed Request For Comment Registered Jack 45 8 pin connector for data transmission ReMoTe shelf Interface for communicating serially between computer and terminals Specification for electrical parameters of an interface only RS422 is compatible with V11 and X21 Stand alone Synchronisation Equipment Synchronization Digital Hierarchy Synchronous Equipment Clock Signal Generator Card Source IDentifier SONET Minimum Clock Simple Network Management Protocol Synchronous Optical NETwork Synchronization Status Message Synchronization Supply Unit also called SASE BITS or TSG Synchronization Traceability Unknown An abbreviated form of 1544 kbit s also called DS1 Time Code Card Network Time Protocol or TCC NTP card Transmission Control Protocol Internet protocol Time DEViation Square root of TVAR expressed in nano seconds Tracking amp Holdover Card Target Identifier Time Slot 0 Time Interval Error Variation in time delay of a given timing signal with respect to an ideal timing signals over a particular time period Time interval error over an observation time S seconds Two wires required for a connection positive amp negative Transaction Language 1 Transit Node traCeable Timing Signal Generator also called BITS SSU or SASE TVAR Ul UL UTC WAN Wander WTR XO Ym Glossary Measure of the expected time v
275. llowing command is required Input Syntax INH USER SECU i 10 Leg 0000 Example INH USER SECU MYCTAG USERNAME To enable an existing user currently disabled the following command is required Input Syntax ALN USER SECU Ee e uid Example ALW USER SECU MYCTAG USERNAME Parameter Default Possible configurations Description name Parameter AD I p eginorUsemame UD OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 46 Operating amp Provisioning 6 4 General Parameters and Information This section contains general information and setting such as e Setting the 5548C s shelf name e Setting the time and date e Checking the inventory and retrieving the 5548C type information e Checking card operation state e Deleting a card for empty slots e Swapping active card within a group i e INC A to INC B e Initializing card firmware e Lamp test e LEDs status 6 4 1 Set the 5548C s Name To set the network element e name also called the source identifier use the following command Input Syntax SET SID ctag newsid Example SET SID MYCTAG MY5548C To retrieve the name send the following TL1 command Input Syntax RIRV HDR i wf e EI Note A The name of the 5548C shelf should be displayed in the first line of the response after sending any command Parameter Default Possible Description name Parameter configurations NEWSID A string limited to This is t
276. lock Diagram input reference selector Input Interface system STATUS detection Input Interface Micro Processor OSA 5548C Internal Bus 2 5 7 4 SGC Block Diagram 2 048MHz current limiter Framer 1 E1 1 Framer 2 E1 2 3 3V 5W gt 5V iW OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 PPS E1 1 E1 2 2 048MHz Product Overview Output amplifier Output amplifier Output amplifier Output amplifier Output amplifier FREQ ouc 1 20 CODE 1 1 ouc 1 3 5 19 CODE 1 2 ouc 2 4 6 20 CODE 2 1 ouc 1 3 5 19 CODE 2 2 ouc 2 4 6 20 To Exp Link To Exp Link 2 46 Product Overview 2 5 8 OUtput Card OUC 2 5 8 1 Physical Layout Status RED Solid The card system is currently not working properly or may be in failure RED Flashing Version error ORANGE Solid Card s firmware is being upgraded GREEN Solid Card system is working properly vi OFF Card is not working at all OUT 1 10 GREEN Solid E1 distributed properly to Output ports 1 to 10 E1 RED Solid No E1 distribution to Output ports 1 to 10 RED Flashing No clock signal received by the OUC OFF The related outputs are not configured to supply E1 clock to Output ports 1 to 10 OUT 1 10 GREEN Solid 2 048 MHz distributed properly f to Output ports 1 to 10 RED Solid No 2 048 MHz distribution to Output ports 1 to 10 RED Flashing No clock signal received by the OU
277. m CR Test 7 3 10 Testing Output Ports 7 3 10 1 Testing E1 Output An oscilloscope with a test load impedance of 75 Q 5 or 120 Q 5 depending on the Output tile is necessary to execute the following test Then connect the oscilloscope input to a provisioned output E1 port and verify the following information Output Tile CEI connectors or BNC With Sub D connectors Remote panel or with CEI BNC connected with Balun 75Q to 1200 adapter Cable type Asymmetrical Symmetrical Test load impedance 120 ohms Nominal peak voltage of a 2 3 V AV pulse Unit Interval Ul width 488 28 ns Ratio of the amplitudes of positive and negative pulses 0 95 to 1 05 at the centre of the pulse interval Ratio of the widths of positive and negative pulses at the 0 95 to 1 05 nominal half amplitude Pulse shape Rectangular An isolated pulse shall fit the template shown in the Figure 7 1 E1 Pulse Template The negative pulse is the upside down representation of the following Figure OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 35 Commissioning AE EA EE 3 CJ e Template 2 e E a H m e Lid L eee EE 7 Nominal Pulse 219 ns 22 i 32 244 ns z O fe e i ae BE ee Bi e ONE EEE 458 ns Figure 7 1 E1 Pulse Template OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 36 Commissioning 7 3 10 2 Testing Frequency Output
278. mand is required Using TL1 Input Syntax RTRV PM aid ctag kind set Example RTRV PM IL 1 2 MYCTAG MTIE 2 The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD aid kind date time point1 point2 point3 point4 point5 point6 7 ee e eg AD EA dl retrieving its PM results KIND MIE TDEV YM a This is the type of value to retrieve SET This is the PM set to retrieve 1 is the currently calculated result by default 2 is the previously stored and the 9 is the oldest one DATE 2004 01 01 2099 aa This is the PM set date 12 31 00 00 00 23 59 59 This is the PM set time POINT1 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE 1S For TDEV TDEV 18 For YM YM 608 POINT2 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE_1M For TDEV TDEV_4S For YM YM_540S POINT3 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE_15M For TDEV TDEV_16S For YM YM 15M POINT4 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE_30M For TDEV TDEV GAS For YM YM 1H POINT5 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE_1H For TDEV TDEV 2568 For YM YM 2H POINT6 1E 9 1E0 For MTIE MTIE_3H For TDEV TDEV_1000S For YM YM 3H OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 195 Operating amp Provisioning Not software selectable Using SyncView Open Performances 18 01 2007 at 11 22 34 19 01 2007 at 11 22 34 EH A Note Refer to the SyncView manual for Performances Interface description and use OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 196 Op
279. mation refer to 0 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 38 Product Overview 2 5 5 2 Main Features The GPS card is designed to provide the following functions e GNSS signal tracking and processing from up to 24 satellites e Input signal distribution to the THC cards or to the SGC cards when the pass through function is enabled e Performance Measurement and reference disqualification when Performance Thresholds are defined e GNSS card 1 1 protection e Synchronization Status Messaging SSM quality according to the GNSS operation status e Manual position provisioning for location where condition of GNSS reception are bad such as urban canyon e UTC based and GNSS based time source e Remotely software also called firmware upgradeable 2 5 5 3 Operation The user can insert in the shelf e 1 GNSS which makes the shelf available for an input reference from one GNSS antenna e 2 GNSS which makes the shelf available for input reference from two GNSS antennas When two GNSS cards are installed one is active and the other is in stand by The GNSS antenna connectors are 2x BNC 50 ohms located on the Input Tile It is possible to configure each input reference as ENABLE to make it available for selection by the 5548C when qualified by the GNSS card MONITORED in order to measure its performances without allowing the 5548C to select it or DISABLE to disallow the 5548C to select it and to
280. ment tile labeled PPS 1 amp PPS 2 see Figure 4 10 See section 9 5 for specifications MGMT TILE OUTPUTS ASYM INPUTS 1 10 SYM OL CO PPS 1 ANTENNA ee OB STATUS STATUS oe ee Coe Case 19191919 19191919 l EXT Gen AN IMPORTANT 3 O When no GPS receivers are installed the PPS signal is not phase locked to GROUP 2 UTC PPS 2 PPS 1 Figure 4 10 Output Connectors PPS PPS is phase locked to UTC when GPS receiver cards are locked to GPS signal OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 23 Equipment Installation 4 5 2 7 Cabling a PPS Output Connector STEP ACTION 1 Choose a PPS output BNC connector available 2 Use a coaxial cable 50 ohms with BNC male termination and connect it into the intended connector 3 Check that the cable is tightened correctly Procedure 4 11 Cabling a PPS Output Connector 4 6 Alarms Figure 4 11 shows two types of alarm connectors the EXTERNAL ALARM INPUTS and the ALARM OUT group 1 amp 2 2 2 EXPANSION ALARM OUT LINK A LINK B GROUP 1 ALARMS OUT 1 Oo Oo oO o Oo OO oO OO OG Oo OO 0006006 Oo Oo oO po Oo OO o OG OO Oo OO OO OO OO EXT ALARMS IN ALARMS OUT 2 Figure 4 11 Alarms Management Tile The OSA 5548C unit includes 10 input alarms These are used to remotely manage external units And two groups of NC Normally Closed am
281. ments e Synchronization Status Message SSM Jitter Attenuation The selected input reference signal may be affected by phase variations known as jitter The OSA 5548C SSU can filter this jitter by tracking the internal oscillators on the selected input and distributing 2 048 Mbit s E1 a 2 048 MHz signals with a reduced level of jitter Holdover Freerun mode When all input references are unavailable the OSA 5548C SSU generates output signals based on the high quality internal oscillator The end user can select the appropriate type of oscillator e Rubidium oscillator for enhanced SSU Type II holdover performance characteristic e OSA 8663 quartz oscillator for SSU A Type et V holdover performance characteristics Signal Distribution The OSA 5548C SSU equipment distributes up to 60 synchronization signals The 3 Output Card groups generate 2 048 Mbit s E1 or 2 048MHz Depending on the configuration output signals are unprotected or protected In the protected mode each output signal is generated by two independent cards one for one protection OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 19 2 3 5 2 3 6 Product Overview Pass through In case of failure or extraction of internal oscillators THC cards the equipment will automatically activate its pass through Clock bypass function when at least one input signal 2 048MHz E1 or GPS is connected and qualified It is an autonomou
282. mmand Input Syntax RIRV DNLD lt 3 a ug eg The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M etag COMPLD ftp src_path user name parameters FTP 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 IP address of the FTP or the FTP domain name server where the firmware files can be FTP server FTP server downloaded Table 6 24 Not retrievable with TL1 commands for evident security reason This is the path where the folder is located from the root of the FTP server OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 204 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Go to Configuration gt FTP Downloader papel Meet TI a en al ane an rn f M M M KOHL I anaver Localnsa PU ZU sk File Viem Network Eement Node Configuration Windows Help i Pod Introduce the FTP IP Address the path FTP Server Path to where the Firmware files are located in the server from the root the FTP User Name and Password and click OK OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 205 Operating amp Provisioning 6 13 3 2 Downloading Files from the FTP Server After setting up the FTP configuration in the OSA 5548C SSU the download of the firmware files from the FTP server to the MAC card can be executed XY Recommendation Check that the Ethernet connection between the FTP server and the OSA 5548C SSU is correctly established prior to starting the file download A Not
283. mp 2 It is possible to cutoff the LEDs on first second both ranges or disabling the ACO none For that purpose the following TL1 command is required Input Syntax ED EQPT MAC ctag ACO aco Example ED EQPT MAC MYCTAG ACO 2 Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters ACO 1 2 BOTH NONE 1 This is the parameter to choose for applying the cutoff on the range 1 2 both ranges or none OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 173 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Mac Alarm Cutoff Config 17 MAC gt Alarm Cutoff Alarm Cutoff Select the colomn 1 2 or both 6 11 1 4 Alarm Escalation The OSA 5548C SSU has the capability to escalate the severity of an active alarm to a higher level after a defined time 24 hours by default Example After a delay of 24 hours an active alarm with a Minor MN severity will escalate to a Major MJ severity A Note Retrieve current configuration in section 6 11 1 1 Using TL1 To modify the escalation delay the following command is required Input Syntax ED EQPT MAC ctag ALMESC almesc Example ED EQPT MAC MYCTAG ALMESC 48 Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters ALMESC 24 This is the delay in hour after which a severity of an active alarm is escalated to a higher level 0 means no escal
284. n 10 Procedure 7 10 E1 Input Line Configuration A Note Further details on alarm detection OOF CRC 4 BPV and CV configuration are described in section 6 5 4 5 7 2 7 2 Frequency input Line Configuration STEP ACTION Check the FREQ BNC connector where the line you want to configure is connected Configure the connector FREQ_1 to FREQ 4 required to attribute to any of the 4 possible input lines between 1 1 and 1 4 sending the following command 1 2 ED EQPT IL input_line CTAG INPUT FREQ connector Example ED EQPT IL 1 2 MYCTAG INPUT FREQ 1 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 15 Commissioning STEP ACTION 3 Configure the administration state of the line Enabled to allow the 5548C to use it Disable to deactivate the line Monitored to allow the OSA 5548C to measure performance without using it ED EQPT IL input line CTAG ADM STATE ENABLED DISABLED MONITORED Configure the Wait To Restore time WTR which is a configurable delay to make the 5548C waiting before selected a line recovered The delay can be disabled or configured between 1 and 12 minutes ED EQPT IL input_line CTAG WIR 1 12 DISABLED 5 If necessary attribute a tag to the input line using the following command ED EQPT IL input line CTAG TAG My Input Line Tag 6 Once the configuration finished you can check it with the following command RTRV EOQPT IL
285. n the power tile use a Multimeter to measure the voltage between the following points TESTPOINT1 TESTPOINT2 VALUE OK POWERA POWERB ov U POWERA POWERA o U POWERA GROUND ov O POWERB POWERB NW POWERB GROUND ov O 3 Reconnect the 48V wires on to the POWER A and B connectors 4 Measure the following points TEST POINT 1 TEST POINT 2 VALUE OK POWER A POWER A 40 to 60VDC U POWER B POWER B 40 to 60VDC U OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 10 Equipment Installation STEP ACTION 9 Replace the plastic protection on the power connector of both Power Tiles 10 d Please refer to chapter 5 for Turn Up Procedures Procedure 4 3 Grounding amp Power connection VDC RETURN OV VDC BATT 48V Kg UD EN S9 S POWER GROUND GND OSCILLOQUARTZ Shelf is powered by redundant 2 grounding studs GND Figure 4 5 Grounding amp Power Connections on Power Tiles A Note Screw the studs to ensure grounding OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 11 Equipment Installation 4 5 Connections 4 5 1 Input and GPS Connectors There is a group of INC slots A2 and A3 and a group of GPS slots A4 and A5 on the bottom range of the OSA 5548C SSU The input tile is located on the top range of the OSA 5548C SSU position A22 INPUT TILE INPUTS OUTPUTS ASYM wT a IEN
286. nal GPS cards and with a Time of Day card can be used as a Time of Day TOD server see Figure 2 16 Time of Day information comes in different formats depending on the TOD card type Popular TOD protocols are NTP RFC 1305 and PTP IEEE 1588 TOD cards are future product options Please consult factory for information about availability internal 2 048 MHZ amp GPS antenna GPS Tracking amp Signal Output 2048 Mbit s signal Holdover Generator Amplifiers Outputs Receiver GPS antenna pg Tracking amp Signal TOD TOD signal Holdover Generator Server Ports Receiver Figure 2 16 The 5548C as a Time of Day TOD server OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 18 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 4 Product Overview Main Functions The OSCILLOQUARTZ 5548C Synchronization Supply Unit SSU equipment is a timing signal distributor It resides in an ETSI subrack with various connectors Depending on its configuration it can be composed as a single channel or as fully redundant unit The equipment is locally RS 232 and remotely TCP IP manageable Input reference Selection The OSA 5548C SSU selects one of the input reference signals among up to 4 available input lines IL which can be assigned by software commands on any of the 8 input connectors 4x E1 and 4x Frequency Selection is based on e User defined priority table e Input signal alarms detection e Input signal performance measure
287. nal is tracked e DNU when the GNSS signal is not tracked Visible Number of Satellites Vehicles available from the GNSS antenna location Tracked Number of Satellites vehicles currently tracked by the GNSS receiver at least 4 must be tracked to determine the GNSS antenna position and one if the position is entered in Indoor mode The GNSS receiver can track up to 12 Satellites vehicles at the same time Note 2 The properties are those of the active GNSS card OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 97 Operating amp Provisioning Using TL1 To retrieve the current GNSS Properties send the following command Input Syntax RTRV EQPT GNSS ctag Example RTRV EQPT GNSS MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M otag COMPLD opstate ssm PPS OFFSET pps offset ADM STATE adm state INDOOR indoor ELEVATION elevation FRCD fred VISIBLE visible TRACKED tracked r To edit all the parameters send the following command Input Syntax ED EQPT GNSS ctag GLN A GLN B CTAG PPS OFFSET pps offset INDOOR indoor ELEVATION elevation ANTENA STATE enable disable GNSS MODE GPS amp GLONASS amp SBAS Example ED EQPT GNSS GLN A MYCTAG PPS_OFFSET 274 INDOOR OFF ELEVATION 15 ANTENA STATE ENABLE GNSS MODE GPS amp GLONASS Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters OPSTATE OK ALARM Depends on
288. nel 2 40 Product Overview 2 5 6 Tracking Holdover Card THC 2 5 6 1 Physical Layout OSCILLOQUARTZ 5548C Status RED Solid The card system is currently not working properly or may be in failure SSU Note that at the start up this status remains until the THC is able to provide a proper clock signal usually once the warm up sequence has ended RED Flashing Version error bei ORANGE Solid Card s firmware is being upgraded HOLDOVER OSCILLATOR GREEN Solid Card system is working properly OFF Card is not working at all SELECTED INPUT Holdover RED Solid Holdover Freerun keng RED Flashing Fast Start up Oscillator RED Solid Oscillator failure RED Flashing Oscillator in Warm up Selected The displayed number is the input line IL currently Input selected by the system 1 to 4 are IL from the INC group i e 1 IL 1 1 2 IL 1 2 G is the GPS IL When the dot lit it means that at least one Input Line is qualified by the INC group Figure 2 26 THC Card THC The dash means that the THC is in holdover or in freerun mode Table 2 5 THC Card LED Description A Note e For detailed THC LED status description refer to section 8 2 1 e For ordering Information refer to 0 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 41 Product Overview 2 5 6 2 Main features The THC card is designed to provide the following functions e Input selection based on o In
289. nfigured PTP OVER Masters Visible 1 Master Address 149 133 40 159 RE zack Aen Ed ken F r uwen ka ka eu Procedure 7 x PTP Output Test OSK 5548C l ma GE OSA 5320 Ste D s g QSA 5548C E60 A S E S Figure 7 3 PTP set up testing OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 39 Commissioning 7 3 11 Commissioning Completion 7 3 11 1 Alarm and History Flushing Prior to complete commissioning it is recommended to flush all logs related to commissioning procedure STEP 1 2 ACTION Check current Active alarms with the following command RTRV ALM ALL CTAG If no alarm is answered go to the next step if there is alarms like IMPROPER REMOVAL send the following command to the empty slots DLT EQPT INC 1 A INC 1 B GPS A GPS B THC A THC B SGC A SGC B OUC 1 A OUC 3 B MAC A CTAG If there is any other alarm refer to section 0 for troubleshooting And resend the command RTRV ALM ALL CTAG for verification Flush the Alarm History with this command INIT ALM HiIST C TAG Check that history is empty with this command ERT E E RE KEREN TEE The answer should be such as follow SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD Flush the Automatic Message with this command INIT AO ALL CTAG Check that Automatic Messages are empty with this command RIRV A0O tC lAG e The answer should be such as follow SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD f
290. ng 6 9 4 4 Short Circuit Detection on OL The OSA 5548C has the capability to show a SHORTED alarm when it detects short circuit on any of an OUC s Output Lines To enable this function on any of the OUC group follow this procedure M Note For OUC cards and Output Tile correspondence refer to section 6 9 1 2 For Output Group information refer to section 6 9 1 3 Using TL1 To retrieve the current OUC state use the following command Input Syntax RIRV BOPT OUC aa0 Clad Example RTRV EQPT OUC 3 MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M etag COMPLD aid opstate SHORTED shorted To enable the SHORT CIRCUIT detection send the below command Input Syntax ED EQPT OUC aid ctag SHORTED shorted Example ED EQPT OUC 2 MYCTAG SHORTED ON Parameter Possible Default This is the card group specified OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 137 Operating amp Provisioning name configurations parameters OPSTATE EMPTY EXTRACTED INIT DOWNLOAD OK ALARM DEGRADED TESTERROR DEAD not software configurable Using SyncView There are nine different OUC group states EMPTY The group slots are empty EXTRACTED The group has been extracted from its respective slots INIT The group is being restarted DOWNLOAD The group firmware is being downloaded OK The group is running correctly ALARM The group is in alarm DEGRAD
291. ng an interval of 1s e If Threshold alarm is enabled o When BPV or CV rate of the total number 2 048E 06 during 1s is higher or equal than the Threshold selected With Frequency signal LOS Loss Of Signal e Signal level is lower than 200mV rms with sine wave e Signal level is lower than 0 6V OOL Out Of Limit e The frequency is not recognised by OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 7 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting um mm ven the system e Relative Frequency Offset Af f gt 50ppm RED Flashing Performance Measurement failure MTIE Check the quality of the input line error TDEV error Ym Error MTIE and or connected Modify the Performance TDEV and or Ym beyond of the specified threshold if necessary mask OFF The disabled and the unused lines have If it is required to use the line enable and their LED extinguished Only 4 LEDs can be configure it with the command ED EQPT illuminated on the active INC card The er stand by INC card remains with all its input LEDs extinguished Table 8 1 Input Card Troubleshooting visible LEDs OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 8 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 2 1 2 GPS card GPS um mme vesener atom STATUS GREEN The card is working correctly No action needed RED The card is currently not working or not During the power up sequence the LED can delivering a qualified signal remain red
292. nication Specifications OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 3 9 2 Con OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Input Specification ItS Connector Label Ports Configuration E1 Supported Code Supported Frame Synchronization Status Messaging SSM Level Impedance Input failure criteria NCY inputs nector Label Ports Configuration Frequency Wave Level Return Loss Impedance Input failure criteria Specifications BNC 50 QO female E11to4 Up to 4 providing 4x E1 inputs 1 1 protected when all INput Cards INC are installed Up to 2 INput Cards INC providing 1 1 protection ITU T G 703 9 HDB3 and AMI user selectable e PCM30 PCM30C PCM31 SSM disabled PCM31C Fully supported nominal to 15dB in Terminated mode nominal to 35dB in Bridged mode 75 Q terminating mode 1000 Q bridging mode Loss Of Signal LOS 15dB in Terminated mode or 35dB in Bridged mode Alarm Indication Signal AIS Out Of Frame OOF according to G 706 and according to user defined threshold 10E 4 10E 3 10E 2 e CRC 4 according to G 706 and according to user defined threshold 10E 4 10E 3 10E 2 BiPolar Violation BPV if code is AMI or Code Violation CV if code is HDB3 according to G 706 and according to user defined threshold 10E 4 10E 3 10E 2 e SSM failed when the SSM code is unknown after
293. ning 6 4 6 1 Using TL1 Input Syntax SW DX aid ctag Example SW DX THC MYCTAG For retrieving the current active card the following command is required Many parameters will be returned with focus upon card active or standby status Input Syntax RTRV EQPT OP aid ctag Example RTRV EQPT OP THC ctag The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD aid opstate OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 56 Operating amp Provisioning Parameter Possible configurations Description name INC 1 GPS THC The specified card DEAD The MAC group is not able OPSTATE EMPTY EXCTRACTED INIT OK There are different status DOWNLOAD OK STANDBY EMPTY The card slot are empty ALARM DEGRADED EXTRACTED The card has been TESTERROR DEAD extracted from its respective slot INIT The card is being restarted DOWNLOAD The group firmware is being downloaded OK The card is ACTIVE and is working correctly STANDBY The card is in STAND BY and ready to protect the active card within the same group ALARM The group is in alarm DEGRADED The firmware version is not the same as the rest of the shelf TESTERROR Invalid testing date to communicate 6 4 6 2 Using SyncView Go to the Physical View gt right click on a protected pair of card INC GPS THC gt Switch OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 57 Operatin
294. nnnnnnernnernnennneenunenunenenen 6 83 6 6 4 Retrieving GPS bosemton ccc cccccecceseeeceeeeeeeeceeeceeeseeeeseeeseeesseeesaeesaues 6 92 SS PM 6 94 GNSS Configuration E 6 95 6 7 1 Jettge el leid e E 6 95 6 7 2 GNSS Card GNSS Group State 2 0 0 cc cecccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeesaeeeseees 6 95 6 7 3 NEPPE EEN 6 96 6 7 4 Retrieving GNSS Position rrranrrnnnrnnnrnranenanrrnnnnranennnnnnanennannnanennennnanennn 6 106 or PN 6 108 Line Switching Tracking amp Holdover THC Signal Filtering and Processing6 109 Ge TAC OUP EN 6 109 6 8 2 Manual amp Automatic Direct Digital Synthesis MAT 6 110 093 Oscilator TYDE EEE ER 6 112 684 Switching Mode esseeri koeien E EEr e E O EO EEEE 6 113 6 8 5 Priorities Configuration rararnnrrrnnnrranernnrrnnnrvnnrnranrrnnrnnanenaennnnennsennanennn 6 116 6 8 6 Pass through Mode ccccccccseccssecssecseeceeeceeecuecauecauecaeeceeecseeseeeaeeeaaes 6 119 Signal Generation amp Output Properties nxrrrnnnnvvrnnnnnnevnnnnnnevnnnnnvevennnnnerennnnunner 6 121 6 9 1 The Basics of SGC amp OUC Operation 6 121 6 9 2 Signal Generation Card SGC Group Gtaie cece cececeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 124 6 9 3 OUtput Card Group State OUC eeceeeeseeeeeeeeseeesaeeenes 6 128 6 9 4 Output Signal Type and Configuration rarrrnnrrranernnrrrnnrnrannvanrnnnrnnanennn 6 129 6 9 5 Time Code Card NIbPOTGCNTIbiiate ccceceeeceeeeeeeeeae eens 6 139 6 9 6 Using the Time Code Card PTP TCC PTPy
295. nt Read section Input connector to Input Line IL description to understand the concept of cross conection of input lines to physical input ports Using TL1 The TL1 command to edit the termination is the following Input Syntax ED EQPT IL aid ctag TERMINATION termination Example ED EQPT IL 1 1 MYCTAG TERMINATION BRIDGED name configurations parameters This is the input line abbreviation The first digit is the group number and the second digit is the input number 1 1 2 3 4 TERMINATION TERMINATED TERMINATED Input BE connection type BRIDGED Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Inputs gt Input 1 4 gt Details gt Termination OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 72 Operating amp Provisioning 6 5 4 4 E1 Code Configuration Two different E1 code types can be fed to the 5548C SSU such as the following AMI Alternate Mark Inversion AMI is an encoding technique made by a synchronized clock and using bipolar pulses transmission of positive and negative pulses to represent a logic state 1 A logic state 0 is not represented by any symbol and a logic state 1 by alternated pulses Example of AMI encoding Bits format I O 0 0 0 i 1 OF IS encoded as 0 0 0 0 HDB3 High Density Bipolar Order 3 HDB3 is bipolar signal based on the AMI encoding with a violation code insertion each time there is more than 3 logic st
296. ntervals to Retrieve MTIE PM Results PM observation time MTIE 1S Delay to get the first PM result 900s 15min Time interval to get a new PM update after the 17 measurement 900s 15min MTIE 1M 900s 15min 900s 15min MTIE 15M 900s 15min 900s 15min MTIE 30M 1800s 30min 900s 15min MTIE 1H 3600s 1h 900s 15min MTIE 3H 108005 3h No update as it is the latest value of the time interval Table 6 18 Delays and Intervals to Retrieve MTIE PM Results 6 12 3 2 Delays and Intervals to Retrieve TDEV PM Results PM observation Delay to get the first Time interval to get a new PM time PM result update after the 1 measurement TDEV 1S 900s 15min TDEV 4S 900s 15min TDEV 16S 900s 15min TDEV 64S 1800s 30min 900s 15min TDEV 256S 3600s 1h 900s 15min TDEV 10008 108005 3h No update as it is the latest value of the time interval Table 6 19 Delays and Intervals to Retrieve TDEV PM Results 6 12 3 3 Delays to Retrieve Ym PM results PM observation time Delay to get the PM result Ym 60S 60s 1min Ym 540S 540s 9min Ym 15M 900s 15min Ym 1H 3600s 1h Ym 2H 7200s 2h Ym 3H 10800s 3h Table 6 20 Delays to Retrieve Ym PM Results OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 194 Operating amp Provisioning 6 12 4 Retrieving PM Results For retrieving the current measurement results or one of the 8 previous ones stored in the OSA 5548C SSU the following com
297. o action needed alarm has been cut off Wa A major alarm has been reported by the Check the current active alarms of the whole shelf shelf nm gt No major alarm is currently active or the No action needed OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 26 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting mm alarm has been cut off has been cut alarm has been cut off E YELLOW A minor alarm has been reported by the SSAC RS uer 2cve EES the current active alarms of the whole shelf shelf alarm has been cut off FE mer a control the current active alarms m PE gt No alarm is currently cut off No action needed Table 8 11 MAnangement Card Troubleshooting visible LEDs OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 27 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting ss 10 Power Card o 1 eme Description ee a The card is working and the power is No action needed distributed correctly No power is detected Measure the voltage on the power The POWER card s fuse is failed connectors and verify that it is inside the specified range Measure the fuse located on the front panel of the MAC card and replace it if necessary If the card doe not work after the fuse replacement return it for repair Table 8 12 Power Card Troubleshooting visible LEDs OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 28 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 2 2 Alarm Behavior Visible w
298. oldover operation mode OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 78 Product Overview 2 3 SSM Outputs If activated the OSA 5548C SSU generates E1 output signals including Synchronization Status Message In normal operation the SSM output value corresponds to the reference input signal s SSM In holdover mode the SSM byte corresponds to the quality level of the internal oscillator 2 8 Alarms Thanks to its LEDs the OSA 5548C SSU indicates current alarms and status Detailed alarms and events are reported to local or remote software such as SyncTerminal or SyncView PLUS The MAC card is the one that gathers stores and distributes alarms and events information and messages The shelf can accept alarms from external equipment such as door or cooling system alarm contacts connected to the input alarm connector The SSU provides alarm outputs to any other device A description of all physical alarms for each card is located in section 8 2 1 and an alarm and event list can be found in the Alarms List document The alarms are categorized in 3 levels Critical Major or Minor Other events are also shown as Non Alarmed condition The OSA 5548C SSU has also the capability to escalate the severity of an active alarm after a configurable delay 24 hours by default OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 79 Product Overview This page has been intentionally left blank OS
299. ollow this procedure STEP 1 ACTION Gather the following information a full description of the trouble alarms behavior etc part or article number serial number firmware version Contact the Oscilloquartz technical support if you are not sure about the trouble Fill a RMA request form and send it to your Oscilloquartz representative We in turn will issue a RMA number ex 1001234 and inform you of a standard repair cost if applicable and an estimated repair time If not we will quote you the repair price after evaluation of the part Once you receive the RMA number you can then proceed in returning the faulty material to our premises stating the RMA number on your export documents 1 Place your packing slip delivery note inside the original parcel or contact Support if cartons are required and state Repair amp Return and the RMA given above The material must be returned in the original packaging or approved replacement packaging with ESD Electro Static Discharge protection for the warranty to be respected Shipment has to be made from your location to our factory on a CIP basis Incoterms 2000 Please include copies of the shipping documents delivery note and proforma invoice inside and outside the parcel After shipping please fax us full shipping details for follow up from our end For warranty repairs state OSA Delivery note or invoice number on your packing slip deliver
300. omer supplied 3 Read section 4 5 2 4 for cable connection between 5548C s output tiles and the Remote Panel Procedure 4 2 Remote Panel Mounting OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 8 Equipment Installation 4 4 Grounding amp Power Connection The OSA 5548C SSU has redundant 48VDC power input connectors called POWER A and POWER B which supply power to each individual card slot The POWER A connection tile is the tile A21 and the POWER B is the tile A27 POWER A POWER B office battery A office battery B A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26 A27 INPUTS O OUTPUTS ASYM 1 10 SYM z Z L 1 10 SYM O ANTENNA MLLE 00000 ei d s ch EEE ost O O Al A2 A3 A4 AS A6 A7 AS A9 A10 All A12 A13 A14 AIS A16 A17 Figure 4 4 Power Tile amp Fuse Location The fuses of the shelf are located on both POWER A and B cards A CAUTION Do not exchange POWER A amp POWER B cards in their respective slots This may cause damage and inhibit the correct functioning of the shelf A Note The fuse specification is T 6 3A L 250V 5mm x 20 mm size DC Inputs are isolated from shelf and logic ground In order to ensure correct powering up of the system it is necessary to follow these instructions OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 9 Equipment Installation STEP ACTION 1 The unit should be installed near the socket outlet which mu
301. on The OSA 5548C can be managed via an Ethernet connection Such as a usual Ethernet network element you can define an IP address for the 5548C an IP subnet mask and two gateways The IP format is IPv4 with a format in dotted quad like 123 123 123 123 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 16 Operating amp Provisioning 6 2 4 1 Ethernet Port Configuration A Note If the OSA 5548C has never been connected via Ethernet port you must configure the Ethernet parameters via a direct serial connection as detailed in the section 6 2 3 Send the following TL1 command replacing the bold letter words with the setting required to configure Input Syntax ED COM SYS ctag IPADDRESS ipaddress NETMASK netmask GWLADDRESS gwladdress GWINETMASK gwlnetmask GW2ADDRESS gw2address GW2NETMASK gw2netmask ETHER SPEED 10 1001 Example ED COM SYS MYCTAG IPADDRESS 149 133 41 25 NETMASK 255 255 255 254 GWLADDRESS 149 133 40 1 GWINETMASK 255 255 255 252 ETHER SPEED 100 To store the new parameters it is required to restart the MAC INIT SYS MAC A MYCTAG WARM To check the Ethernet parameters use the following TL1 command Input Syntax RT E ENEE Table 6 4 Ethernet Parameters OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 17 STEP Operating amp Provisioning Ethernet Connection Note Prior to communicate remotely with the OSA 5548C SSU shelf it
302. on 7 3 6 The input line priority configuration has been successfully tested see section 7 3 7 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 41 Commissioning Tasks tested see section 7 3 8 The alarm levels have been successfully tested see section E 7 3 9 e The output ports have been successfully tested see section 7 3 10 e The stand by cards INC THC MAC have been successfully 17 All alarms and events have been flushed see section 7 3 11 Table 7 1 End of Commissioning Check List The commissioning procedure is complete The OSA 5548C SSU is ready to be placed in service First name Last Name of the responsible Date of completion Installation Configuration Comments OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 42 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Chapter 8 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Including Maintenance Troubleshooting Cards amp Tiles Replacement or Addition Fuse Replacement Repair amp Return Oscilloquartz Contact Information OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 3 1 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 2 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 1 Maintenance The OSA 5548C SSU does not require any routine maintenance However in order to ensure correct functioning of the
303. onsole to ping the current connection IP address 8 Clear window This function removes all the TL1 responses in the top right part of the window 9 Cascade windows Arranges multiple windows in cascade 10 Tile windows vertically This button tiles multiple windows vertically 11 Tile windows horizontally The button tiles multiple windows horizontally 12 View Hide journal window This function hides or unhides the left part of the SyncTerminal window 13 About SyncTerminal When pressing this button the about window appears 14 Exit This function immediately closes the Sync Terminal A Note There are fewer buttons when using the SyncTerrminal from the SyncView software OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 24 Operating amp Provisioning 6 2 6 5 Send Command Window or Command Tree Menu A command tree list for each type of equipment appears automatically after user configuration To sort use the corresponding button under the list Commands List O Security 7 Communication EI Equipment GPs ED EQPT GPS EDit EQuiPmenT GFS RTRY EQOPT GPS ReTRieve EQuiPmenT GPS RTRV EOPT GPSC ReTRieve EQuiFmenT GPS Card ED EQPT FPOS ED EQuiPmenT Fixed Position RTRY EQPT FPOS ReTRieve EQuiPmenT Fixes POSition RTRY EQPT POS ReTRieve EQuiPmenT POSIton RTRV EQPT TS4T ReTRieve E0uiFmenT Tracked S4Tellites RTRV EQPT VS4T ReTRieve EQuiPmentT Visible SATellites RTRY EQOPT GPSTIME ReTRieve EQuiFmenT
304. or and ensure that it is correctly fixed O 2 el Procedure 4 7 Cabling an E1 or Freq port from an Asym Output Tile with CEI connectors OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 17 Equipment Installation 4 5 2 3 Cabling Output Tile with 20x SUB D 25 pins 20x SYMMETRICAL with SUB D 25 pins female 120 ohms OL 1 10 OL 11 20 OL Tip Ring Shield OL Tip Ring Shield HE I NE Z Z 11 25 12 13 14 22 9 20 15 21 8 7 16 19 6 7 1 25 12 13 4 fez 9 20 ps fate 7 S ejl et 7 Output Group 1 817 4 14 Po fief 3 1 OE Output Group 2 2 G J Note Any shield pins can be connected with any Output Line STEP ACTION 1 Locate the connector tile corresponding to the group required to cable Refer to the 5548C drawings on Figure 4 8 OUC Groups amp Tiles Location for card and connector tiles slot references 2 Select a connector which will be configured with the signal desired The output port configuration is done by software as described in section 6 9 3 Use a SUB D male connector with 25 pins with a ribbon cable connected on the pins described on the above table 4 Plug the connector and tighten it correctly Procedure 4 8 Cabling Output port from Output Tile with SUB D 25pins connectors OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 18 Equipment Installation 4 5 2 4 Cabling BNC Output Port Remot
305. ore PC g Enabled WTR Time Bees Disabled function Figure 6 12 SyncView Input Configuration Window OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 68 Operating amp Provisioning 6 5 4 1 Input Connector Assignment A Note To retrieve current IL configuration refer to the TL1 Command List document Read section Input connector to Input Line IL description to understand the concept of cross connection of input lines to physical input ports Za Recommendation We recommend using any of the Input Connectors number 1 E1 1 or FREQ 1 for Input Line IL 1 Input Connector 2 for IL 2 Input Connector 3 for IL3 and Input Connector 4 for IL 4 So the user knows what Input Line corresponds to what connector without the need to access the shelf with software for retrieving and knowing current Input configuration Using TL1 To assign an input line to any connector in the related group the following command can be sent Input Syntax ED EQPT IL aid ctag INPUT input Example ED EQPT IL 1 3 MYCTAG INPUT E1_3 name configurations AID 1 1 1 4 This is the input line abbreviation The first digit is the group number and the second digit is the input number 1 1 2 3 4 INPUT E1 1 E1 2 E1 3 This is the port connector assigned to the related E1 4 FREQ 1 line FREQ 2 FREQ 3 FREQ 4 Table 6 12 Input Line Editing Setting OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P
306. orts I3 ut Syntax ED EQPT IL aid ctag ADM_STATE adm_state Example ED EQPT IL 1 3 MYCTAG ADM STATE ENABLED Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters AID This is the input line abbreviation The first digit is the group number and the second digit is the input number 1 1 2 3 4 ADM STATE DISABLED ENABLED This is the administrative state of the MONITORED line ENABLED DISABLED The input line is disabled and hence cannot be selected by the 5548C MONITORED The line is monitored but cannot be selected by the 5548C ENABLED The line is enabled and hence can be taken by the 5548C Using SyncView Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Input 1 4 gt Enabled Disabled Monitored OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 71 Operating amp Provisioning 6 5 4 3 Input Line Termination It is important to set the input line termination before using its signal because it selects the corresponding input impedance Bridging Configuration for derived input connection 20dB The input impedance is 1k ohms In Example the E1 traffic line IN and OUT is connected in parallel to the same input connector Terminating The input cable is terminated by the 5548C with an impedance of 75 ohms or 120 ohms with 120 75 ohms adapter Balun J Note To retrieve current IL configuration refer to refer to the TL1 Command List docume
307. ou prefer to get the 8 36 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Condition Cards in m THC B active simply send the command SW Dx Reference REFB N A SGC The SGC card has detected that No action needed except if a THC B the signal fed to itself is provided failure has been detected in by the THC B card THC A If you prefer to get the Ti Bes Ste SC ms command SW Dx download end of the download SSM MN INC 1 When unknown SSM value is Check the SSM information decoded for more than 10 carried in the DS1 input seconds once valid SSM value has already been read SSM IQL SSMIQL N A INC 1 GPS The input SSM quality has No action needed Check the Changed changed SSM sent to the input in question reference in question SSM OQL SSMOQL N A THC The output quality has changed Retrieve which event has made Changed the SSU shelf to change its output quality It can be a reference input switching the input quality has changed or the SSU is in holdover System Mode EQPT N A MAC The rotary switch located on the Turn the rotary switch with a flat Error management tile is not correctly screwdriver to the correct configured position 0 MASTER OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 37 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Condition Cards in or E contre son GH omen aon 1 Not
308. oups depending on protection requirements When two OUC cards are installed both are active The OUC card receives a signal from the SGC group The signal types delivered on the 20 outputs is defined by the user configuration The user has a choice of 3 output configurations per group of 10 outputs e E1 with user configuration no 1 E1 with user configuration no 2 e 2 048 MHz frequency according to ITU T G 703 13 The output ports can be configured to show alarm when outputs are shorted or opened OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 48 Product Overview 2 5 8 4 OUC Block Diagram CODE 1 SGC A Squelch Ctrl CODE 2 SGC A FREQ SGC A Input i SIGNAL SGC CODE 1 SGC B Interface SELECT SELECT CODE 2 SGC B Squelch funtion OUT 1 gt P gt FREQ SGC B Squelch Ctrl Squelch funtion OUT 10 gt P gt Micro OSA 5548C Internal Bus Processor Squelch funtion OUT Jl gt gt Squelch Ctrl CODE 1 SGC A CODE 2 SGC A FREQ SGC A L 4 AGC Input SIGNAL SGC CODE 1 SGC B Interface SELECT SELECT i SS CODE 2 SGC B FREQ SGC B Squelch Ctrl 5V 2W gt LS Ms nile ee 3 3V 2W p gt Figure 2 31 Output Card Block Diagram OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 49 Product Overview 2 5 9 Time Code Card NTP TCC NTP 2 5 9 1 Physical La
309. owing command is required to retrieve the current configuration Input Syntax RTRV EQPT IL aid ctag Example RTRV EQPT IL 1 1 MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMP LD aid opstate ssm INPUT input ADM STATE adm state TERM te rm CODE code WTR wtr FRCD frcd OOF DETECT o00f detect CRC4 DETECT ercd detect BPV DETECT bpv detect SA4 sa4 SA5 sa5 SA6 5a6 SAl sa SA8 sa8 FREQ freq TAG tag To edit the alarm detection configuration in one single line the following command is required Input Syntax ED EQPT IL aid ctag 00F DETECT 00f detect CRC4 DETECT erc4 detect BPV DETECT bpv detect Example ED EQPT IL 1 2 MYCTAG OOF_DETECT ENABLED CRC4 DETECT 10 2 BPV DETECT DISABLED OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 76 Operating amp Provisioning Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations parameters AID 1 1 1 4 ALL This is the input line abbreviation The first digit is the group number and the second digit is the input number 1 1 2 3 4 OOF DETECT DISABLED ENABLED Determine whether an Out Of ENABLED 10 4 10 Frame alarm should be detected 3 10 2 and generated or not 10 4 10 3 or 10 2 means that the alarms are enabled with a specific threshold i e 10E 4 10E 3 or 10E 2 In that case an alarm is produced when false words rate of the total number 4000 during 1s is higher or equal than th
310. p NO Normally Opened relays contacts to remote alarms to third party devices OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 24 Equipment Installation 4 6 1 External Input Alarms The OSA 5548C SSU unit includes ten input alarms These are used to remotely report external unit s alarms EXT Alarm Inputs SUB D 25p Male DESCRIPTION Severity EXT CRITICAL Ko INPUTS CRITICAL CRITICAL MAJOR MAJOR MINOR MINOR Alam9 15 MINOR Alarm10 14 Non Alarmed GROUND 1 2 3 4 5 GND 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Not Connected 19 20 Figure 4 12 External Input Alarm Connector PN 235 gt 2 4 23 gt Alarm4 22 MAJOR 2 18 7 16 25 24 23 22 21 18 17 16 15 14 The OSA 5548C SSU will automatically generate event messages in case of defined alarm condition status When the contact between the pin IN and GND is closed or opened the OSA 5548C SSU will take this state as a remote alarm 4 6 1 1 Typical Application DETECTION OSA 5548C SSU ke mm mm mm mm mm e mm mm mm mmm mmm mm mm mm mm mm mm mmm mm mm mmm mmm Figure 4 13 External Input Alarm Application OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 25 Equipment Installation 4 6 1 2 Cabling Procedure STEP ACTION 1 Locate the connector EXT ALARM INPUTS on the Management tile See Figure 4 11 2 Connect
311. p is not able to communicate OFF ON OFF Indicates if the SSM is ON or OFF PERF OFF ON ALARM ON Indicates if the PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT is activated deactivated or in alarm SYS MODE MST EXP INV MST 5548C system mode MST MASTER shelf EXP EXPANSION shelf INV Invalid 6 6 3 GPS Input Properties Various parameters can be configured and shown in the GPS according such as PPS Offset The user can set the GPS antenna cable propagation delay between GPS antenna and GPS receiver 3 92ns per meter for LMR 400 cable in order to trig the PPS phase as close as possible to the UTC time E g for 60m 10m of LMR 400 cable the PPS offset would be 70 x 3 92 274 ns Add 10ns when a GPS in line amplifier is mounted along the cable 7 Note The offset must be negative when setting the PPS delay from the Antenna e g 274 ns as it is an anticipation of the GPS receiver clock of the time received on the GPS antenna Changing the PPS offset affecst the PPS output only The GPS card indicates an alarm during a few seconds Administrative State Like the Input Lines the GPS input lines can be e Enabled to activate the selection and qualify the line e Monitored to allow the performance measurement of the line but ignoring it within the Input selection e Disabled to deactivate the line OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 83 Operating amp Provisioning Indoor In Urban Canyon locations
312. pected behavior whose deviation is described in observed behavior that resulted in this reported trouble Limited to 512 characters enclosed within escaped quotes kanske NULL Type of diagnostic routine used to isolate the trouble beanie NULL Significance of the isolation information provided by the card or element in question included in this message Not software configurable OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 177 Using Sync View Event Viewer 5548C SSU E6 Ble View Alarms Configuration Help R SY e ESCEEEEN T Wes FESTERE a eae Sent Time Type Equipment Part Severity Description des Operating amp Provisioning KE EE BREED BN Cleared Time Acknowledged Time Acknowled Comment Cond Type NE Nar Ree oe J Open the Event Viewer and look at the Active tab A Note Refer to the SyncView manual for EventViewer description and use OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 178 Operating amp Provisioning 6 11 3 Alarm Condition This section explains how to retrieve alarm conditions which means all alarms and events reported by the shelf and their syntax The parameters in the response of the TL1 command to retrieve the active alarms are the following Element on which the alarm status is requested AID The Cards Group s current active alarms and events as well as alarms and events from the entire shelf Condi
313. perators tend to insert one SSU every 10 to 15 SECs in order to have some margin in case the network grows The second rule says that there should not be more than 60 SECs in the entire synchronization chain The third and last rule says that there should not be more than 10 SSUs in the chain OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 8 Product Overview 2 2 1 3 ATM Switches Despite its asynchronous switching technique ATM switches need to properly time their physical layer signals The synchronization quality required by ATM network elements depends on the specifications for their physical layer signals The three most widely used physical layer signals in ATM are the so called SDH based physical layer ATM signals at the rates 51 84 Mbit s 155 52 Mbit s and 622 08 Mbit s Their timing characteristics are specified in ITU T Recommendations 1 432 2 and 1 432 3 These specifications require data rate accuracies of 1E 11 under normal operating conditions and 20E 6 under failure conditions This means that ATM network elements must take synchronization from a PRC complying with ITU T Rec G 811 Moreover jitter and wander of these ATM signals must comply with the Network Limits of ITU T Rec G 825 In other words ATM network elements with interfaces at 51 84 Mbit s 155 52 Mbit s and 622 08 Mbit s SDH based require the same type of synchronization as SDH max 20 SEC max 10 x max 20 SEC max 60 SEC
314. pically it is between 45 and 90 NOT USED IN 5548C List of Object Identifiers These identifiers specify what is accessible to this UID The list may indicate channels commands It may be a range all objects none It is an application dependant requirement To retrieve user account parameters the following command is required Input Syntax RTRV USER aid ctag Example RTRV USER USERNAME MYCTAG Parameter Default Possible configurations name Parameter AD gt CID 0000 9999 RS FRONT RS REAR Each port separated with a amp Le in the format of 8023 amp 8024 amp RS FRONT UAP OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Description Login or Username UID A list of up to 25 ports or channels When a session initiation request is received the NE checks the CID of the session request against the CID as Stored in the NE RS FRONT is the RS 232 port on the POWER B RS REAR is the RS 232 port on the Management tile Password Aging Intervall in days At the end of this intervall the user receives a prompt that the existing password has to be replaced with a new one Password Aging Intervall in days At the end of this intervall the user receives a prompt that the existing password has to be replaced with a new one 6 44 Operating amp Provisioning Parameter Default Possible configurations Description name Parameter PCND 1 999 IDENTIFIERS
315. ping the same sequence of commands Press the button below Spnc Term val Terminal E Tools Window Help i far The following window appears allowing to enter sequence of commands Script Editor PS fal E This is the command editor to write the commands script Check this box to repeat the script continuously once launched To load a script press this button and browse the computer Press this button to save a script in any place on your computer Once the script is ready run it inner pressing the button ok C Auto Repg Load Scrip Save Script As Cancel oe To avoid overwhelming the MAC card with too many commands too quickly Oscilloquartz recommends adding delay between commands To set a delay between commands press the button shown below Sync Terminal Terminal Edit Tools Window A ES D 6 eS OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 35 Options Scripts I Display Y Protocol Wait response before send TT AutoRepeat Response timeout 2 Time to wait between 2 sends me C oen Example of script Operating amp Provisioning This check box should be checked to delay the script before sending another command When checked the AutoRepeat feature automatically repeats the script when executed until halted by the user This is the delay before stoping the script when no response is received This is the delay between t
316. placing the shelf in service ACT DNLD INC INC 1 A INC 1 B INC A INC B GPS GPS A GPS B THC THC A THC B MADDS MADDS A MADDS B SGC SGC A SGC B OUC OUC 1 A OUC 3 B 0UC A O0UC B MAC MAC A MAC B ALL CTAG OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 10 Commissioning STEP ACTION If the shelf is physically visible the operator should see the STATUS LED in ORANGE during firmware installation After sending the above command the following answer should be shown during installation process IP CTAG lt IP CTAG lt IP CTAG lt Once completed it is written an information as SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD 7 Note A Do not forget to upgrade MADDS when upgrading the THC as they belongs to the same card Procedure 7 6 Firmware Upgrade 7 2 4 FPGA Upgrade Procedure by SyncTerminal When an card upgrade FPGA is required proceed as follow Contact Technical assistance in chapter 8 6 Card concerned TCC PTP GNSS card 7 2 5 TopSync Upgrade Procedure by SyncTerminal When an card upgrade FPGA is required proceed as follow Contact Technical assistance in chapter 8 6 Card concerned TCC PTP OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 41 Commissioning 7 2 6 General Configuration 7 2 6 1 Setting the OSA 5548C SSU Name SID STEP ACTION 1 Retrieve current name SID of the 5548C shelf RIRV HDRi CTAG And the answer should be shown as below SID D
317. ption OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 54 Product Overview 2 5 10 2 Main Features TCC PTP e Server accuracy PPS reference 50ns e Global accuracy on data network is depending on traffic and topology e Number of PTP slaves supported 128 slaves 16 Sync s 80 slaves 32 Sync s 40 slaves 64 Sync s These numbers are only valid in Unicast and One step modes e 6x TCC PTP cards available for 5548C E60 SSU e 20x TCC PTP cards available for 5548C E200 SSU e PTP load sharing between different groups of TCC PTP cards e One or two step clock e UNICAST MULTICAST and MIXED addressing mode e Ethernet UDP transmission protocol e Configuration of the PTP domain e Configuration by DHCP or Fixed IP e Plug and play installation e Can be inserted in any of the OUC slots e Software is remotely upgradeable 2 5 10 3 Integration in 5548C The TCC PTP card can be inserted in any of the slots reserved to the OUCs TCC PTP cards are fully independent One or two slots may be used indifferently however only cards of the same type may share the 2 slots belonging to that group e Itis not possible to install OUC and TCC PTP in the same group e The tile set related to that group must correspond to the TCC PTP card The PTP card receives its timing reference from the SGC and GPS groups Both types of cards must be present in the shelf for the TCC PTP to run properly If no GPS card is present or if this has neve
318. put priority table o SSM quality level o manual selection e Jitter and Wander filtering using embedded MADDS Manual amp Automatic Direct Digital Synthesis system in association with a quartz or rubidium oscillator e Provides SSU Type 2 with rubidium or SSU A Type I and V with quartz oscillator holdover capability e SSM management e Distributing signal to the SGC cards e Squelching outputs in case of non valid signal e 1 1 card protection e Remotely software also called firmware upgradeable 2 5 6 3 Operation The user can insert one or two THC cards in the THC group depending on protection requirements When two THC cards are installed the active one is the card which shows the currently SELECTED INPUT status on its digital LED display When powered on from a cold start the THC card requires time to warm up the internal oscillator The delay varies with oscillator type and card temperature Typical cold start warm up period is up to 30 minutes When the THC is ready and an input reference is qualified by the INC card s the THC enters a fast start mode synchronizing the internal clock phase to that of the input signal as quickly as possible Upon completion of the fast start mode the THC enters the normal mode The same sequence applies to card replacement where a stand by THC in the adjacent slot becomes active initiating a short holdover cycle and the transitioning into fast start mode
319. quickly aligning the input signal phase to the stand by THC oscillator and about one minute later completes the transition into normal mode The warm up mode is indicated by a flashing red OSCILLATOR LED The holdover mode is indicated as a solid RED indication fast start mode as the flashing GREEN indication and the normal mode as the solid GREEN indication of the holdover LED on the THC When all qualified input references are absent or unavailable the THC provides a source for synchronization output signals known as holdover mode THC freerun OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 42 Product Overview mode occurs when THC is cold started and has not been aligned to any qualified input signals yet When in freerun mode the holdover LED is also solid red It is also possible to configure the THC by software or via TL1 commands according to various input reference selection modes such as e User defined priority table e Input signal alarms detection e Input signal performance measurements e Synchronization Status Message SSM The THC card integrates a system called MADDS Manual amp Automatic Direct Digital Synthesis This system processes and filters the signal selected as reference The MADDS is a module which has its own upgradeable software The THC pair of modules ensures phase alignment between both cards in the instance that an active THC is removed
320. r 2013 pn 5 9 Turn up Procedure hard STATUS HOLDOVER OSCILLATOR SELECTED DESCRIPTION INPUT Nothing shown means that the THC is in stand by and you should see a number on the adjacent THC card Table 5 5 Tracking Holdover Card Turn up Status A Note Oscillator cold start to warm up intervals depend upon the type and configuration of the Oscillator modules installed In example Rubidium THC cards warm up faster than Quartz THC cards OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 5 10 Turn up Procedure 5 3 6 SGC Signal Generator Card Figure 5 6 Signal Generator Card Turn up Seq STATUS E f DESCRIPTION Extinguished Extinguished This status remains briefly 2 GREEN RED RED Status while the SGC does not flashing flashing receive any signal from the THC The SGC cards squelch their outputs and the OUC cards do not receive signals GREEN GREEN This condition means that the shelf flashing flashing is in Pass through mode So no THC is currently available to process input signal fed 3 GREEN GREEN GREEN The SGC now receives a signal from the THC and can process and supply it to the OUC Table 5 6 Signal Generator Card Turn up Status A Note Redundant SGC are simultaneously active and should show the same status at the same time OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 5 11 Turn up Procedure 5 3 7 OUC OUtput Card
321. r been tracked the TOD Not detected alarm Is raised If the timing reference provided by the GPS card is lost but the TCC PTP was previously locked to it the Loss of TOD alarm is raised If all the SGC boards fail or are extracted the PPS Loss alarm is raised OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 55 Product Overview 2 5 10 4 PTP Load Sharing with the TCC PTP In a UNICAST based network the slaves in a given domain may loose the connection to their master because of a failure in the network or in the master itself If they are configured to use the UNICAST message negotiation that is if they have a list of master in their Acceptable Master Table they will try to switch to a redundant master in the same domain if available The new elected Grandmaster will then receive UNICAST message negotiation from many slaves and could possibly not being able to deal with all of them It is then good practice to share this additional set of slave across a given number of masters and to leave processing resources in case of a fault The following diagram describes the load sharing mechanism TCC PTP LOAD SHARING TCC PTP TCC PTP TCC PTP 1A 2A TE 0 WK E 0 0 E i KA HQ ses Mam FTP Link see eee secondary PTP link Figure 2 36 LOAD SHARING TCC PTP OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 56 Product Overview 2 5 11 MAnagement Card MAC 2 5 11 1 Physical Layout LED
322. r equal than the selected Threshold BPV DETECT DISABLED DISABLED Determine whether a Bipolar ENABLED 10 4 10 Violation BPV alarm when using 3 10 2 AMI code or Code Violation alarm when using HDB3 code should be detected and generated or not 10 4 10 3 amp 10 2 corresponds to the alarm detection threshold i e 10E 4 10E 3 or 10E 2 In that case an alarm is produced when BPV or CV rate of the total number 2 048E during 1s is higher or equal than the selected Threshold SA LOEE ON SN i Value of the Sad bit SAS LOEE ON SN i Value of the SaS bit SA6 LOEE ON SN sd Value of the Sa6 bit SAT OFFONSS M lValueoftheSa7bit SA8 OFF ON SSM_ JValueoftheSa8bit SA8 NONE quality FREQ 2 048M 5M 10M 2 048M If the line is assigned to a INVALID frequency input this is the frequency detected by the INC TAG My Tag with up to Double quoted tag Up to 32 32 Chars characters alphabetic upper and lower case numeric and punctuation Not configurable with software OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 67 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Inputs gt Input 1 4 gt Details INC Group 1 Input Line 1 Performances Input Line Performance Connector state Er Input Alarm Detection Termination type Ge Input alarm detection types Sa Bit E1 Code type Wait to restore Time Wait To Rest
323. r up or when inserting a new THC e FAST this state should last approximately 1 minute This is shown when the MADDS is changing its bandwidth in order to track the selected signal more rapidly e FREERUN This status is shown when the MADDS and the rest of THC have never tracked any input signal since the shelf power up e HOLDOVER This status is shown when the MADDS and the rest of the THCs no longer have any input signals on their inputs and hence the internal oscillator provides the shelf synchronization source OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 110 Operating amp Provisioning Using TL1 To retrieve the current status the following command is required Input Syntax RTRV EQPT MADDS ctag The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMP LD madds state OSACLK osaclk OSACLKAVL osaclkavl SYS MODE sys mode To set the parameters the following command should be sent Input Syntax ED EQPT MADDS ctag OSACLK osaclk Example ED EQPT MADDS MYCTAG OSACLK OFF Parameter name Possible Default Description configurations parameters MADDS STATE TRACKED This is the state of MADDS THC WARMUP FAST TRACKED the MADDS is correctly tracking FREERUN the selected input signal HOLDOVER WARMUP this state is present while the internal THC oscillator is warming up i e after shelf power up FAST this state should take approximately
324. rd PTP Fuzzy Lock estimated phase error frequency offset Holdover Frequency Offset statistics TL1 Syntax RIRV EOPT PIPL STATS PilPHb se PIP oleic Example RIRV BEOPI PIPGC STAIS FIP 1 A ey Ie Answer TEST O05 04 22 20 07 40 M MYCTAG COMPLD PTP 1 A FUZZY LOCK TYPE 0 000000 FREQ OUT FREQ OFFSET 0 000000 TIME OUT FREQ OFFSET 0 000000 HLDVR OF FSET 0 000000 SUPPR PHASE JUMP 0 000000 TIME CORR OUT FREQ OFFSET 0 000000 r 6 9 6 5 Reference State Retrieves the PTP card Reference Source State TL1 Syntax RIRV EOPI PIPC RPF STATES Cad AE EE BEN Example RTRV EQPT PTPC REF STATE PTP 1 A MYCTAG REF 1 Answer MY5548C 04 06 14 23 17 46 M MYCTAG COMPLD PTP 1 A REF 1 IS_TAI FALSE CLOCK_CLASS 21 TIME SOURCE GPS ACCURACY 100NS LOG_VARIANCE 65535 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 155 Operating amp Provisioning 6 9 6 6 Grand Master Limits In UNICAST mode the Grandmaster keeps track of the number of grants accorded to the slaves for each type of timing message and as a consequence the number of slaves currently served User can also set two thresholds that are used to raise an alarm when the number of grants exceeds these limits TL1 Syntax ED EOPTP PTIPC GMLIMITS tid aid ctag MAX SLAVE NUM max slave num SLAVE N UM ALM THRESHOLD slave num alm threshold Example ED EOPFT PTPC CMLIMITISS PIP A MYCTAG MAX SLAVE NUM 128 SLAVE NUM A
325. re below On the top side the Sync Terminal will respond to the commands or automatically send information from the shelf On the bottom side the operator types the commands SyncTerminal Connected on 149 133 41 49 8023 Terminal Edit Tools Window Help SS Alpes He p zer Commands List Connected on 149 133 41 49 8023 5548C TLI Management Commands H Security MAC ACK 05 06 02 15 06 11 E 03 Communication 2624 REPT PM 4 ENT PORT ENTer PORT IL 1 2 MTIE 2005 06 02 14 18 53 1 093500E 05 1 093510E 04 1 093530E 2 DLT PORT CANCel PORT ED PORT EDit PORT RTRV PORT ReTRieVe PORT MAC ACK 05 06 02 15 06 11 oo ED COM SYS EDit COMmunication 5 2625 REPT PM ae RTRV COM SYS ReTRieVe COMmun IL 1 2 TDEV 2005 06 02 14 18 53 2 654500E 07 1 662233E 06 7 384 989E Ge Equipment 3 7 System 4 INIT SYS INITialize SYStem SET SID SET Source IDentifier RTRV HDR ReTRieVe HeaDeR be RTRV NETYPE ReTRieVe Network El ED DAT EDit DATe RTRV PTHRGH ReTRieve Pass THR SET CCALIGN SET CC ALIGN RTRV CCALIGN ReTRieVe CC ALIG OPR LEDS OPeRate LEDS 3 RTRV LEDS ReTRieVe LEDS ENCAP CMD ENCAPsulate CoMmant H 0 Fault H E Performance DL SSM i SSS Sort By Categories Alphabetically Figure 6 5 SyncTerminal Main or Command Menu OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 26 Operating amp Provisioning 6 2 6 7 SyncTerminal Connection Parameters The SyncTerminal
326. ription Out Of Frame DISABLED Determine whether an Out Of Frame alarm should be ENABLED detected and generated or not 10 4 10 4 10 3 or 10 2 means that the alarms are enabled 10 3 with a specific threshold i e 10E 4 10E 3 or 10E 2 In 10 2 that case an alarm is produced when false words rate of the total number 4000 during 1s is higher or equal than the selected Threshold Determine whether a CRC 4 alarm should be detected and generated or not 10 4 10 3 amp 10 2 enables the alarm detection threshold i e 10E 4 10E 3 or 10E 2 In that case an alarm is produced when false CRC 4 values rate of the total number 1000 during 1s is higher or equal than the selected Threshold OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 78 Operating amp Provisioning Determine whether a Bipolar Violation BPV alarm when using AMI code or Code Violation alarm when using HDB3 code should be detected and generated or not 10 4 10 3 amp 10 2 enables the alarm detection threshold i e 10E 4 10E 3 or 10E 2 In that case an alarm is produced when BPV or CV rate of the total number 2 048E 06 during 1s is higher or equal than the selected Threshold 6 5 4 6 Wait To Restore Time WTR WTR time is an interval of delay in the acceptance of an input once it has been restored This function is useful to avoid intermittent hysterysis switching affecting the 5548C clock stability WTR interval i
327. rnnrannnrrnnnrvnnrnvanennnrnnnne 2 54 Table 2 11 MAnagement Card MAC LED Description rrrnranannnnrnanrnranernnennnnrvnnrnranennnennnnennne 2 57 Table 2 12 Power Card PWR LED Description rrrrrnnarennnrnnannnnnrnnnrrrnnrnranennnennnnennrnnanennnennnne 2 59 Table 2 13 RS 232 Local COMM Port Connector Description 2 60 Table 2 14 Connector Tile Locations rrrrrrrnnnrrnnrnnnrrnnernnnrernnernnennnernneevnnennnnnunnnannnennneenneenneennnen 2 61 Table 2 15 Expansion Link Connector Descnpton 2 65 Table 2 16 LAN COMM Port Connector Description rarrrarennrnnnrnnnrnnnrvnnernnennnnnannnernneenneennnennnen 2 65 Table 2 17 RS 232 Local COMM Port Connector Description 2 66 Table 2 18 Ext Alarm Inputs Connector Descnpton 2 66 Table 2 19 Master amp Expansion Gelechon 2 68 Table 2 20 Input Types and Connections rrrurrnnrnarennnenarerarernrrnnrnnnrnnnennnennnennnennsennsnnnenneennsennnen 2 69 Table 2 21 TCC NTP Ethernet COMM Port Connector Description arrrarerarennrrnnrrnnrrnnrrnnenner 2 73 VENNENE 2 78 TENT 4 13 Table 4 2 Output Slot Contguratons ec cecccececeeeeceeece cece eeseneeeeeeceeeesaeesaueesueeseeeseeeseesaaees 4 16 Table 4 3 SUB D 9 Pole pin descrpton ee eeccececeeec cece cece cess eeseetaeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeaeeeaeeteeees 4 22 Table 4 4 AT LINK Serial Cable PIN assignment Local Gomm 4 30 13516455 UE le Check HES eden 4 32 Table 5 1 Power Card Turn up Status cccccccc
328. s option of last resort in SSU input selection upon critical internal failure to prevent prolonged outage The selected input signal is directly connected to the Signal Generator Cards SGC allowing all Output Cards to generate synchronization signals The output signal quality will be in this pass through operating mode the same as the selected input signal no filtering and jitter attenuation Note Upon switching to the pass through mode the output signal can be affected with a phase jump as the THC will not be there to filter and insure phase alignment A Note For more details and configuration refer to section 6 8 6 Performance Measurement The OSA 5548C SSU monitors measures and calculates performances in Ym fractional frequency TDEV Time DEViation and MTIE Maximum Time Interval Error of every single input signal connected to its inputs as well as the GPS input line The measurement is performed in the INC cards which compare the input signal against a reliable frequency reference produced by the signal filtered and processed by the active THC card The performance measurement is processed when the input line meets one of the following criteria e Enabled the line is activated to select an input reference e Monitored the input line is only measured in order to assess the signal The user can also define a performance threshold to disqualify and reject input signals that fail to meet this progr
329. s parameter describes the alarm condition OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 182 Operating amp Provisioning Using TL1 Input Syntax RTRV ALM HIST ctag ntfencde condtype srveff Example RTRV ALM HIST MYCTAG MJ NSA The response is formatted such as below Output Syntax Sad date time M ctag COMPLD aid atag ntfcncde condtype srveff ocrdat ocrtm clratag clrdat clrtm conddescr name configurations parameters AID INC 1 INC GPS Cards needed to request the THC SGC OUC active alarms 1 OUC 10 OUC MAC ALL NTFCNCDE CR MJ MN NA NULL Notification code associated with the alarm conditions being retrieved alarm condition is reported NA relative to the identified entity TMPER NULL Accumulation time period for PM Performance Measurement parameters 31 occurred occurred CLRTAG 0 65535 NULL ATAG of the clear message 31 has been cleared has been cleared CONDDESCR CONDDESCR NULL Detailed text description of the trouble Limited to 64 characters enclosed within escaped quotes Not software configurable with the command RTRV ALM HIST OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 183 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Open the Event Viewer and look at the History tab For the occurrences which have not been acknowledged yet they are shown on the Active Window 8 Event Viewer 5548C SS
330. s ports such as E1 and STM n as well as asynchronous ports such as Ethernet In all cases where NGN network elements have synchronous ports synchronization of the same quality as in SDH and SONET networks is required SSUs are used in order to obtain this synchronization quality and in order to provide holdover protection In NGN the need for the distribution of Time of Day TOD information is also increasing This required GPS based TOD servers SSUs with internal GPS receiver functions can be used for this purpose OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 11 Product Overview 2 2 2 Synchronization Distribution Methods The OSA 5548C SSU is normally used as a node clock it is the central clock of a telecom building or site it distributes synchronization to all synchronization consuming equipment in the building The SSU therefore has a clock function and a signal distribution function i e many output ports The SSUs clock function needs to be locked to some PRC source such a s an atomic Cesium clock or a GPS receiver This section explains how PRC traceable synchronization reference signals are supplied to the input ports of the SSU GPS Satellite Segment OSA 5548C SSU with GPS card OSA 5548C SSU with GPS card System PRC Digital Digital Switch Switch Figure 2 7 GPS The simplest solution is to incorporate a GPS receiver card into the OSA 5548C SSU This is illustrated in Figure 2 7 The
331. s selectable from Disabled to 12 minutes The following is an example with two input lines E1 a and E1 b set with a WTR time The E1 a line is set with the highest priority E1 a with 1st priority a To the 5548C E1 b with 2nd priority E1 a with 1st priority C To the 5548C ee t S E1 b with 2nd priority Rom E1 a with 1st priority 2 To the 5548C E1 b with 2nd priority OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 1 Steady state Both E1 a amp b are currently working correctly The E1 a is selected by the 5548C as it has the highest priority 2 Sudden line failure Suddenly the E1 a line is broken for an unknown reason The 5548C has selected the E1 b line in consequence 3 Wait To Restore time After a while the E1 a line has been recovered But the 5548C waits for the WTR time to elapse before re establishing the line 6 79 Operating amp Provisioning 4 Line restoring E1 a with 1st priority Once the WTR time has To the 5548C elapsed the 5548C e reselects the E1 a line as E1 b with 2nd priority Note LS To retrieve current IL configuration refer to refer to the TL1 Command List document Read section Input connector to Input Line IL description to understand the concept of cross connection of input lines to physical input ports U sing TL1 Input Syntax ED EQPT IL aid ctag WTR wtr Example ED EQPT IL 1 1 MYCTAG WTR 10
332. scription name configurations Parameter HLDVR SSU A SSU A This is the quality supplied when the THC runs in holdover The 5548C always supply a SSU A quality when it is running in holdover EE SSU A This is the value supplied when TE B SEC DNU system cannot recognize the pS 88018 SEG DNU 8 on the input FRCD PRC SSU A NONE This is the override quality level SSU B SEG DNU and supersedes the input SSM NONE DISABLED level OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 165 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt SSM gt Details Unknown Map Select the SSM Quality to supply SSM Details From DB when the SSM on the specified is unknown Output Forced Select the SSM Quality to force on lines r eae Ew EN Ee Ed 6 10 2 5 Sa bit Configuration on Input Lines This section describes how to configure the Sa bit to receive SSM from the E1 input line IL The Sa bit selection depends to the E1 signal connected to the 5548C A Note Read section Input connector to Input Line IL description 6 5 to understand the concept of cross connection of input lines to physical input port and to retrieve the current configuration A Note To configure the Sa bit in the E1 signal supplied by the 5548C refer to section 6 9 4 1 and 0 Using TL1 For retrieving current Sa bit configuration send the following command
333. ser Manual Revision P October 2013 8 42 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 3 2 2 Card Addition or Replacement Procedure The procedure is identical for each type of card Ad CAUTION When handling the OSA 5548C SSU unit or spare cards use a grounded wrist strap to avoid ESD Electro Static Discharge e Avoid touching components or connectors e Avoid placing the card on an ungrounded surface e Avoid placing the card on or near insulated elements and or surfaces STEP ACTION 1 Locate and verify the slot you want to insert the card 2 If a card or tile already occupies the slot unscrew it using a flathead screwdriver and pull it out carefully still using ESD precaution 3 Align the card edge with the top and bottom metallic slides until you can slide the module inside AN CAUTION Prior to insert any card verify that currently inserted cards have their locking screws well tightened 4 Slide the card in carefully until it sits well on the rear DIN connector 5 Verify that the card has been correctly inserted 6 Tighten the two screws of the card located on the top and the bottom of its front panel Procedure 8 3 Card Addition or Replacement OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 43 8 3 3 Connector Tile Insertion Maintenance amp Troubleshooting The output tiles automatically configure the output when inserted STEP ACTION 1 Locate and verify the position in which to insert the til
334. server PRTL CLST Connection to The connection to Check the FTP server FTP server lost the FTP server is connection lost PRTL DABU Download The user has aborted by the aborted the firmware user dowload CRC download The data Restart the download error downloaded is not conform to the initial data PRTL FDEP Firmware The firmware Restart the process or roll back Download downloaded has to the previous version Executed been partially Partially executed down down and its connection 6 2 1 7 Card Abbreviation and Name used within TL1 Commands In the below table are represented the cards with their corresponding abbreviation used with TL1 commands Slot Abbreviation Group name sd Type PWR A is not software manageable SGC B OUC 1 A TCC 1 A OUC 1 Oust me QUO OUC gt SSC OUC Fe 3 OUC Och PWA B is not software manageable Table 6 3 Card Names amp Abbreviations within TL1 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 10 Operating amp Provisioning 6 2 2 Establishing Communication with the 5548C SSU The 5548C can communicate either via a direct serial connection using a computer with a terminal emulation software or if the 5548C is connected to a LAN Local Area Network through an Ethernet connection via TELNET Please refer to the below section 6 2 3 if it is necessary to connect a computer with direct serial connection or the 6 2 4 for the Ethernet connection 6 2 3 Serial Port Comm
335. sing the IP Connect Jong configured in the shelf Remoting TCP IP RS232 IP Address User lv Use default Name Password cv Right click on the 5548C Symbol and select SyncTerminal Then the SyncTerminal shold be shown with the following sentence Connecting to XXX XXX XXX XXX 8000 Connected XXX XXX XXX XXX Is the IP address of the shelf Procedure 7 4 Ethernet Connection 7 2 2 5 NTP Connection Procedure STEP ACTION 1 Connect a 10 or 100 Base T cable with RJ 45 terminations into the connector labeled NTP and the other end plugged into the Ethernet network LAN WAN 2 If not yet done connectyour computer to the same Ethernet Network and control that your IP address Subnet Mask address as well as the Gateway setting are correctly configured to work within the LAN 3 Run the SyncView software or Syncterminal OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 7 STEP Commissioning ACTION Open the right windows Using SyncView software Click right mouse on the equipment and select physical or logical view 3 SyncView Plus Network Manager OSA DP000096 sd Fie yew NetworkElement fice Configuration Window Heb Ax C EES Bo i 82006 Googie Donn es cartograprraves 2008 Teie Atlas AND MapiT Europa Technologes 5548C S N 110 Type 55480 S5U Release 14x IP Address 149 133 41 194 Protocol Topp Language Vu Comment
336. snnasennannnnsennsene 7 30 Procedure 7 29 Verifying the Shelf Operation Mode ranrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanennannnanennnnnnnnennnnnnnnennnene 7 31 Procedure 7 30 LEDs Operation Test 7 31 Procedure 7 31 Input Line Priority Configuration Test 7 32 Procedure 7 32 Redundant Card Stand by Test 7 33 Procedure 7 33 Minor Alarm MN Test 7 34 Procedure 7 34 Major Alarm MJ Test 7 34 Procedure 7 35 Critical Alarm CR Test cece eeseeeseeceseeeeeeeeseeesseeeseeseeeeseees 7 35 Procedure 7 36 NTP Output Test 7 38 Procedure 7 37 Alarm and History Flushing A 7 40 Procedure 8 1 LEDs Maintenance Test 8 3 Procedure 8 2 Stand by Cards Maintenance Test 8 4 Procedure 8 3 Card Addition or HRepnl cement 8 43 Procedure 8 4 Connector Tile lnserton ee ceceeeeeceseeeceeeeseeeseeeeseeeseueeseeeseeeseneeaes 8 44 Procedure 8 5 Power Card Fuse Replacement rarnrannnnnnnnrnanennnennnenanennnerannnnennnennnenunenunenunenenenn 8 47 Procedure 8 6 Single Card Fuse Replacement 00nnaannannnnnnnnnennnnnonenrrnrrrnnrrnrrnrrnnrrnrrnnrnnernrrenne 8 48 Procedure 8 7 Repair amp Return rrarnnrnnnnnnnnrnnnrnnnrnnnennnnnannnnnnnernnernnernnernnnenunenunenunenunnnesnnennneennnene 8 49 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 XVII List of Procedures This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 XVIII Chapter 1 Introduction Including About this Manual
337. st be easily accessible 2 The shelf must be connected to a proper earth a The ground connections of the shelf are made using the studs of the rear power tiles as shown in Figure 4 5 b Connect the OSA 5548C SSU to the earth using cable min 2mm c Verify that no voltage exists between the ground and the shelf using a voltmeter R Recommendation Make this cable as short as possible Remove the fuses located on the POWER A and the POWER B cards front panel Slots A1 amp A 17 using a flathead screwdriver They will be reinstalled in the power up procedure in chapter 5 4 Locate the power tiles on top range of the shelf respectively A21 for POWER A and A27 for POWER B 5 Remove if necessary the transparent plastic protection above the power connector on each Power tiles using a screwdriver 6 The minimum conductor size of the power cord must be at least 2mm Connect primary power to the connectors on the POWER A tile and secondary power on the POWER B tile as shown in Figure 4 5 Za Recommendation use a spade lug termination for each power wire 7 Measure voltages and polarities of the external power sources before connecting them to the OSA 5548C The voltages must be within the specified ranges 40 to 60VDC 8 To ensure that the power connections to the 5548C are correct use the following procedure 1 Disconnect the 48V wires from the POWER A amp B tiles and leave the Return battery connected 2 O
338. status and not to individual GNSS card status Input Syntax RTRV EQPT GPSC ctag Example RIRV BE PT GPSC i i RE E The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD opstate SSM ssm PERF perf SYS_MODE sys_mode OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 95 Operating amp Provisioning name configurations parameters OPSTATE EMPTY OK There are different INC group states EXCTRACTED EMPTY The group slots are empty INIT EXTRACTED The group has been DOWNLOAD extracted from their respective slots OK ALARM INIT The group is being restarted DEGRADED DOWNLOAD The group firmware is TESTERROR being downloaded DEAD OK The group is running correctly ALARM The group is in alarm DEGRADED The firmware version is not the same as the rest of the shelf TESTERROR Invalid testing date DEAD The MAC group is not able to communicate OFF ON OFF Indicates if the SSM is ON or OFF PERF OFF ON ALARM ON Indicates if the PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT is activated deactivated or in alarm SYS MODE MST EXP INV MST 5548C system mode MST MASTER shelf EXP EXPANSION shelf INV Invalid 6 7 3 GNSS Input Properties Various parameters can be configured and shown in the GNSS according such as PPS Offset The user can set the GNSS antenna cable propagation delay between GNSS antenna and GNSS receiver 3 92ns per meter for LMR 400 cable in order to trig the P
339. surement DBCHG Database Change SW Switching OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 190 Operating amp Provisioning 6 12 Performance Measurement PM 6 12 1 Overview 6 12 1 1 Introduction The OSA 5548C SSU is able to make performance measurements of signals fed into its input and therefore provides information about the signal quality The measurement system is embedded in the INC cards which compare the input signal against a reliable frequency reference produced by the signal filtered and processed by the active THC card The user can also define a performance threshold to disqualify and reject input signals that fail to meet this programmable threshold The OSA 5548C SSU measures and calculates performances in Ym fractional frequency TDEV Time DEViation and MTIE Maximum Time Interval Error 6 12 1 2 Requirement The performance measurements can be performed when the input line to be measured meets one of the following criteria e Enabled the line is activated to select an input reference e Monitored the input line is not enabled nor disabled just monitored in order to assess measure the signal The Performance Measurement must be enabled and should not be in alarm or disabled One of the input references must be enabled and selected qualified by the OSA 5548C SSU This active input is used as the Performance Measurement reference once it has been processed by THC filter
340. t Pl im lt LE LS e m 10MHz T P PPS FPGA p gt LEDs driver PPS r Out n t PPS Pos Id n y M R 0 Ohms b PL NTP 8 eu Reset S Fact def LED gt driver d l Tx 5V RS 232 Download uC gt a Mode Rx e Select lt 3V3 a CAN H CAN CANL Driver 3V3 20 gt 60V 5V H2V gt Vref Extracted lt Figure 2 34 NTP Card Block Diagram OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Front panel or tile set access 2 53 Product Overview 2 5 10 Time Code Card PTP TCC PTP 2 5 10 1 Physical Layout LED DESCRIPTION Status e RED Solid The card system is currently not working properly or may be in failure e RED Flashing Version error e ORANGE Solid Card s firmware is being upgraded e GREEN Solid Card system is working properly e OFF Card is not working at all RED Solid The card system is currently in power up mode wait PPS TOD UTC GPS or server failure RED Flashing input reference is available and the card is synchronizing GREEN Solid PTP service available GREEN flashing PTP alarm which doesn t affect the operational state PTP port is always active ORANGE when the PTP module is being downloaded OFF PTP port disabled ETHERNET GREEN Solid Ethernet cable connected OFF Ethernet cable disconnected Figure 2 35 SFP e Ethernet link Time Code Card PTP SC TCC PTP Table 2 10 Time Code Card PTP TCC PTP LED Descri
341. t 5 Volts 4 Check the GPS antenna When both GPS and OCXO are flashing ensure that the threshold set is lower than G 811 requirements as the GPS line is not swe RED Flashing No connection to the antenna The GPS cable can be shorted or opened When both GPS and OCXO LEDs are in RED flasing state this means that the input is ejected due to performance alarm filtered by the THCs at this point The GPS input is set as disable or the GPS card is in stand by mode OCXO RED GPS card s internal oscillator failure The The card should be returned to factory for system has detected a failure on the internal repair oscillator RED Flashing The GPS card is in pre tracking sequence No action needed This state takes about 200s When both GPS and OCXO are flashing When both GPS and OCXO LEDs are in RED ensure that the threshold set is lower than flasing state this means that the input is G 811 requirements as the GPS line is not ejected due to performance alarm filtered by the THCsat this point OFF The oscillator is operating correctly The card No action needed can be in stand by if the GPS LED is als OFF Table 8 2 GPS Card Troubleshooting visible LEDs OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 10 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 2 1 3 GNSS card en IT besepton am STATUS AS The card is working correctly No action needed RED The card is currently not working or not During the power up
342. t Line use the following procedure STEP 1 ACTION To force an SSM quality level use the following command and choose the quality required among the different possibilities ED EQPT IL 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 CTAG FRCD PRC SSU_A SSU_B SEC DNU NONE Check the quality configured with the following command RTRV EQPT IL 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 CTAG Check the value written after the FRCD SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD input line 0K ENABLED DISABLED MONITORED PRC SSU A SSU B SEC DNU NONE FAILED DISABLED INPUT FREQ connector ADM STATE ENABLED DISABLED MONITORED TERM TERMINATED CODE B8ZS AMI WTR 1 12 DISABLED FRCD PRC SSU_A SSU_B SEC DNU NONE OOF DETECTION DISDABLED ENABLED 10 4 10 3 10 2 CRC4_DETECTION DISDABLED ENABLED 10 4 10 3 10 2 BPV DETECTION DISDABLED ENABLED 10 4 10 3 10 2 SA4 OFF ON SSM SAS OFF ON SSM SA6 OFF ON SSM SA7 OFF ON SSM SA8 OFF ON SSM FREQ the frequency fed TAG My Input Line Tag 7 Procedure 7 20 Forcing SSM Quality Level on Input Line OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 7 23 Commissioning 7 2 11 3 Forcing a SSM Quality Level on GPS Input By default the SSU quality is generated when the GPS is locked and DNU when not locked To force a quality on an available Input Line use the following procedure STEP ACTION 1 To force an SSM quality level use the following command and choose the quality required among the different possibilities ED EQPT GPS
343. t Overview ALARM OUT Connectors These 2 SUB D 9 pins female connectors report alarms of the 5548C through Normally Opened NO and Normally Closed NC relay in order to forward current alarm severity to a third party device ALARM OUT GROUP 1 1 ALARM OUT GROUP 1 female ALARM OUT GROUP 2 2 ALARM OUT GROUP 2 female Figure 2 43 Alarm Out Connectors OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 67 Product Overview 2 5 16 5 Master and Expansion Address Rotary Switch As the 5548C has the same hardware for MASTER or EXPANSION shelf functions this Rotary Switch controls configuration of the shelf as MASTER or EXPANSION shelf address using a flathead screwdriver A Caution The configuration of the shelf with the rotary switch must be done before powering the shelf during the installation and commissioning procedure The configuration does not change when the shelf is powered EXPANSION SHELF 4 EXPANSION SHELF 3 EXPANSION SHELF 2 EXPANSION SHELF 1 Figure 2 44 Master amp Expansion Rotary Switch POS SELECTION DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION gt O S MN MASTER In this position the 5548C is configured as a MASTER shelf shelf with address number 1 shelf with address number 2 shelf with address number 3 shelf with address number 4 developments Table 2 19 Master amp Expansion Selection A Note The Expansion shelves do not contain INC GPS THC
344. t is called FAR END FEND e Direction DIRN This is the direction of the alarm condition which can be Transmitted TRMT Received RCV Both Transmitted and Received BTH or Non Applicable NA e Time period TMPER Accumulation time period for Performance Measurement parameters OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 175 Operating amp Provisioning e Occurrence Date OCRDATE This is the date when the event alarm occurred e Occurrence Time OCRTM This is the time when the event alarm occurred e Condition Description CONDESCR This parameter describes the alarm condition in up to 64 characters e Detailed information of the element AIDET Detailed and supplementary information of the card or element of details of the current alarm to identify the location of the reported trouble e Observed Behavior OBSDBHVR This concerns the behavior observed resulting from the trouble reported by this alarm It is limited to 512 characters e Expected Behavior EXPTBHVR This concerns the behavior expected Its deviation is described in the observed behavior that resulted in this reported trouble It is limited to 512 characters e Diagnostic Type DGNTYPE Type of the diagnostic routine used to isolate the trouble e Trouble Isolation TBISLT Significance of the isolation information provided by the card or element in question included in this message Using TL1 The following TL1 comm
345. t of other controls may result in damage and will often require rework by a qualified technician to restore the product to its normal operation e If the product has been damaged in any way e When the unit displays a negative distinct change in performance OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 1 7 Introduction 1 4 Warranty This Oscilloquartz product carries a warranty which commences from date of dispatch from factory Unless agreed otherwise or stipulated differently on the original acknowledgement of order the duration of the warranty is twenty four months It applies to demonstrably faulty material or poor workmanship but excludes batteries Oscilloquartz shall bear only the cost of repair or replacement in its own premises Should this not be possible for reasons beyond our control all additional costs are at customer expense Repairs under warranty carry either the balance of the original warranty or a six months warranty whichever is longer Damages resulting from natural wear improper maintenance failure to observe the operating instructions excessive strain unsuited consumption material as well as improper environmental and mounting conditions are excluded from this warranty The warranty expires if the customer or a third party modifies or repairs the product without Oscilloquartz s prior written consent or if the customer does not take immediate steps to prevent the damage from becoming more
346. ted Configuration E1 status for expansion A E1 status for expansion B OK if everything is running fine 2 048 MHz status for Failure if any problem expansion A Squelch if the system has cut the signal 2 048 MHz status for Passthrough if the system is in Pass through expansion B mode PPS status for expansion A PPS status for expansion B J Note The 10 MHz frequency is not supplied to the expansion shelves because they are able to generate this frequency by using the others Signal properties for PPS outputs 1 amp 2 on the Management connector tile Parameters generated Configuration PPS output 1 OK if everything is running fine Failure if any problem Squelch if the system has cut the signal PPS output 2 Passthrough if the system is in Pass through mode OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 125 Operating amp Provisioning The following TL1 command is issued to retrieve the current status of the signal generation parameters A Note The command response refers to the SGC group status and not to individual SGC card status Input Syntax RTRV EQPT SGC ctag The response is formatted as below Output Syntax Sid date time M clag COMPLD opstate SSM ssm OQOL oql SYS MODE sys mode el l el 2 el exp a el exp b freq 1 freq exp a freq exp b pps gen pps timing pps exp a DS exp b pps out l pps out 2 freq 2 7 name configurations parameters OPSTATE EMPTY OK There
347. the agreement by an Oscilloquartz technical support person e DIN Connector This grey connector permits the card to be connected to the rest of the shelf It usually contains 96 pins except for the MAC cards which have 160 pins e Serial number The serial number of the card is written on the sticker stuck on the DIN connector On the same sticker there is the article number of the main board e Locating teeth The card locating teeth prevent card insertion into an incorrect slot The locating teeth are coded for specific slots AN Warning Do not modify the code of locating teeth OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 31 Product Overview 2 5 3 INput Card ING 2 5 3 1 Physical View DESCRIPTION GREEN Solid Card system is working properly RED Solid Card system is currently not working properly or may be in failure Status RED Flashing Version error ORANGE Solid Card s firmware is being upgraded OFF Card is not working at all GREEN Solid The related input signal is qualified and provisioned correctly GREEN Flashing The Input Line is currently in Wait To Restore time ORANGE Solid The line is being in disqualified by one of the signal validity criteria RED Flashing The input is rejected due to a performance alarm OFF Input Line unused disabled or INC in ee MONITORING mode RED Solid The input signal is rejected or stand by Figure 2 20 Table 2 2 INput Card IN
348. the input line SSM quality SEG DNU NONE DISABLED FRCD PRC SSU A SSU B NONE This is the forced SSM quality set SEC DNU NONE for the corresponding line e Not software configurable OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 162 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Inputs gt Input 1 4 GPS gt Force SSM Quality Forced SSM Quality on Input 1 A28 A3 F ES ITU T Option I ETSI Select the quality required to force on the specified Input 6 10 2 3 GPS Line with SSM Quality Forced The GPS card can generate a user defined SSM quality for input selection in SSM mode When the Forced mode is not enabled the SSM quality supplied are the following e PRC when the GPS signal is tracked e DNU when the GPS signal is not tracked Using TL1 To retrieve the current GPS Properties send the following command Input Syntax KIRV EOPT GPS s NL Example RTRV EQPT GPS MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M or g COMPLD opstate ssm PPS_OFFSET pps_offset ADM STATE adm state INDOOR indoor ELEVATION elevation FRCD fred VISIBLE visible TRACKED tracked r OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 163 Operating amp Provisioning To edit all the parameters send the following command Input Syntax ED EOPT GPS ss PNL rca Example ED
349. the new parameters it is required to restart the MAC INIT SYS MAC A MYCTAG WARM Editing any port Ethernet or RS With the following command you can edit all the existing Ethernet and RS ports Input Syntax ED PORT aid ctag IDLEDELAY idledelay SESSTONS sessions Example ED PORT 8023 MYCTAG IDLEDELAY 10 SESSIONS 5 To store the new parameters it is required to restart the MAC INIT SYS MAC A MYCTAG WARM Idle delay It is possible to add an idle delay to any port The idle delay determines the maximum time after a command allowing the user to stay connected after it until the session connection will close Example If the idle delay is set to 5 minutes after 5 minutes of inactivity the access will automatically close Sessions With the ED PORT command the maximum number of simultaneous sessions can be set to a limit By default the number allowed is 3 and up to 5 simultaneous sessions can be set Retrieve the port parameters currently configured Inout Syntax RTRV PORT aid ctag Observe an answer as in the example below Output Syntax sid date time M otag COMPLD OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 20 Operating amp Provisioning aid type IDLEDELAY idledelay SESSIONS sessions Parameter Default Possible Description name Parameter configurations AID 1025 9999 This is the port number The default port RS FRONT number to access t
350. tion Type CONDTYPE This is the type of the alarm condition which is written as an alarm abbreviation i e LOS for Loss Of Signal Location LOCN This parameter indicates the location of alarm If the alarm concerns the card itself the response is called NEAR END NEND and if the alarm occurs on a distant device that is connected to the card it is called FAR END FEND Direction DIRN This is the direction of the alarm condition which can be Transmitted TRMT Received RCV Both Transmitted and Received BTH or Non Applicable NA Time period TMPER Accumulation time period for Performances Measurement parameters Notification Code NTFCNCDE This is the alarm severity associated to the alarm Critical Major Minor or Non Applicable Service Effect SRVEFF This parameter inform if the service is affected SA or not NSA Occurrence Date OCRDATE This is the date when the event alarm occurred Occurrence Time OCRTM This is the time when the event alarm occurred Condition Description CONDESCR This parameter describes the alarm condition OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 179 Operating amp Provisioning Input Syntax RTRV COND aid ctag condtype locn dirn Example RTRV COND OUC 2 MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag CUMPLD aid ntfcncde condtype srveff ocrdat ocrtm lo
351. tomer Support service DEAD The MAC is not able to communicate with the card Remedial action Restart the card software and contact the Oscilloquartz Customer Support service OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 53 Operating amp Provisioning The following command is required to obtain the current state from any card or slot Input Syntax RTRV EQPT OP aid ctag Example RTRV EQPT OP INC 1 A MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD aid opstate 7 Parameter Possible configurations name AID INC 1 A INC 1 B GPS A The specified card GPS B THC A THC B SGC A SGC B OUC 1 A OUC 3 B MAC A Description OPSTATE EMPTY EXCTRACTED INIT There are different states DOWNLOAD OK STANDBY EMPTY The card slot are empty ALARM DEGRADED EXTRACTED The card has been TESTERROR DEAD extracted from its respective slot INIT The card is being restarted DOWNLOAD The group firmware is being downloaded OK The card is ACTIVE and is working correctly STANDBY The card is in STAND BY and ready to protect the active card within the same group ALARM The group is in alarm DEGRADED The firmware version is not the same as the rest of the shelf TESTERROR Invalid testing date DEAD The MAC group is not able to communicate with the card or group OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 54 Op
352. tore is deftective and the card should be returned to the factory for repair Check that the GPS antenna has a clear view of the sky and respects the conditions described in section 3 5 Check that a in line amplifier is mounted if the cable length is longer than 70 meters If this behavior was not excepted follow this procedure 1 Check the INC cards Holdover HLDOVRSYNC THC The THC card has lost its input signal reference and hence generate the signal itself to rest of OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 32 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting Condition Cards in E zen son D on mm the shelf configuration and operation Check the Input Line configuration Check the input lines connected to the shelf Improper IMPRPRMVL When a card is removed from its If the slot in question is Removal slot while it is operating supposed to remain empty disable the slot with the following command DLT EQPT INC 1 A INC 1 B GPS A GPS B THC A THC B SGC A SGC B 0UC 1 A OUC 3 B MAC A CTAG Otherwise reinsert the corresponding card in the slot Internal Error INTERR N A All An internal error has been Check the status of the card detected in the card system Initialize the card in question Pull it out and reinsert it If the above action did not clear this alarm return the card for repair OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 33 Maintenance amp Troubl
353. toring Input Interface Monitoring Input INC Block Diagram 4x E1 Clock Extractor Frequency Divider 3 3V We 5V 1VW pp gt 12V 1VWp ri E1 or 2 048 MHz Figure 2 21 Input Card Block Diagram IN1 8kHz IN2 8kHz Output IN3 8kHz driver IN4 8kHz Input selector 4 Channels TIE Measurer Micro Processor OSA 5548C Internal Bus OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Pass Through Dina cr 8kHz INC1 gt 8kHz INC2 3 gt 8kHz INC3 3 gt 8kHz INC4 3 gt Measurement Reference LEDs 2 34 Product Overview 2 5 4 GPS Card GPS 2 5 4 1 Physical View DESCRIPTION Status GREEN Solid Card system is working properly RED Solid Card system is currently not working properly or GPS card is in initialization phase RED Flashing Version error STATUS ORANGE Solid Card s firmware is being upgraded OFF Card is not working at all GPS GREEN Solid GPS signal reception is OK PPS input reference available RED Solid No or not enough GPS signal available PPS input reference not available RED Flashing No connection to GPS Antenna Either shorted or opened GPS antenna cable When both GPS and OCXO LEDs have this status the input is rejected due to a performance alarm Yellow The GPS input is OK but currently monitored OFF The GPS input is disabled or the GPS Card is in Stand by Figure 2 22 OCXO RED Solid Internal GPS s OCXO failur
354. ty OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 10 Specifications ental Environment Storage as specified in ETS 300 019 1 1 class 1 1 Transportation as specified in ETS 300 019 1 2 class 2 2 Operation as specified in ETS 300 019 1 3 class 3 2 Operating Temperature 5 to 45 C Range Storage Temperature 20 to 50 C Humidit 5 to 95 no condensing EMC amp ESD Emission EN 55022 ClassB Immunity EN 55024 Safety Conformance to EN60950 1 Compliance Built to comply with CE ITU T G 703 G 811 G 812 G 704 G 781 ETSI EN 300 462 6 4 Table 9 13 General Specifications OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 11 Specifications This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 12 Ordering Information Ordering Information The following tables contain the articles and drawing numbers for each component Card Spares amp Replacements Power A card A014122 942 085 710 Sel Generator Card SGC ony for S580 r141 ara figner me eene C E Blank Panels for unused INC GPS SGC OUC NTP PTP MAC batch of 20 Seenen Ge lo 982 080 304 51 Blank Panels for unused THC batch of 10 A014155 982 080 312 51 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Ordering Information Tile Spares amp Replacements Powertip am Lem 20x MHz E1 outp
355. ual Revision P October 2013 2 4 Product Overview Power A tile Input tile Output tiles CH Power B tile ile A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26 A27 INPUTS OUTPUTS ASYM 1 10 SYM 2 y 0 s ei 0 O Oe O O e 5 0 0 0 O ANTENNA D ei de MIOSCILLOQUARTZ E OSCILLOQUARTZ 5548C Ge 5548C SSU SSU STATUS STATUS Ou power O Ha Dover Ooscou are 1 Oosc Aaron SELECTED oee CS Gu Ten A Ten Ten Ten 1 A2 A3 M AG A7 A8 A9 Al0 All Al2 A13 Al4 Aus Al6 A17 Power A Input Gps Tracking amp Holdover Signal Output MGMT Power B section receiver section Generation section card section Figure 2 1 5548C SSU E60 Front View example A Note Your equipment can look different depending on the installed cards OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 9 5 Tracking amp sss iNput Holdover Card THC Signal Generator Card SGC Pass through functionality 48 VDC A Power distribution to all modules Em GE GE Mb Power distribution to all modules Management Card MAC fl 1 1 protection possible Figure 2 2 5548C SSU E60 Simplified Block Diagram OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Product Overview OU put Card UC 20 Outputs W IT Card fOuUC 20 Outputs Ott Gard DUC 20 Ouipuls Up to 3 groups on SSU E60 Up to 4 chained Slave or Expans
356. ue activated and defined on the IL is ignored during pass through mode A Note Refer to section 6 5 to retrieve input port and line configuration OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 119 Operating amp Provisioning In order to retrieve the current pass through status the following TL1 command is required Input Syntax RTRV PTARGH ctag The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M otag COMP LO input ssm Parameter Possible Default Description name configurations oarameters INPUT IL 1 1 IL 1 2 IL 1 3 IL 1 1 Input line providing the pass IL 1 4 GPS A through signal GPS B NONE SSM PRC SSU A SE SSM quality of the pass through SSU_B SEC DNU signal FAILED DISABLED d Note During pass through mode the f and E1 LEDs of the SGC card s flash GREEN OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 120 6 9 6 9 1 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Here are the points treated in this section Operating amp Provisioning Signal Generation amp Output Properties In this section we explain the parameters to set and how to proceed to obtain correct output frequency type as well as E1 code and frame types according to the user needs e Basics on SGC and OUC cards operation to better understand how to proceed with the following points in this section e SGC group state and parameters e QOUC gro
357. uelch TAG tag Example ED EQPT OL 2 8 MYCTAG OFF TAG OL 8 of OUC 2 Parameter Possible Default Output Line OL specified in the AID 3 20 format X Y X is the OUC group OK ALARM Y is the OL OPSTATE SHORTED SQUELCHED This is the status of the output line ON the signal is squelched Double quoted tag with up to 32 characters alphabetic upper and lower case numeric and punctuation PMy Tag up to 32 chars This is the output line squelch condition eel ON OFF OFF the signal is supplied not software configurable OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 135 Operating amp Provisioning Using Sync View Open the Physical or Logical View gt Elements gt Outouts gt Group 1 3 Details OUC Group 2 Details A12 amp A13 From DB O By checking the box the r Ar corresponding output 3 Line will be squelched 8 B so the signal will not be E P supplied ER H gt ER Di ER E aT A D A aa i D Ki on a EL 1 ON af Output Tag Details kg OK Setting an Output Tag Tag o e Right click on any line and click the small box e Then double click on the line required and write the tag you need Output Tag OUTPUT 6 10 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 136 Operating amp Provisioni
358. unication The OSA 5548C SSU has two serial communication ports RS 232C labeled LOCAL COMM located on the front of the POWER B card and the Management tile Cable type AT link Nullmodem Cable termination Sub d 9 pins female 5548C s serial connector LOCAL COMM EEE RES CITE AST OTRAS AER OUT RI AER 1 F i d 1 ec E e TE NE SCT ee er ET e par MT AM ar P GJE eS es o La a LIA e Lue J EE m r 1 TES AAS Se ne TV EE EE DG TEM EERE S ege e b i TSS TEL LOTS CL aS IH TIHEI aa SS ur sa m ua V mam D e D KL ma D A Wm eng a fs DI wa amma em KL B owe eee ewe ee sd NE geg ra i p Ra a5 T D a bo Ha be ba Gei H E EE SA ee Te Serial connection to the RS 232C port located on the PWR B card in TL1 RS FRONT Serial connection to the RS 232C port located on the Management tile in TL1 RS REAR Figure 6 1 Local Comm Port Connection Note The AT LINK NULL MODEM cable is described in section Error Reference source not found OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 11 Operating amp Provisioning 6 2 3 1 Serial Port Configuration To establish the connection via serial port here below is the configuration required to set up in the terminal emulator i e HyperTerminal Procomm Baud rate 19200 kbs Parity bit None Stop bits 1 Flow control None A Note
359. unt An admistrator can logout a user with the following command Input Syntax CANC USER SECU sg LG Example CANC USER SECU USER1 MYCTAG Default Parameter Possible configurations name AID Login or Username UID of the user being logged 6 3 5 Password Modification 6 3 5 1 Own User Password Modification The user can modify his password with the following command Input Syntax ED PID aid ctag oldpid newpid Example ED PID OSCILLOQUARTZ ctag OSA MYNEWPWD name Parameter Eee UID OLDPID Current Password NEWPID Any ASCII string excluding New password those characters that represent TL1 syntax of up to 10 characters OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 39 Operating amp Provisioning 6 3 5 2 Modifying an User s Password by an Administror The administrator can modify anuser password with the following command Input Syntax ED SECU PID aid ctag oldpid newpid Example ED SECU PID OSCILLOQUARTZ MYCTAG OSA HISNEWPWD name Parameter ee UID OLDPID Current Password NEWPID Any ASCII string excluding New password those characters that represent TL1 syntax of up to 10 characters 6 3 6 User Account Management 6 3 6 1 Parameters The following parameters can be configured in every User account UID User name of the user account PID Password of the user account CID A list of up to 25 ports allowed for the user It
360. up state and parameters e Output signal type configuration e Output Line state and output squelch configuration e Output E1 code amp frame configuration The Basics of SGC amp OUC Operation 6 9 1 1 Operation To obtain clock signal on the output cards after the operation of input signal treatment and filtering the SGC Signal Generation Card cards generate all possible signal types supplied to the OUC OUtput card cards the expansion shelves amp PPS outputs as well as 5548C options such as TCC NTP cards TCC PTP cards This is illustrated in the colored part of the following diagram Output Card OUC 20 Outputs Output Card Signal uc Generator 20 Outputs nent Output Car OUC 20 Outputs Up to D 3 slots ctionality Ethernet Port Up to 4 chained Slave or Expansion Shelves 2x PPS outputs Figure 6 19 SGC and OUC Operation 6 121 Operating amp Provisioning 6 9 1 2 OUC Cards amp Output Tiles Correspondence On the shelf the cards and output tile connectors are configured as illustrated below at xe 22 vo E OSCHLLOQUARTZ O O O O ANTENNA O 00 Og 2 S ei Za S L A CA Figure 6 20 Output Cards and Tiles Location 1 2 2 GROUP OUCAslotno OUC B slot no Output Tile Table 6 13 Output Card Slot Numbers and TL1 Abbreviations 6 9 1 3 Output Group OG description Each OUtput Card OUC
361. upport the ONE STEP mode MASTER STATE ENABLED ENABLED Use ENABLED only SLAVE STATE DISABLED DISABLED Use DISABLED only In MULTICAST mode configures the number ALTERNATE MAS of active MASTERS in TER 0 255 the same domain If ALTERNATE MASTER 0 only one MASTER may be active OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 144 Operating amp Provisioning Retrieve the PTP configuration RTRV EQPT PTPC PTP Syntax RTRV EQPT PTPC PTP TID PTP 1 A PTP 10 B CTAG PORT 1 2 Example RTRV EQPT PTPC PTP PTP 1 A MYCTAG PORT 1 Answer TEST 11 03 15 15 17 32 M a COMPLD PTPC 2 A PORT 1 PORT STATE PASSIVE ADM STATE ENABLE ADDR MODE UNICAST DOMAIN 1 PROTOCOL UDP TWOSTEP NO MASTER STATE ENABLED SLAVE STA TE DISABLED ALTERNATE MASTERS 0 6 9 6 4 PTP Source parameters Edits the PTP card Reference Source parameters TL1 Syntax ED EOPT PTPC REF tid aid ctag REF ref TIME SOURCE time source ACCURACY accuracy LOG VARIANCE log variance Parameters descriptions Parameter name FO DE Deau Description Remarks configurations parameters PTP 1 A PTP 10 B Card position GER 12 1 TCC PTP user shall enter 1 ATOMIC CLOCK GNSS TERRESTRIAL_RADIO TIME SOURCE NTP HANDSET Time source OTHER INTERNAL OSCILLAT OR 25NS 100NS 250NS 1US 2 5US 10US PTP accuracy as 25US 100US 250US 1MS 2 5MS defined by Table 60f 10MS 25MS 100MS IEEE 1588v2
362. ures Page 5548C SSU E60 Front View example rrrarnnnrrnnrnnnrnnnrvnnevnnenanennnennnnnnnnnernnernnennnenneen 2 5 5548C SSU E60 Simplified Block Diagram rrrrarrnnnnrnnnrvnnnnranevnnnnnannnnnennnnenanennnennnne 2 6 Logical View of SyncView HUES 2 7 Physical View of SyncView PLUS rrnrnnnnrnrnnnnnnnnnnennnnnrnrnnnnnnnnnnennnnnrnnnnnnnnnnsnennnsneennnn 2 7 Synchronization reference chain for SDH ITU T Rec GO0O3 cecceeeeeeeeee es 2 9 Synchronization reference chain for SDH over OTN ITU T Rec G 8251 2 10 E 2 12 Synchronization transfer in SDH amp SONET aannannnannannnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrenrnnererrnnee 2 13 Synchronization transfer in PDH rarurnnnnnnnrnnnnernnrnranennnrnnnnnnnnennnnennnennnennnnennannnnnennnnne 2 13 Synchronization transfer in WDM ccccccceeeccececeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeseeeseueeseeessuseseeeeaaes 2 14 The 5548C with internal GPS cards rrranernnrrrnrornnrrnanevnnrnranennnnrnnnrnnnennnsnnnnennanennne 2 15 The 5548C with an external Cesium clock ccc ccccceccceeecceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeees 2 15 The 5548C as Synchronization Supply Un 2 16 The 5548C configured as an Expansion Shelf cccccccccseccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeesaees 2 16 The 5548C as an SSU Expansion Ghelt 2 17 The 5548C asafmme otDav TTODlsenver 2 18 System Description Diagram srrnnnrnanrnnnnrvnnrnnnnnnanennnnnnanennnnnnanennnnnnanennnnnnanennnennnne 2 22 5548C SSU E60 Front Panel
363. urn up A Note The following procedure is shown when a valid and well mounted GPS antenna is connected to the related GPS input connector Seg STATUS GPS OCXO DESCRIPTION 1 RED RED RED Initialization gt research 5 min 5 foer snever SE nano reception is OK Flashing 200s ene E reception is OK pre tracking phase has ended Table 5 4 Input Card Turn up Status OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 5 8 Turn up Procedure 5 3 5 THC Tracking Holdover Card RED until Extinguished Extinguished Extinguished This status remains for a the THC short time However the can STATUS LED remains supply a RED until the THC is proper able to supply a proper signal signal to the rest of the shelf normally until the Warm Up sequence has ended OSCILLATOR LED has stopped flashing in RED Extinguished RED Flashing dot or The internal oscillator is nothing warming up Depending on the Oscillator the delay can be up to 30min RED Flashing Extinguished Input Line The THC is in fast start Number up during a couple of accompanied minutes Extinguished Extinguished with a dot The THC is operating or RED if the give the Input correctly THC is in Line number Holdover currently selected as reference G GPS input dash if the THC is in holdover or freerun OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P Octobe
364. us of all main functions of the SyncTerminal e The shortcut menu presents rapid access to principal functions e The command tree contains all the TL1 commands available for the 5548C The user can re arrange then in alphabetical order The main window is divided in two parts once you the 5548C is accessed Jane ar unne rrn Terminal Edit Tools Window Help Top menu ETC a L i OR Shortcut menu Security 7 Communication Equipment CQ GPS tcc A System 7 Fault 79 Performance 7 55M Download Commands tree Main or command windows Sort By Categories Alphabetically Ready Figure 6 2 SyncTerminal Main Window OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 23 Operating amp Provisioning 6 2 6 4 Shortcut Menu D amp aea Boole 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Figure 6 3 SyncTerminal Short Cut Menu 1 Connection This button allows connecting to a network element 2 Disconnection When pressing this button it stops the current connection 3 Run This button opens the script editor window 4 Stop running script When a script is running press this button to stop it 5 Print It prints all the command s answers from the window s top right side 6 Options After pressing this button the Options window pops up 7 PING current connection This button will automatically open the Microsoft Windows s c
365. ust be carefully read prior connecting GPS antenna cable and antenna to the OSA 5548C ACTION When cabling a roof or wall antenna verify that the EMP protector is correctly mounted with reliable earth grounding Select a connector of your choice among the 2 BNC connectors GPS1 and GPS 2 Connect the Coaxial cable into the intended connector Check that the cable is tightened correctly into the BNC connector Procedure 4 6 Cabling a GPS Input Connector OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 4 15 Equipment Installation 4 5 2 Output Connectors 4 5 2 1 Output Cards amp Tiles Up to 3 Groups of OUtput Cards OUC can be inserted in the OSA 5548C SSU slots OUC1 slots A10 and A11 OUC2 slots A12 and A13 OUC3 slots A14 and A15 providing up to 60 output signals Within each GROUP there is an OUC A on which an OUC B can be added on the right slot to insure a one for one protection 1 1 redundancy The related Output Tiles are located in the same sequence on the top range of the shelf OUC 1 tile position A23 OUC 2 position A24 OUC 3 position A25 E lt ork ASYM O 1 6 tt t 8 OSCILLOQUARTZ Figure 4 8 OUC Groups amp Tiles Location GROUP OUCAslotno OUCBslotno Output Tile Table 4 2 Output Slot Configurations A Outputs terminations If outputs have impedance mismatch output failure alarms could appear Make sure the output
366. ut gt Details gt Satellites tab a GPS Details A4 amp A5 From DB oles General Position Satellites Number of Visible Satellites 0 Number of Tracked Satellites 0 i HEALTHY HEALTHY HEALTHY HEALTHY HEALTHY HEALTHY HEALTHY HEALTHY name configurations ID 1 32_ Identification number of satellite BEARING 0 359 Polar Coordinate in degrees SNR Signal noise ratio in dBHz Only available on tracked satellites HEALTH NO ALMANAC Satellite s health Satellite must be healthy to be UNHEALTHY tracked HEALTHY TRACKED YES NO Whether satellite is tracked or not OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 91 Operating amp Provisioning 6 6 4 Retrieving GPS Position Once the GPS card has tracked 4 satellites or 1 in Indoor mode it can show the antenna position Using TL1 Input Syntax RTRV EQPT POS ctag Example RTRV EQPT POS MYCTAG The response is formatted as below Output Syntax sid date time M ctag COMPLD lat deg min frac_min long deg min frac_min alt name configurations parameters DEG 10 90 10 Degrees _ S MN 10 59 10 Minutes S FRAC MIN 0 9999 O Fraction of minute DEG 10 80 JO gt MN 10 89 10 Moes Fraction of minute Altitude in meters FRAC MIN 0 9999 999 18 000 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 92 Operating amp Provisioning Using SyncView Open the Physical or Logical View gt
367. ut Tile with dual 20 pins flat cable connectors IDC for Remote BNC panel A014635 942 089 294 10 NTP Output Tile A015509 942 089 266 Blank Output tile A014166 982 080 312 51 Remote Panel 100 om R48 cal for Remote panel NTP connecion A015513 957 520 601 10 20x MHZ E1 output Tile with 20x CEI 1 0 2 3 asymetrical 20x MHz E1 output Tile with 10x SUB D 9 symetrical 2 outputs per SUB D A014921 942 060 872 Blank panel Blank panel for Remote Output Tile Remote Blank panel for Remote Output Tile Tile A014730 982 060 616 OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 Ordering Information Fuse Parts amp Replacement The values and specifications for each card s fuse can be found in the following table POWER A amp POWER B fuse PWR A014122 batch of 10 pcs PWR B A014123 OSA 250V A014164 Accessories Printed user s manual A014632 990 500 033 Element Manager on CD ROM A014633 510 EMO A81 Cable RS 232 AT LINK 3meters A012740 957 520 901 TCC PTP Accessories Duplex optical LC connector SE Peme opel A016712 951 208 201 ransceiver Copper SFP transceiver Se Ethernet copper SFP A016713 951 208 202 ransceiver OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 H Ordering Information This page has been intentionally left blank OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 IV Glossary Glossary U 1 PPS 100 Base T ACO AID
368. w This chapter provides instructions and procedure to configure the available functions and settings in the OSA 5548C SSU R Recommendation Review the information in this chapter prior to configuration of the shelf Communication N Recommendation In order to take full benefit of the 5548C SSU management possibilities use the SyncTerminal or SyncView PLUS software TL1 Protocol A Note All of the 5548C s TL1 commands are listed in the TL1 Command List document 6 2 1 1 Overview The OSA 5548C SSU uses the TL1 Transaction Language 1 protocol to communicate TL1 was defined in the 80 s by Bellcore now Telcordia and is the dominant management protocol for controlling telecommunications networks in North America China and other parts of the world The TL1 protocol consists of a set of ASCII messages or instructions that a terminal emulator the SyncView PLUS uses to handle the OSA 5548C SSU functions Among the TL1 commands implemented in the OSA 5548C SSU several are compliant with e Telcordia GR 199 CORE OTGR Operations Application Messages Memory Administration Messages e Telcordia GR 833 CORE Network Maintenance Network Element and Transport Surveillance Messages e TR NWT 835 Operations Application Messages Network Element and Network System Security Adminitration Messsages The GR 831 standard specifies syntax semantics information structure and other rules for uniform construction of T
369. when a valid and well PTP server and RJ45 SFP cable is connected to the related input connector Seq STATUS PTPSync Ethernet DESCRIPTION gt received or valid PTP server available 6 GREEN GREEN GREEN_______ PTP worked properly o Table 8 10 Time Code Card PTP Turn up Status OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 24 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 2 1 9 MAnagement Card MAC um sme vesen atom STATUS GREEN The card is working correctly No action needed GREEN Flashing The card is being initialized This status is normal at the start up If it remains permanent after 3 minutes follow this procedure 1 Plug out and reinsert the MAC card 2 Ifthe previous action did not recover the card return it for repair STATUS RED The card is defective During the power up sequence the LED can remain red for a short while If the LED stays in this status longer it means that the card is defective and should be returned for repair RED Flashing The firmware version installed in the card Download the correct firmware in the card with does not correspond or is outdated the command ACT DNLD after verified that compared the rest of the shelf version the firmware is in the MAC card downloaded It means that the MAC internal flash support memory is corrupted OFF Dead no power is supplied to the card Test the MAC s fuse and replace it if a MST GREE
370. wo commands within the script To retrieve all the input line parameters create the following script RTRV EQPT IL 1 1 MYCTAG RTRV EQPT IL 1 2 MYCTAG RTRV EQPT IL 1 3 MYCTAG RTRV EQPT IL 1 4 MYCTAG To stop the script you can simply press the below button E SyncT erminal Connected on 149 133 Terminal Edit Tools Window Help Commands List OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 36 Operating amp Provisioning 6 3 Security Management 6 3 1 6 3 2 6 3 3 Introduction This chapter describes the parameters and functions available to manage the user security and rights to access the OSA 5548C SSU management system Prior to sending any command to the 5548C it is required to log into the 5548C management system with a username UID and password PID When attempting to log the shelf at the first time it is necessary to use the default username and password It is also possible to create different user rights according to restriction required to supply to operators However at least one user account with full rights is obligatory Default Username UID and Password PID At the first attempt it is required to use the default username and password which are the following UID OSCILLOQUARTZ PID OSA bi Recommendation Oscilloquartz recommends creation of a user account and removal of the default for security Securely record all new account creations
371. y note proforma invoice Procedure 8 7 Repair amp Return OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 49 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting STEP ACTION During the warranty period the costs of shipping the faulty material to OSA or to return it to the customer will be born by OSA with exception of transportation like DHL FEDEX or other local taxes customs clearance etc Outside the warranty period these costs will be borne by the Customer 7 Ship the material insured to one of the addresses below Oscilloquartz SA Attn Repair amp Return 16 Rue de Br vards 2002 Neuch tel 2 SWITZERLAND If the material is out of the warranty period we then request you to sign and date the document containing the RMA number as acknowledgement of our proposed intervention The document can be used as a Purchase Order if your company policy allows it OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 8 50 Maintenance amp Troubleshooting 8 6 Oscilloquartz Contact Information 8 6 1 Technical Assistance For technical assistance contact the following 8 6 1 1 International Oscilloquartz SA Customer Support amp Services 16 Rue de Br vards 2002 Neuch tel 2 SWITZERLAND Tel 41 32 722 5555 Fax 41 32 722 5578 e mail css oscilloquartz com 8 6 2 Sales For sales assistance contact the following 8 6 2 1 International Oscilloquartz SA Sales amp Marketing 16 Rue d
372. y on the THC configuration Other parameters concerning the switching are presented in the next sections Output Syntax siad date time M otag COMPLD opstate MAN INPUT man input MODE mode ACT INPUT act input SSM ssm SYS MODE sys mode r OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 6 109 Operating amp Provisioning name configurations parameters OPSTATE EMPTY OK There are different THC group states EXTRACTED EMPTY The group slots are empty INIT EXTRACTED The group has been DOWNLOAD extracted from their respective slots OK ALARM INIT The group is being restarted DEGRADED DOWNLOAD The group firmware is TESTERROR being downloaded DEAD OK The group is running correctly ALARM The group is in alarm DEGRADED The firmware version is not the same as the rest of the shelf TESTERROR Invalid testing date DEAD The MAC group is not able to communicate ON OFF SSM state SYS MODE MST EXP INV MST 5548C system mode MST MASTER shelf EXP EXPANSION shelf INV Invalid 6 8 2 Manual amp Automatic Direct Digital Synthesis MADDS The MADDS is an embedded engine in the THC card which filters the signal received on the THC input The MADDS can show different operating modes related to the THC status e TRACKED the MADDS and THC are correctly tracking the currently selected input signal e WARMUP this state is present while the internal THC oscillator is warming up i e after shelf powe
373. yout DESCRIPTION Status RED Solid The card system is currently not working properly or may be in failure RED Flashing Version error ORANGE Solid Card s firmware is being upgraded STATUS P GREEN Solid Card system is working properly OFF Card is not working at all OG ne syne e NTP SYNC RED Solid The card system is currently in power up E mode wait TOD UTC GPS or server failure RED Flashing Waiting synchronization TOD UTC GPS received GREEN Solid NTP worked properly GREEN flashing TOD UTC GPS lose NTP is waiting locked ORANGE when the NTP module is being downloaded ETHERNET GREEN Solid Ethernet cable connected OFF Ethernet cable disconnected Figure 2 32 Table 2 8 Time Code Card NTP TCC NTP LED Description Time Code Card NTP TCC NTP OSA 5548C SSU E60 User Manual Revision P October 2013 2 50 Product Overview Ethernet port access directly on TCC NTP Card Status STATUS OG ne syne NTP SYNC ETHERNET ETHERNET Table 2 9 Time Code Card NTP TCC NTP LED Description Figure 2 33 Time Code Card NTP TCC NTP RED Solid The card system is currently not working properly or may be in failure RED Flashing Version error ORANGE Solid Card s firmware is being upgraded GREEN Solid Card system is working properly OFF Card is not working at all RED Solid The card system is currently in power up mode wait TOD UTC GPS or server failure RED Flashing Waiting

OSA 5548C SSU-E60

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents